CS6080

Companion Scanner

Product Reference Guide

MN-003827-04EN Rev. A
 ZEBRA and the stylized Zebra head are trademarks of Zebra Technologies Corporation, registered in
many jurisdictions worldwide. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
© 2020-2021 Zebra Technologies Corporation and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Information in this document is subject to change without notice. The software described in this document
is furnished under a license agreement or nondisclosure agreement. The software may be used or copied
only in accordance with the terms of those agreements.
For further information regarding legal and proprietary statements, please go to:
SOFTWARE: www.zebra.com/linkoslegal
COPYRIGHTS: www.zebra.com/copyright
WARRANTY: www.zebra.com/warranty
END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT: www.zebra.com/eula

Terms of Use
Proprietary Statement
This manual contains proprietary information of Zebra Technologies Corporation and its subsidiaries
(“Zebra Technologies”). It is intended solely for the information and use of parties operating and
maintaining the equipment described herein. Such proprietary information may not be used, reproduced,
or disclosed to any other parties for any other purpose without the express, written permission of Zebra
Technologies.

Product Improvements
Continuous improvement of products is a policy of Zebra Technologies. All specifications and designs are
subject to change without notice.

Liability Disclaimer
Zebra Technologies takes steps to ensure that its published Engineering specifications and manuals are
correct; however, errors do occur. Zebra Technologies reserves the right to correct any such errors and
disclaims liability resulting therefrom.

Limitation of Liability
In no event shall Zebra Technologies or anyone else involved in the creation, production, or delivery of the
accompanying product (including hardware and software) be liable for any damages whatsoever
(including, without limitation, consequential damages including loss of business profits, business
interruption, or loss of business information) arising out of the use of, the results of use of, or inability to
use such product, even if Zebra Technologies has been advised of the possibility of such damages. Some
jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above
limitation or exclusion may not apply to you.

Publication Date
June 3, 2021

2
Contents
About This Document ...................................................................................................................... 21
Introduction .................................................................................................................... 21
Configurations ................................................................................................................ 21
Scanners ................................................................................................................ 21
Accessories ............................................................................................................ 22
Kits.......................................................................................................................... 23
Chapter Descriptions...................................................................................................... 23
Notational Conventions .................................................................................................. 24
Icon Conventions ........................................................................................................... 25
Service Information ........................................................................................................ 26
Feedback ....................................................................................................................... 26

Getting Started.................................................................................................................................. 27
Introduction .................................................................................................................... 27
Features ........................................................................................................................ 28
Cordless Front View ............................................................................................... 28
Corded Front View.................................................................................................. 28
Bottom View ........................................................................................................... 29
Unpacking the Scanner.................................................................................................. 29
Installing the Battery....................................................................................................... 29
Inserting the Battery ............................................................................................... 29
Removing the Battery ............................................................................................. 30
Installing the Corded USB Converter Cable................................................................... 30
Inserting the USB Cable ......................................................................................... 30
Removing the USB Cable....................................................................................... 30
Charging......................................................................................................................... 31
Charging via Cradle................................................................................................ 31
Connecting Cradle Cable ................................................................................. 32
Charging via Charging Pad .................................................................................... 32
Charging Spare Batteries ....................................................................................... 33
Charging Temperature ........................................................................................... 34

3
 Contents

Button Actions ................................................................................................................ 34

123Scan and Software Tools ........................................................................................................... 35

Introduction .................................................................................................................... 35
123Scan ......................................................................................................................... 35
Communication with 123Scan ................................................................................ 36
123Scan Requirements .......................................................................................... 36
123Scan Information .............................................................................................. 36
Scanner SDK, Other Software Tools, and Videos.................................................. 37

Data Capture ..................................................................................................................................... 38

Introduction .................................................................................................................... 38
Beeper and LED Indications .......................................................................................... 38
Digital Scanner Indications ..................................................................................... 38
LED Indicators ........................................................................................................ 40
Other LED Indicators .......................................................................................................... 42
Scanning ....................................................................................................................... 45
Hand-Held Scanning .............................................................................................. 45
Hands-Free Scanning............................................................................................. 45
Aiming with Digital Scanner.................................................................................... 47
Decode Ranges ............................................................................................................ 48

Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications .................................................... 49

Introduction .................................................................................................................... 49
Maintenance................................................................................................................... 49
Known Harmful Ingredients .................................................................................... 49
Approved Cleaners for Standard CS6080 Digital Scanners and Cradles .............. 50
Approved Disinfectant Cleaners for Healthcare Configurations of the
CS6080 Digital Scanners and Cradles ................................................................... 50
Cleaning the Digital Scanner .................................................................................. 51
Troubleshooting ............................................................................................................. 52
Dump Scanner Parameters .................................................................................... 55
Send Versions ........................................................................................................ 55
Report Software Version .................................................................................. 55
Serial Number .................................................................................................. 56
Manufacturing Information ............................................................................... 56
Technical Specifications................................................................................................ 57
Duty Cycle..................................................................................................................... 60

4
 Contents

User Preferences .............................................................................................................................. 62

Introduction .................................................................................................................... 62
Scanning Sequence Examples ..................................................................................... 63
Errors While Scanning ................................................................................................... 63
User Preferences Parameter Defaults ........................................................................... 63
Parameters.................................................................................................................... 66
Default Parameters................................................................................................. 66
Parameter Barcode Scanning ................................................................................ 67
Beep After Good Decode ....................................................................................... 67
Direct Decode Indicator .......................................................................................... 68
Beeper Volume....................................................................................................... 69
Beeper Tone........................................................................................................... 70
Beeper Duration ..................................................................................................... 71
Suppress Power Up Beeps .................................................................................... 71
Decode Pager Motor .............................................................................................. 72
Decode Pager Motor Duration................................................................................ 72
Night Mode ............................................................................................................. 74
Night Mode Trigger .......................................................................................... 74
Night Mode Toggle........................................................................................... 75
Night Mode Silence Beeper Radio Indications ....................................................... 76
Night Mode Silence Beeper Low Battery Indication ............................................... 77
Night Mode Silence Beeper Parameter Programming Indications ......................... 78
Scan Button Sensitivity........................................................................................... 80
Programmable Button Sensitivity ........................................................................... 80
Haptic Feedback (Vibrate) on Button Touch .......................................................... 81
Click on Button Touch ............................................................................................ 82
ADF Rule Selection ................................................................................................ 83
Scan Button ADF Rule Selection ..................................................................... 85
Programmable Button ADF Rule Selection...................................................... 86
Hands-Free ADF Rule Selection...................................................................... 87
Lamp Mode............................................................................................................. 88
Lamp Mode Control.......................................................................................... 88
Low Power Mode.................................................................................................... 89
Time Delay to Low Power Mode............................................................................. 90
Timeout to Low Power Mode from Auto Aim .......................................................... 92
Battery Preservation Mode ..................................................................................... 93
Hand-Held Trigger Mode ........................................................................................ 94
Hands-Free Mode................................................................................................... 96
Hand-Held Decode Aiming Pattern ........................................................................ 96
Hands-Free Decode Aiming Pattern....................................................................... 97
Picklist Mode .......................................................................................................... 99
Virtual Tether................................................................................................................ 100

5
 Contents

Configuring the Alarm on the Scanner ................................................................. 100

Audio Virtual Tether Alarm on Scanner ................................................................ 101
LED Virtual Tether Alarm...................................................................................... 102
Illumination Virtual Tether Alarm .......................................................................... 102
Haptics Virtual Tether Alarm................................................................................. 103
Configuring the Alarm on Cradle .......................................................................... 103
Distance ......................................................................................................... 104
Delay Before Virtual Alarm Activates.................................................................... 104
Virtual Tether Alarm Duration ............................................................................... 104
Stopping the Alarm......................................................................................... 105
Defeat Virtual Tether Alarm .................................................................................. 105
Pause Virtual Tether Alarm Duration.................................................................... 106
Virtual Tether Alarm Considerations .............................................................. 106
Continuous Barcode Read ................................................................................... 108
Unique Barcode Reporting ................................................................................... 108
Decode Session Timeout ..................................................................................... 109
Hands-free Decode Session Timeout................................................................... 110
Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol .......................................................... 111
Timeout Between Decodes, Different Symbols .................................................... 111
Triggered Timeout, Same Symbol........................................................................ 112
Mobile Phone/Display Mode................................................................................. 113
PDF Prioritization.................................................................................................. 114
PDF Prioritization Timeout.................................................................................... 115
Decoding Illumination ........................................................................................... 115
Illumination Brightness Hand-Held ....................................................................... 116
Illumination Brightness Hands-Free ..................................................................... 117
Low Light Scene Detection................................................................................... 118
Scene Detect Sensitivity....................................................................................... 119
Motion Tolerance (Hand-Held Trigger Modes Only)............................................. 120
Product ID (PID) Type .......................................................................................... 121
Product ID (PID) Value ......................................................................................... 121
ECLevel ................................................................................................................ 122
Add an Enter Key ................................................................................................. 122
Transmit Code ID Character................................................................................. 122
Prefix/Suffix Values .............................................................................................. 123
Scan Data Transmission Format .......................................................................... 124
FN1 Substitution Values ....................................................................................... 126
Transmit “No Read” Message .............................................................................. 127
Unsolicited Heartbeat Interval .............................................................................. 128
securPharm Decoding .......................................................................................... 129
securPharm Output Formatting ............................................................................ 130
Sample GS1 Format ...................................................................................... 130

6
 Contents

Sample IFA Format ........................................................................................ 131

securPharm Output Formatting Barcodes...................................................... 132
Programmable Button for Single Press ................................................................ 133
Programmable Button for Double Press............................................................... 134

Radio Communications.................................................................................................................. 135

Introduction .................................................................................................................. 135
Setting Parameters ...................................................................................................... 135
Scanning Sequence Examples............................................................................. 135
Errors While Scanning.......................................................................................... 136
Radio Communications Parameter Defaults ................................................................ 136
Wireless Beeper Definitions ......................................................................................... 137
Radio Communication Host Types............................................................................... 137
Bluetooth Classic vs. Low Energy Bluetooth ........................................................ 137
Cradle ................................................................................................................... 138
Human Interface Device (HID) Keyboard Emulation ............................................ 139
Simple Serial Interface (SSI) ................................................................................ 140
Serial Port Profile (SPP) ....................................................................................... 141
Bluetooth Technology Profile Support .................................................................. 142
Central/Peripheral Set Up..................................................................................... 142
Central............................................................................................................ 142
Peripheral....................................................................................................... 142
Bluetooth Friendly Name.............................................................................................. 142
Discoverable Mode............................................................................................... 143
Wi-Fi Friendly Mode ..................................................................................................... 143
Notes .................................................................................................................... 143
Wi-Fi Friendly Channel Exclusion......................................................................... 144
Wi-Fi Channel Exclusion ................................................................................ 144
Radio Output Power.................................................................................................... 146
Link Supervision Timeout ..................................................................................... 147
Bluetooth Radio State ................................................................................................. 148
HID Host Parameters .................................................................................................. 149
Apple iOS Virtual Keyboard Toggle...................................................................... 149
HID Keyboard Keystroke Delay ............................................................................ 150
HID CAPS Lock Override ..................................................................................... 150
HID Ignore Unknown Characters.......................................................................... 151
Emulate Keypad ................................................................................................... 151
Fast HID Keyboard ............................................................................................... 152
Quick Keypad Emulation ...................................................................................... 152
HID Keyboard FN1 Substitution ........................................................................... 153
HID Function Key Mapping................................................................................... 153

7
 Contents

Simulated Caps Lock............................................................................................ 154

Convert Case........................................................................................................ 154
Auto-Reconnect Feature ............................................................................................. 155
Auto-Reconnect Option ........................................................................................ 156
Reconnect Attempt Beep Feedback ..................................................................... 157
Reconnect Attempt Interval .................................................................................. 157
Sleep Between Attempts ...................................................................................... 159
Number of Retry Attempts .................................................................................... 160
Out of Range Indicator ................................................................................................ 161
Beep on Insertion ......................................................................................................... 161
Beep on <BEL>............................................................................................................ 162
Digital Scanner(s) To Cradle Support ......................................................................... 163
Pairing .................................................................................................................. 163
Pairing Modes ................................................................................................ 163
Pairing Methods.................................................................................................... 164
Press Trigger Twice to Re-connect................................................................ 164
Toggle Pairing ................................................................................................ 165
Pairing Barcode Format Using the Scan-To-Connect (STC) Utility ...................... 165
Connection Maintenance Interval ......................................................................... 166
Considerations ............................................................................................... 166
AutoConfig (Scanner Cloning Through Cradle).................................................... 168
Cradle Configuration ...................................................................................... 168
Batch Mode .................................................................................................................. 169
Modes of Operation........................................................................................ 169
Persistent Batch Storage ............................................................................................ 172
Page Button ................................................................................................................ 173
Page Options .............................................................................................................. 174
Page Mode ........................................................................................................... 174
Page State Timeout.............................................................................................. 174
Cradle Bluetooth Operation Mode................................................................................ 175
Bluetooth Security ....................................................................................................... 176
Bluetooth Security Levels ..................................................................................... 176
Save Bluetooth Connection Information ............................................................... 177
FIPS Mode............................................................................................................ 178
Bluetooth Radio, Linking, and Batch Operation .......................................................... 179
Setting Up an iOS or Android Product To Work With The Digital Scanner .......... 179
HID Keyboard Emulation................................................................................ 179

Imaging Preferences ...................................................................................................................... 180

Introduction .................................................................................................................. 180
Scanning Sequence Examples ................................................................................... 181
Errors While Scanning ................................................................................................. 181

8
 Contents

Imaging Preferences Parameter Defaults .................................................................... 181

Imaging Preferences .................................................................................................... 182
Operational Modes ............................................................................................... 182
Decode Mode................................................................................................. 182
Snapshot Mode .............................................................................................. 182
Video Mode .................................................................................................... 183
Image Capture Illumination................................................................................... 184
Image Capture Autoexposure............................................................................... 184
Fixed Exposure..................................................................................................... 185
Fixed Gain ............................................................................................................ 185
Gain/Exposure Priority for Snapshot Mode .......................................................... 186
Snapshot Mode Timeout ...................................................................................... 187
Snapshot Aiming Pattern...................................................................................... 188
Silence Operational Mode Changes ..................................................................... 188
Image Cropping .................................................................................................... 189
Crop to Pixel Addresses ....................................................................................... 189
Image Size (Number of Pixels)............................................................................. 190
Image Brightness (Target White).......................................................................... 191
JPEG Image Options............................................................................................ 192
JPEG Target File Size .......................................................................................... 192
JPEG Quality and Size Value............................................................................... 193
Image Enhancement ............................................................................................ 193
Image File Format Selector .................................................................................. 194
Image Rotation ..................................................................................................... 195
Bits Per Pixel ........................................................................................................ 195
Signature Capture ................................................................................................ 196
Output File Format ......................................................................................... 196
Signature Capture File Format Selector ............................................................... 197
Signature Capture Bits Per Pixel .......................................................................... 198
Signature Capture Width ...................................................................................... 199
Signature Capture Height ..................................................................................... 199
Signature Capture JPEG Quality.......................................................................... 199
Video Mode Format Selector................................................................................ 200
Video View Finder (Corded Mode Only) ............................................................... 200
Video View Finder Image Size ............................................................................. 201
Video Subsampling............................................................................................... 202

USB Interface .................................................................................................................................. 203

Introduction .................................................................................................................. 203
Connecting a USB Interface......................................................................................... 203
USB Parameter Defaults............................................................................................. 205

9
 Contents

USB Host Parameters.................................................................................................. 206

USB Device Type ................................................................................................. 206
Symbol Native API (SNAPI) Status Handshaking ................................................ 207
USB Keystroke Delay ........................................................................................... 208
USB CAPS Lock Override .................................................................................... 208
USB Ignore Unknown Characters ........................................................................ 209
USB Convert Unknown to Code 39 ...................................................................... 209
USB Polling Interval.............................................................................................. 210
USB Fast HID ....................................................................................................... 212
Emulate Keypad ................................................................................................... 212
Emulate Keypad with Leading Zero...................................................................... 213
Quick Keypad Emulation ...................................................................................... 213
USB Keyboard FN 1 Substitution ......................................................................... 214
Function Key Mapping.......................................................................................... 214
Simulated Caps Lock............................................................................................ 215
Convert Case........................................................................................................ 215
USB Static CDC ................................................................................................... 216
Optional USB Parameters........................................................................................... 217
TGCS (IBM) USB Direct I/O Beep........................................................................ 217
TGCS (IBM) USB Beep Directive ......................................................................... 217
TGCS (IBM) USB Barcode Configuration Directive.............................................. 218
IBM Specification Version..................................................................................... 218
ASCII Character Sets for USB .................................................................................... 219

SSI Interface .................................................................................................................................... 220

Introduction .................................................................................................................. 220
Communications .......................................................................................................... 220
SSI Transactions.......................................................................................................... 221
General Data Transactions................................................................................... 221
ACK/NAK Handshaking ................................................................................. 221
Transfer of Decode Data ...................................................................................... 223
ACK/NAK Enabled and Unpacketed ASCII Data ........................................... 223
ACK/NAK Disabled and Packeted DECODE_DATA...................................... 223
ACK/NAK Disabled and Unpacketed ASCII Data .......................................... 224
Communication Summary............................................................................................ 224
ACK/NAK Option .................................................................................................. 224
Serial Response Time-out .................................................................................... 224
Retries .................................................................................................................. 224
Response Time-out, ACK/NAK Handshake ......................................................... 224
Errors.................................................................................................................... 224
Things to Remember When Using SSI Communication .............................................. 225

10
 Contents

Encapsulation of RSM Commands/Responses over SSI ............................................ 225

Command Structure ............................................................................................. 225
Response Structure.............................................................................................. 226
Example Transaction............................................................................................ 226
Command from Host to Query Packet Size Supported by Device................. 226
Response from Device with Packet Size Information .................................... 226
Command from Host to Retrieve Diagnostic Information............................... 226
Response from Device with Diagnostic Information....................................... 227
Simple Serial Interface Default Parameters ................................................................ 228
SSI Host Parameters ................................................................................................... 229
Software Handshaking ......................................................................................... 229
Decode Data Packet Format ................................................................................ 230
Host Serial Response Time-out............................................................................ 231
Host Character Time-out ...................................................................................... 232
Multipacket Option................................................................................................ 233
Interpacket Delay.................................................................................................. 234
Event Reporting .......................................................................................................... 235
Decode Event ....................................................................................................... 235
Boot Up Event ...................................................................................................... 236
Parameter Event................................................................................................... 236

Symbologies ................................................................................................................................... 237

Introduction .................................................................................................................. 237
Scanning Sequence Examples .................................................................................... 237
Errors While Scanning ................................................................................................. 237
Symbology Parameter Defaults ................................................................................... 238
Enable/Disable All Code Types................................................................................... 243
UPC/EAN ..................................................................................................................... 243
Enable/Disable UPC-A ......................................................................................... 243
Enable/Disable UPC-E ......................................................................................... 244
Enable/Disable UPC-E1 ....................................................................................... 244
Enable/Disable EAN-8/JAN-8............................................................................... 245
Enable/Disable EAN-13/JAN-13........................................................................... 245
Enable/Disable Bookland EAN ............................................................................. 246
Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals................................................................ 246
User-Programmable Supplementals .................................................................... 250
UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy.......................................................... 250
UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental AIM ID Format ...................................................... 251
Transmit UPC-A Check Digit ................................................................................ 252
Transmit UPC-E Check Digit ................................................................................ 252
Transmit UPC-E1 Check Digit .............................................................................. 253

11
 Contents

Transmit EAN-8 Check Digit................................................................................. 253

Transmit EAN-13 Check Digit............................................................................... 254
Transmit Code 39 Start/Stop Characters ............................................................. 254
UPC-A Preamble .................................................................................................. 255
UPC-E Preamble .................................................................................................. 256
UPC-E1 Preamble ................................................................................................ 257
Convert UPC-E to UPC-A..................................................................................... 258
Convert UPC-E1 to UPC-A................................................................................... 258
EAN-8/JAN-8 Extend............................................................................................ 259
Bookland ISBN Format......................................................................................... 259
UCC Coupon Extended Code .............................................................................. 260
Coupon Report ..................................................................................................... 261
ISSN EAN............................................................................................................. 261
UPC Reduced Quiet Zone.................................................................................... 262
Code 128...................................................................................................................... 262
Enable/Disable Code 128..................................................................................... 262
Set Lengths for Code 128..................................................................................... 263
Enable/Disable GS1-128 (formerly UCC/EAN-128) ............................................. 265
Enable/Disable ISBT 128 ..................................................................................... 265
ISBT Concatenation ............................................................................................. 266
Check ISBT Table ................................................................................................ 267
ISBT Concatenation Redundancy ........................................................................ 267
Code 128 Security Level ...................................................................................... 269
Code 128 Reduced Quiet Zone............................................................................ 270
Code 128 <FNC4> ............................................................................................... 270
Code 39....................................................................................................................... 271
Enable/Disable Code 39....................................................................................... 271
Enable/Disable Trioptic Code 39 .......................................................................... 271
Convert Code 39 to Code 32................................................................................ 272
Code 32 Prefix...................................................................................................... 272
Set Lengths for Code 39....................................................................................... 273
Code 39 Check Digit Verification.......................................................................... 274
Transmit Code 39 Check Digit.............................................................................. 274
Code 39 Full ASCII Conversion............................................................................ 275
Code 39 Security Level ........................................................................................ 276
Code 39 Reduced Quiet Zone.............................................................................. 277
Code 93........................................................................................................................ 277
Enable/Disable Code 93....................................................................................... 277
Set Lengths for Code 93....................................................................................... 278
Code 11........................................................................................................................ 279
Code 11 ................................................................................................................ 279

12
 Contents

Set Lengths for Code 11....................................................................................... 279

Code 11 Check Digit Verification.......................................................................... 281
Transmit Code 11 Check Digits............................................................................ 282
Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF)................................................................................................ 283
Enable/Disable Interleaved 2 of 5......................................................................... 283
Set Lengths for Interleaved 2 of 5 ........................................................................ 283
I 2 of 5 Check Digit Verification ............................................................................ 285
Transmit I 2 of 5 Check Digit ................................................................................ 285
Convert I 2 of 5 to EAN-13 ................................................................................... 286
Febraban .............................................................................................................. 286
I 2 of 5 Security Level ........................................................................................... 287
I 2 of 5 Reduced Quiet Zone ................................................................................ 288
Discrete 2 of 5 (DTF)................................................................................................... 289
Enable/Disable Discrete 2 of 5 ............................................................................. 289
Set Lengths for Discrete 2 of 5 ............................................................................. 289
Codabar (NW - 7)........................................................................................................ 291
Enable/Disable Codabar....................................................................................... 291
Set Lengths for Codabar ...................................................................................... 291
CLSI Editing.......................................................................................................... 293
NOTIS Editing....................................................................................................... 293
Codabar Security Level ........................................................................................ 294
Codabar Upper or Lower Case Start/Stop Characters Detection ......................... 295
Codabar Mod 16 Check Digit Verification............................................................. 295
Transmit Codabar Check Digit ............................................................................. 296
MSI............................................................................................................................... 296
Enable/Disable MSI .............................................................................................. 296
Set Lengths for MSI.............................................................................................. 297
MSI Check Digits .................................................................................................. 298
Transmit MSI Check Digit(s)................................................................................. 299
MSI Check Digit Algorithm.................................................................................... 299
MSI Reduced Quiet Zone ..................................................................................... 300
Chinese 2 of 5 .............................................................................................................. 300
Enable/Disable Chinese 2 of 5 ............................................................................. 300
Matrix 2 of 5 ................................................................................................................. 301
Enable/Disable Matrix 2 of 5................................................................................. 301
Set Lengths for Matrix 2 of 5 ................................................................................ 301
Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit ...................................................................................... 302
Transmit Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit ....................................................................... 303
Korean 3 of 5................................................................................................................ 303

13
 Contents

Enable/Disable Korean 3 of 5............................................................................... 303

Inverse 1D................................................................................................................... 304
GS1 DataBar............................................................................................................... 305
GS1 DataBar Limited............................................................................................ 305
GS1 DataBar Expanded, GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked ................................ 306
Convert GS1 DataBar to UPC/EAN...................................................................... 306
GS1 DataBar Limited Margin Check .................................................................... 307
GS1 DataBar Security Level................................................................................. 308
Composite ................................................................................................................... 309
Composite CC-C .................................................................................................. 309
Composite CC-A/B ............................................................................................... 309
Composite TLC-39 ............................................................................................... 310
Composite Inverse................................................................................................ 310
UPC Composite Mode.......................................................................................... 311
Composite Beep Mode ......................................................................................... 312
GS1-128 Emulation Mode for UCC/EAN Composite Codes ................................ 312
2D Symbologies ........................................................................................................... 313
Enable/Disable PDF417 ....................................................................................... 313
Enable/Disable MicroPDF417 .............................................................................. 313
Code 128 Emulation ............................................................................................. 314
Data Matrix ........................................................................................................... 315
GS1 Data Matrix ................................................................................................... 315
Data Matrix Inverse .............................................................................................. 316
Decode Mirror Images (Data Matrix Only) ............................................................ 317
Maxicode .............................................................................................................. 318
QR Code............................................................................................................... 318
Weblink QR ......................................................................................................... 319
GS1 QR ................................................................................................................ 319
MicroQR ............................................................................................................... 320
Aztec..................................................................................................................... 320
Aztec Inverse........................................................................................................ 321
Han Xin................................................................................................................. 322
Han Xin Inverse .................................................................................................... 322
Grid Matrix ............................................................................................................ 323
Grid Matrix Inverse ............................................................................................... 323
Grid Matrix Mirror.................................................................................................. 324
DotCode ............................................................................................................... 325
DotCode Inverse................................................................................................... 325
DotCode Mirrored ................................................................................................. 326
DotCode Prioritize ................................................................................................ 326
Postal Codes................................................................................................................ 327

14
 Contents

US Postnet ........................................................................................................... 327

US Planet ............................................................................................................. 327
Transmit US Postal Check Digit ........................................................................... 328
UK Postal.............................................................................................................. 328
Transmit UK Postal Check Digit ........................................................................... 329
Japan Postal......................................................................................................... 329
Australia Post ....................................................................................................... 330
Australia Post Format ........................................................................................... 331
Netherlands KIX Code .......................................................................................... 332
USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail .................................................................. 332
UPU FICS Postal.................................................................................................. 333
Mailmark ............................................................................................................... 333
Symbology-Specific Security Levels ........................................................................... 334
Redundancy Level................................................................................................ 334
Redundancy Level 1 ...................................................................................... 334
Redundancy Level 2 ...................................................................................... 334
Redundancy Level 3 ...................................................................................... 334
Redundancy Level 4 ...................................................................................... 335
Security Level ....................................................................................................... 336
1D Quiet Zone Level............................................................................................. 337
Intercharacter Gap Size........................................................................................ 338
Report Version ............................................................................................................. 338
Macro PDF Features................................................................................................... 339
Flush Macro Buffer ............................................................................................... 339
Abort Macro PDF Entry ........................................................................................ 339

Data Formatting: ADF, MDF, Preferred Symbol........................................................................... 340

Introduction .................................................................................................................. 340
Advanced Data Formatting (ADF)................................................................................ 340
Multicode Data Formatting ........................................................................................... 340
MDF in Hands-Free Mode .................................................................................... 340
MDF Best Practices.............................................................................................. 342
Preferred Symbol ......................................................................................................... 343
Data Parsing (UDI Scan+, Label Parse+ and Blood Bag Parse+) ............................... 343
Scan a UDI Label using UDI Scan+ ..................................................................... 343
Scan a GS1 Label using Label Parse+................................................................. 344
Scan a Blood Bag Label using Blood Bag Parse+ ............................................... 344

OCR Programming ......................................................................................................................... 345

Introduction .................................................................................................................. 345
Setting Parameters ...................................................................................................... 345

15
 Contents

Scanning Sequence Examples............................................................................. 346

Errors While Scanning.......................................................................................... 346
OCR Parameter Defaults ............................................................................................. 346
OCR Programming Parameters ................................................................................... 347
OCR-A .................................................................................................................. 347
OCR-A Variant...................................................................................................... 348
OCR-B .................................................................................................................. 349
OCR-B Variant...................................................................................................... 350
MICR E13B........................................................................................................... 354
US Currency Serial Number ................................................................................. 355
OCR Orientation ................................................................................................... 355
OCR Lines ............................................................................................................ 357
OCR Minimum Characters ................................................................................... 357
OCR Maximum Characters .................................................................................. 358
OCR Subset ......................................................................................................... 358
OCR Quiet Zone................................................................................................... 359
OCR Template...................................................................................................... 359
Required Digit (9) ........................................................................................... 360
Required Alpha (A)......................................................................................... 360
Optional Alphanumeric (1) ............................................................................. 360
Optional Alpha (2) .......................................................................................... 361
Alpha or Digit (3) ............................................................................................ 361
Any Including Space & Reject (4) .................................................................. 361
Any except Space & Reject (5) ...................................................................... 362
Optional Digit (7) ............................................................................................ 362
Digit or Fill (8)................................................................................................. 362
Alpha or Fill (F)............................................................................................... 363
Optional Space ( ) .......................................................................................... 363
Optional Small Special (.)............................................................................... 363
Other Template Operators ............................................................................. 363
Repeat Previous (R)....................................................................................... 367
Multiple Templates ......................................................................................... 368
Template Examples ....................................................................................... 368
OCR Check Digit Modulus.................................................................................... 369
OCR Check Digit Multiplier ................................................................................... 369
OCR Check Digit Validation ................................................................................. 371
None............................................................................................................... 371
Product Add Left to Right ............................................................................... 371
Product Add Right to Left ............................................................................... 372
Digit Add Left to Right .................................................................................... 372
Digit Add Right to Left .................................................................................... 373
Product Add Right to Left Simple Remainder ................................................ 373
Digit Add Right To Left Simple Remainder .................................................... 374
Health Industry - HIBCC43............................................................................. 374

16
 Contents

Inverse OCR......................................................................................................... 376

OCR Redundancy ................................................................................................ 377

Standard Parameter Defaults ........................................................................................................ 378

Country Codes ................................................................................................................................ 389

Introduction .................................................................................................................. 389
USB, BT HID Country Keyboard Types (Country Codes)........................................... 390

Country Code Pages ...................................................................................................................... 405

Introduction .................................................................................................................. 405
Country Code Page Defaults ....................................................................................... 405
Country Code Page Barcodes .................................................................................... 409

CKJ Decode Control....................................................................................................................... 419

Introduction .................................................................................................................. 419
CJK Control Parameters ............................................................................................. 420
Unicode Output Control ........................................................................................ 420
CJK Output Method to Windows Host .................................................................. 421
Non-CJK UTF Barcode Output............................................................................. 424
Country Keyboard Type Missing Characters ................................................. 424
Unicode/CJK Decode Setup with Windows Host ........................................................ 426
Setting Up the Windows Registry Table for Unicode Universal Output ................ 426
Adding CJK IME on Windows............................................................................... 426
Selecting the Simplified Chinese Input Method on the Host................................. 427
Selecting the Traditional Chinese Input Method on the Host ............................... 427

Programming Reference ................................................................................................................ 429

Symbol Code Identifiers ............................................................................................... 429
AIM Code Identifiers..................................................................................................... 430

Sample Barcodes............................................................................................................................ 435

UPC/EAN ..................................................................................................................... 435
UPC-A, 100% ....................................................................................................... 435
UPC-A with 2-digit Add-on.................................................................................... 435
UPC-A with 5-digit Add-on.................................................................................... 435
UPC-E .................................................................................................................. 436
UPC-E with 2-digit Add-on.................................................................................... 436

17
 Contents

UPC-E with 5-digit Add-on.................................................................................... 437

EAN-8 ................................................................................................................... 437
EAN-13, 100%...................................................................................................... 437
EAN-13 with 2-digit Add-on .................................................................................. 437
EAN-13 with 5-digit Add-on .................................................................................. 438
Code 128...................................................................................................................... 438
GS1-128 ............................................................................................................... 438
Code 39........................................................................................................................ 438
Code 93........................................................................................................................ 439
Code 11 with 2 Check Digits ........................................................................................ 439
Interleaved 2 of 5 ......................................................................................................... 439
MSI with 2 Check Digits ............................................................................................... 439
Chinese 2 of 5 .............................................................................................................. 440
Matrix 2 of 5 ................................................................................................................. 440
Korean 3 of 5................................................................................................................ 440
GS1 DataBar............................................................................................................... 441
GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional (formerly GS1 DataBar-14) .................................. 441
GS1 DataBar Truncated ....................................................................................... 441
GS1 DataBar Stacked .......................................................................................... 441
GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional ................................................................ 442
GS1 DataBar Limited............................................................................................ 442
GS1 DataBar Expanded ....................................................................................... 443
GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked ......................................................................... 443
2D Symbologies ........................................................................................................... 443
PDF417 ................................................................................................................ 443
Data Matrix ........................................................................................................... 444
GS1 Data Matrix ................................................................................................... 445
Maxicode .............................................................................................................. 445
QR Code............................................................................................................... 445
GS1 QR ................................................................................................................ 446
MicroQR ............................................................................................................... 446
Aztec..................................................................................................................... 446
Grid Matrix ............................................................................................................ 447
Han Xin................................................................................................................. 447
Postal Codes................................................................................................................ 447
US Postnet ........................................................................................................... 447
UK Postal.............................................................................................................. 447
Japan Postal......................................................................................................... 448
Australian Post ..................................................................................................... 448
OCR ............................................................................................................................ 449
OCR-A .................................................................................................................. 449

18
 Contents

OCR-B .................................................................................................................. 449

MICR E13B........................................................................................................... 449
US Currency ......................................................................................................... 449

Numeric Barcodes .......................................................................................................................... 450

Cancel .......................................................................................................................... 450
Numeric Barcodes........................................................................................................ 450

Alphanumeric Barcodes ................................................................................................................ 452

Cancel .......................................................................................................................... 452
Alphanumeric Barcodes ............................................................................................... 452

ASCII Character Sets...................................................................................................................... 469

Communication Protocol Functionality........................................................................................ 479

Functionality Supported via Communication (Cable) Interface .................................... 479
Functionality Supported via Radio Communication ..................................................... 480

Signature Capture Code................................................................................................................. 481

Introduction .................................................................................................................. 481
Code Structure ............................................................................................................. 481
Signature Capture Area........................................................................................ 481
CapCode Pattern Structure .................................................................................. 482
Start / Stop Patterns..................................................................................................... 482
Dimensions .................................................................................................................. 483
Data Format ................................................................................................................. 483
Additional Capabilities................................................................................................. 484
Signature Boxes........................................................................................................... 484

Non-Parameter Attributes .............................................................................................................. 485

Introduction .................................................................................................................. 485
Attributes ...................................................................................................................... 485
Model Number ...................................................................................................... 485
Serial Number....................................................................................................... 485
Date of Manufacture ............................................................................................. 485
Date of First Programming ................................................................................... 486
Configuration Filename ........................................................................................ 486
Beeper/LED .......................................................................................................... 487

19
 Contents

Parameter Defaults............................................................................................... 488

Beep on Next Bootup ........................................................................................... 488
Reboot .................................................................................................................. 488
Host Trigger Session ............................................................................................ 488
Firmware Version ................................................................................................. 489
Scankit Version..................................................................................................... 489
ScanSpeed Analytics............................................................................................ 489

ScanSpeed Analytics ..................................................................................................................... 490

Introduction .................................................................................................................. 490
Histogram Decode Information .................................................................................... 490
Image of Slowest Decoded Barcode........................................................................... 494

Upgrading Over Bluetooth Without A Cradle............................................................................... 497

Introduction .................................................................................................................. 497
Upgrading Without a Cradle......................................................................................... 497
Troubleshooting ........................................................................................................... 498

Index ................................................................................................................................................ 499

20
About This Document

Introduction
This guide provides information about using the CS6080 Zebra product and accessories, if applicable.

IMPORTANT: If you have a problem with your equipment, contact Zebra Global Customer Support for
your region. Contact information is available at: www.zebra.com/support.

Configurations
For additional information regarding the latest available configurations, check Solutions Pathway.

Scanners
This guide covers the following configurations:

Part Number Description

CS6080-SR40004VZWW CS6080 Cordless: Companion Scanner, Inductive, Area Imager,
Standard Range, Midnight Black, Vibration Motor
CS6080-SR40004VMWW CS6080 Cordless: Companion Scanner, Inductive, Area Imager,
Standard Range, Midnight Black, Vibration Motor, MFi
CS6080-SR40004VZK CS6080 Cordless: Companion Scanner, Inductive, Area Imager,
Standard Range, Midnight Black, Vibration Motor - India, Korea, Japan
Only
CS6080-SR40004VZCN CS6080 Cordless: Companion Scanner, Inductive, Area Imager,
Standard Range, Midnight Black, Vibration Motor - China Only
CS6080-SRK0004VZWW CS6080 Corded: Companion Scanner, Area Imager, Standard Range,
Midnight Black, Vibration Motor
CS6080-SRK0004VZK CS6080 Corded: Companion Scanner, Area Imager, Standard Range,
Midnight Black, Vibration Motor - India, Korea, Japan Only
CS6080-SRK0004VZCN CS6080 Corded: Companion Scanner, Area Imager, Standard Range,
Midnight Black, Vibration Motor - China Only
CS6080-HC4F00BVZWW CS6080: Cordless: Companion Scanner, Inductive, Area Imager,
Healthcare, FIPS, HC White, Vibration Motor
CS6080-HC4F00BVMWW CS6080: Cordless: Companion Scanner, Inductive, Area Imager,
Healthcare, FIPS, HC White, Vibration Motor, MFi

21
 About This Document

Part Number Description

CS6080-HC4F00BVZK CS6080: Cordless: Companion Scanner, Inductive, Area Imager,
Healthcare, FIPS, HC White, Vibration Motor - India, Korea, Japan Only
CS6080-HC4F00BVZCN CS6080 Cordless: Companion Scanner, Inductive, Area Imager,
Healthcare, FIPS, HC White, Vibration Motor - China Only
CS6080-HCKF00BVZWW CS6080: Corded: Companion Scanner, Area Imager, Healthcare,
FIPS, HC White, Vibration Motor
CS6080-HCKF00BVZK CS6080: Corded: Companion Scanner, Area Imager, Healthcare,
FIPS, HC White, Vibration Motor - India, Korea, Japan Only
CS6080-HCKF00BVZCN CS6080 Corded: Companion Scanner, Area Imager, Healthcare, HC
White, Vibration Motor - China Only

Accessories
This guide covers the following configurations:

Part Number Description

BTRY-CS60EAB0E-04 Spare Battery, CS6080-SR
BTRY-CS60EAB0E-04K Spare Battery, CS6080-SR - India, Korea, Japan Only
BTRY-CS60EABHE-0B Spare Battery, CS6080-HC
BTRY-CS60EABHE-0BK Spare Battery, CS6080-HC - India, Korea, Japan Only
CR6080-SC100F4WW CS6080 Cordless: Standard Cradle, Inductive, Bluetooth, Midnight
Black - 1 Slot for Scanner and 1 Slot for Spare Battery. USB-C Cradle
Cable CBL-CS6-S07-04 Sold Separately.
CR6080-SC100F4CN CS6080 Cordless: Standard Cradle, Inductive, Bluetooth, Midnight
Black - 1 Slot for Scanner and 1 Slot for Spare Battery.USB-C Cradle
Cable CBL-CS6-S07-04 Sold Separately. China Only.
CR6080-PC100FBWW CS6080 Cordless: Presentation Cradle, Inductive, Bluetooth,
Healthcare White. USB-C Cradle Cable CBL-CS6-S07-0B Sold
Separately.
CR6080-PC100FBCN CS6080 Cordless: Presentation Cradle, Inductive, Bluetooth,
Healthcare White. USB-C Cradle Cable CBL-CS6-S07-0B Sold
Separately. China Only.
CR6080-SA40004WW CS6080 Cordless: 4-Slot Device Cradle Adapter Cup, Inductive,
Midnight Black
CR6080-BA40004WW CS6080 Cordless: 4-Slot Battery Cradle Adapter Cup, Inductive,
Midnight Black
CVTR-U70060C-04 7 ft (2.1m) Corded USB Converter - CS6080-SR (Midnight Black)
CVTR-U70060C-0B 7 ft (2.1m) Corded USB Converter - CS6080-HC (HC White)
LNYD-000060W-04 Lanyard, Retractor, Silicon Sleeve - CS6080 Cordless (Midnight Black)
CUP-GS0060C-04 Gooseneck Cup - CS6080-SR Corded (Midnight Black)
CUP-GS0060C-0B Gooseneck Cup - CS6080-HC Corded (HC White)
STND-GS0060C-04 Gooseneck Intellistand - CS6080-SR Corded (Midnight Black)
STND-GS0060C-0B Gooseneck Intellistand - CS6080-HC Corded (HC White)
STND-WS0060C-04 Gooseneck Intellistand, Weighted - CS6080-SR Corded (Midnight
Black)

22
 About This Document

Part Number Description

STND-WS0060C-0B Gooseneck Intellistand, Weighted - CS6080-HC Corded (HC White)
CBL-CS6-S07-04 CS6080 Cordless Cradle Cable: USB-C (Cradle) to USB-A (Host)
Cable; 7ft. (2.1m), Straight - Midnight Black
CBL-CS6-S07-0B CS6080 Cordless Cradle Cable: USB-C (Cradle) to USB-A (Host)
Cable; 7ft. (2.1m), Straight - HC White

Kits
This guide covers the following configurations:

Part Number Description

CR6080-SC400F4WW CS6080 Cordless: 4-Slot Device ShareCradle, Inductive, Midnight
Black. Includes Power Supply and DC line cord. 3-wire grounded
country specific AC line cord sold separately.
CR6080-BC40004WW CS6080 Cordless: 4-Slot Battery ShareCradle, Inductive, Midnight
Black. Includes Power Supply and DC line cord. 3-wire grounded
country specific AC line cord sold separately.
CS6080-SR400004SVW CS6080-SR Black Cordless Standard Cradle KIT:
CS6080-SR40004VZWW Scanner, CR6080-SC100F4WW Cradle,
CBL-CS6-S07-04 USB-C Cable
CS6080-SR40000KSVW CS6080-SR Black Corded (with Stand) KIT: CS6080-SRK0004VZWW
Scanner, STND-GS0060C-04 Stand
CS6080-SR40000TZVW CS6080-SR Black Cordless (with Lanyard) KIT:
CS6080-SR40004VZWW Scanner, LNYD-000060W-04 Lanyard
CS6080-SR40000TSVW CS6080-SR Black Cordless Standard Cradle (with Lanyard) KIT:
CS6080-SR40004VZWW Scanner, CR6080-SC100F4WW Cradle,
LNYD-000060W-04 Lanyard, CBL-CS6-S07-04 USB-C Cable
CS6080-HCB00004P1W CS6080-HC White Cordless FIPS Presentation Cradle KIT:
CS6080-HC4F00BVZWW Scanner, CR6080-PC100FBWW Cradle,
CBL-CS6-S07-0B USB-C Cable
CS6080-HCB0000KSVW CS6080-HC White Corded FIPS (with Stand) KIT:
CS6080-HCKF00BVZWW Scanner, STND-GS0060C-0B Stand
CS6080-HCB0000TZVW CS6080-HC White Cordless FIPS (with Lanyard) KIT:
CS6080-HC4F00BVZWW Scanner, LNYD-000060W-04 Lanyard
CS6080-HCB0000TP1W CS6080-HC White Cordless FIPS Presentation Cradle (with Lanyard)
KIT: CS6080-HC4F00BVZWW Scanner, CR6080-PC100FBWW
Cradle, LNYD-000060W-04 Lanyard, CBL-CS6-S07-0B USB-C Cable

Chapter Descriptions
Topics covered in this guide are as follows:
• Getting Started provides a product overview, unpacking instructions, and cable connection information.
• 123Scan and Software Tools describes the Zebra software tools available for customizing scanner
operation.
• Data Capture provides beeper and LED definitions, techniques involved in scanning barcodes, general
instructions and tips about scanning, and decode ranges.

23
 About This Document

• Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications provides suggested scanner

maintenance, troubleshooting, technical specifications, and signal descriptions (pinouts).
• Radio Communications provides information about the modes of operation and features available for
wireless communication. This chapter also includes programming barcodes to configure the scanner.
• User Preferences describes each user preference feature and provides programming barcodes for
selecting these features.
• Imaging Preferences describes imaging preference features and provides programming barcodes for
selecting these features.
• USB Interface describes how to set up the scanner with a USB host.
• SSI Interface describes the system requirements of the Simple Serial Interface (SSI), which provides a
communications link between Zebra decoders and a serial host.
• Symbologies describes all symbology features and provides programming barcodes for selecting these
features for the scanner.
• Data Formatting: ADF, MDF, Preferred Symbol briefly describes the Zebra features available for
customizing scanner operation.
• OCR Programming describes how to set up the scanner for OCR programming.
• Standard Parameter Defaults provides a table of all host devices and miscellaneous scanner defaults.
• Country Codes provides barcodes for programming the country keyboard type for the USB keyboard
(HID) device.
• Country Code Pages provides barcodes for selecting code pages for the country keyboard type.
• CKJ Decode Control describes control parameters for Unicode/CJK (Chinese, Japanese, Korean)
barcode decode through USB HID Keyboard Emulation mode.
• Programming Reference provides a table of AIM code identifiers, ASCII character conversions, and
keyboard maps.
• Sample Barcodes includes sample barcodes of various code types.
• Numeric Barcodes includes the numeric barcodes to scan for parameters requiring specific numeric
values.
• Alphanumeric Barcodes includes the alphanumeric barcodes to scan for parameters requiring specific
alphanumeric values.
• ASCII Character Sets provides ASCII character value tables.
• Communication Protocol Functionality lists supported scanner functionality by communication protocol.
• Signature Capture Code describes CapCode, a special pattern that encloses a signature area on a
document and allows the scanner to capture a signature.
• Non-Parameter Attributes defines non-parameter attributes.
• ScanSpeed Analytics describes the Zebra ScanSpeed Analytics software that allows the identification
of barcodes that slow down processes.
• Upgrading Over Bluetooth Without A Cradle provides information about performing upgrades on the
scanner without a cradle, using 123Scan.

Notational Conventions
The following conventions are used in this document:
• Bold text is used to highlight the following:

24
 About This Document

• Dialog box, window and screen names

• Drop-down list and list box names
• Check box and radio button names
• Icons on a screen
• Key names on a keypad
• Button names on a screen.
• Bullets (•) indicate:
• Action items
• Lists of alternatives
• Lists of required steps that are not necessarily sequential.
• Sequential lists (e.g., those that describe step-by-step procedures) appear as numbered lists.

• Throughout the programming barcode menus, asterisks (*) are used to denote default parameter
settings.

* Indicates Default * Baud Rate 9600 Feature/Option

Icon Conventions
The documentation set is designed to give the reader more visual clues. The following graphic icons are
used throughout the documentation set. These icons and their associated meanings are described below.

NOTE: The text here indicates information that is supplemental for the user to know and that is not
required to complete a task.

IMPORTANT: The text here indicates information that is important for the user to know.

CAUTION—EYE INJURY: Wear protective eyewear when performing certain tasks.

CAUTION—PRODUCT DAMAGE: If the precaution is not taken, the product could be damaged.

CAUTION: If the precaution is not heeded, the user could receive minor or moderate injury.

CAUTION—HOT SURFACE: Touching this area could result in burns.

CAUTION—ESD: Observe proper electrostatic safety precautions.

CAUTION—ELECTRIC SHOCK: Disconnect the printer power before performing certain procedures to
avoid the risk of electric shock.

25
 About This Document

WARNING: If danger is not avoided, the user CAN be seriously injured or killed.

DANGER! If danger is not avoided, the user WILL be seriously injured or killed.

NOTE: This is an icon for wired networking notes.

NOTE: This is an icon for wireless networking notes.

Service Information
If you have a problem with your equipment, contact Zebra Global Customer Support for your region.
Contact information is available at www.zebra.com/support.
When contacting support, please have the following information available:
• Serial number of the unit
• Model number or product name
• Software/firmware type or version number
Zebra responds to calls by email, telephone or fax within the time limits set forth in support agreements.
If your problem cannot be solved by Zebra Customer Support, you may need to return your equipment for
servicing and will be given specific directions. Zebra is not responsible for any damages incurred during
shipment if the approved shipping container is not used. Shipping the units improperly can possibly void
the warranty.
If you purchased your Zebra business product from a Zebra business partner, contact that business
partner for support.

Feedback
If you have comments, questions, or suggestions about this guide, send an email to
EVM-techdocs@zebra.com.

26
Getting Started

Introduction
Introducing the CS6080 Companion Scanner, featuring a groundbreaking design that easily converts
between corded and cordless operation, hand-held and hands-free, as your needs change. As a cordless
scanner, the CS6080 is small enough to tuck in a pocket and offers the latest mobile technology including
contactless charging. As a corded scanner, the CS6080 offers compact scanning for spaces with limited
real-estate. Whether you purchase a corded or cordless model up front, you can change modes at any
time for superior investment protection. And you get Zebra's industry-leading scanning performance and
our unique DataCapture DNA and industry-preferred management tools that make it easier than ever to
integrate, deploy and manage your scanners.
This guide provides basic instructions for setting up, programming, and using CS6080 scanners. The
scanner is available in the following versions:
• CS6080-SR: Standard Range
• CS6080-HC: Healthcare

NOTE: This guide applies to all scanner configurations, including cordless, corded, standard range and
healthcare unless specifically indicated.

27
 Getting Started

Features
Cordless Front View
Figure 1 Cordless Front View
Removable Battery

Programmable Button

Scan Button

Beeper

LED Indicators

Scanner Window

Corded Front View

Figure 2 Corded Front View

Scanner Window
LED Indicators
Beeper

USB Converter
Cable
Scan Button
Programmable Button

28
 Getting Started

Bottom View
Figure 3 Bottom View

NFC
Release Latch

Finger Grip Recess

Unpacking the Scanner

Carefully remove all protective material from the scanner and save the shipping container for later storage
and shipping. Verify that you received the following equipment:
• CS6080
• Lithium-Polymer battery (cordless) or USB Converter Cable (corded)
• Quick Start Guide.
Inspect the equipment. If any equipment is missing or damaged, contact support. See Service Information
on page 26 for contact information.

Installing the Battery

Use the battery to charge the cordless scanner.

Inserting the Battery

1. Insert the battery into the scanner.

Figure 4 Inserting the Battery

2. Press the battery into the scanner until the battery snaps into place.

NOTE: If you purchased a corded configuration, using the corded USB Converter Cable and want to
convert to a cordless configuration, using a battery, remove the corded USB Converter Cable prior to step
1.

29
 Getting Started

Removing the Battery

To remove the battery, press the release and pull the battery away from the scanner.

Figure 5 Removing the Battery

Installing the Corded USB Converter Cable

Use the USB Converter Cable to connect the corded scanner to a host.

Inserting the USB Cable

1. Insert the corded USB Converter Cable into the scanner.

2. Connect the other end of the corded USB Converter Cable to a USB port on the host PC.

NOTE: If you purchased a cordless configuration, using a battery and want to convert to a corded
configuration, using the corded USB Converter Cable, remove the battery prior to step 1.

Figure 6 Inserting the USB Cable

Removing the USB Cable

To remove the corded USB Converter Cable, press the release and pull the cable away from the scanner.

30
 Getting Started

Figure 7 Removing the USB Cable

Charging
Use a cradle or charging pad to charge the cordless scanner and use the battery charger or cradle to
charge spare batteries.

Charging via Cradle

NOTE: Only applies to cordless configurations.

1. Connect the cable to the cradle with the USB-C connector.

2. Connect the other end of the cable to a USB port on the host PC, or to a USB power adapter plugged
into an AC outlet with the USB-A connector.
3. Insert the CS6080 into a scanner slot to begin charging.
• In the Standard cradle, insert the scanner upright with the battery side first.
• In the Healthcare Presentation cradle, insert the scanner upside down with the scanner window first.

Figure 8 Charging via Cradle

Standard Healthcare Presentation

31
 Getting Started

Figure 9 4-Slot Device Charging Cradle

The CS6080 begins charging. The charge status LEDs light to indicate progress. See Beeper and LED
Indications on page 38 for more information.

Connecting Cradle Cable

Figure 10 Connecting the Cradle Cable

Standard Healthcare Presentation

Charging via Charging Pad

NOTE: Only applies to cordless configurations.

1. Follow the third party instructions for connecting your charging pad to power.

32
 Getting Started

2. Place the scanner on the charging pad with the buttons facing up.

The battery charging indicator LED on the scanner lights to show the charging status.

NOTE: The CS6080 is only compatible with Qi type charging pads and charging times cannot be
guaranteed when using third party accessories.

Figure 11 Charging via Charging Pad

Charging Spare Batteries

1. Connect the cable to the cradle with the USB-C connector.
2. Connect the other end of the cable to a USB port on the host PC, or to a USB power adapter plugged
into an AC outlet with the USB-A connector.
3. Remove the spare battery slot cap.

4. Insert the battery into the spare battery slot to begin charging. The charge LED on the cradle lights to
show the charging status.

Figure 12 Charging Spare Batteries

LED Charging Status

33
 Getting Started

Figure 13 4-Slot Battery Charging Cradle

LED Charging Status (4)

Charging Temperature
Charge batteries in temperatures from 0°C to 40°C (32°F to 104°F). Charging is halted at temperatures
above 40°C.
The scanner or accessory indicates when charging is disabled due to abnormal temperatures via its LED
and/or battery icon (see Table 2 on page 38).

Button Actions
To actuate the buttons, apply a finite force to the button recess.
For subsequent button actuations, remove force, and then re-apply force.
Table 1 Button Actions

Action Description
Scan Button (...)
Single press Trigger
Double press Issue connection to last known address if disconnected/if
connected in HID mode to an Apple device, will send
show/hide keypad
Hold for 3 seconds Battery status
Hold until beam goes off plus 5 seconds Night mode
longer
Programmable Button (-)
Single press (not in cradle) default* Show/hide keypad
Single press option 2 Programmable trigger
Single press option 3 Toggle lamp mode (cordless only)
Single press in cradle Toggle lamp mode (cordless only)
Double press Drop Bluetooth connection

34
123Scan and Software
Tools

Introduction
This chapter briefly describes the Zebra software tools available for customizing scanner operation.

123Scan
123Scan is a software tool that simplifies scanner setup and more.
Intuitive enough for first time users, the 123Scan wizard guides users through a streamlined setup
process. Settings are saved in a configuration file that can be printed as a single programming barcode for
scanning, emailed to a smart phone for scanning from its screen, or downloaded to the scanner using a
USB cable.
Through 123Scan a user can:
• Configure a scanner using a wizard.
• Program the following scanner settings.
• Speaker tone / volume settings.
• Enable / disable symbologies.
• Communication settings.
• Modify data before transmission to a host using:
• Advanced Data Formatting (ADF) - Scan one barcode per trigger press.
• Multicode Data Formatting (MDF) - Scan many barcodes in one trigger press (select scanners).
• Preferred Symbol - Single out one barcode on label of many (select scanners).
• Load parameter settings to a scanner via the following.
• Barcode scanning.
• Scan a paper barcode.
• Scan a barcode from a PC screen.
• Scan a barcode from a smart phone screen.
• Download over a USB cable.
• Load settings to one scanner.
• Stage up to 10 scanners simultaneously (Powered USB Hub recommended with 0.5 amp / port).
• Validate scanner setup.

35
 123Scan and Software Tools

• View scanned data within the utility's Data view screen.

• Capture an image and save to a PC within the utility's Data view screen.
• Review settings using the Parameter Report.
• Clone settings from an already deployed scanner from the Start screen.
• Upgrade scanner firmware.
• Load settings to one scanner.
• Stage up to 10 scanners simultaneously (Powered USB Hub recommended with 0.5 amp / port).
• View statistics such as:
• Asset tracking information.
• Time and usage information.
• Barcodes scanned by symbology.
• Battery diagnostics (select scanners).
• Generate the following reports.
• Barcode Report - Programming barcode, included parameter settings, and supported scanner
models.
• Parameter Report - Parameters programmed within a configuration file.
• Inventory Report - Scanner asset tracking information.
• Validation Report - Scanned data from the Data view.
• Statistics Report - All statistics retrieved from the scanner.
For more information go to: www.zebra.com/123Scan.

Communication with 123Scan

Use a USB cable or Bluetooth connection to connect the scanner to a Windows host computer running
123Scan.

123Scan Requirements
• Host computer running Windows XP, 7, 8, and 10
• Scanner
• USB cable or Bluetooth connection.

123Scan Information
For more information on123Scan, go to: www.zebra.com/123Scan.
For a 1 minute tour of 123Scan, go to: www.zebra.com/ScannerHowToVideos.
To see a list of all of our software tools, go to: www.zebra.com/scannersoftware.

36
 123Scan and Software Tools

Scanner SDK, Other Software Tools, and Videos

Tackle all your scanner programming needs with our diversified set of software tools. Whether you need to
simply stage a device, or develop a fully featured application with image and data capture as well as asset
management, these tools help you every step of the way.
To download any of the following free tools, go to: www.zebra.com/scannersoftware.
• 123Scan configuration utility
• SDKs
• Scanner SDK for Windows (connection through Bluetooth, USB cable to scanner and USB cable to
cradle)
• Scanner SDK for Linux (connection through USB cable to scanner and USB cable to cradle)
• Scanner SDK for Android (Bluetooth connection only)
• Drivers (connection through Bluetooth, USB cable to scanner and USB cable to cradle)
• OPOS driver
• JPOS driver
• USB CDC driver
• TWAIN driver
• Scanner Management Service (SMS) for Remote Management (connection through USB cable to
scanner and USB cable to cradle)
• Windows
• Linux
• How-To-Videos

NOTE: For a list of SDK supported scanner functionality by communication protocol, see Communication
Protocol Functionality on page 479.

37
Data Capture

Introduction
This chapter provides beeper and LED definitions, techniques involved in scanning barcodes, general
instructions and tips about scanning, and decode ranges.

Beeper and LED Indications

The digital scanner issues different beep sequences/patterns and an LED display to indicate status. Table
2 defines beep sequences/patterns and LED displays which occur during both normal scanning and while
programming the digital scanner.

Digital Scanner Indications

Table 2 Digital Scanner Beeper and LED Indications

Beeper Sequence LED Indication
Standard Use
Low/medium/high beeps Green Power up.
Scanning
None Green solid Presentation Mode on.
None No LED; green LED is Presentation Mode off.
turned off
Medium beep Green flash A barcode was successfully decoded. (See Other LED Indicators
(or as configured) on page 42 for programming beeper sounds.)

Four long low beeps Red A transmission error was detected in a scanned symbol. The data
is ignored. This occurs if a unit is not properly configured. Check
option setting.
Five long low beeps Red Conversion or format error.
None Red (fast blink) on Scanner is disabled by a host command to the scanner.
trigger press
Wireless Operation
Low, high, low, high Red Out of batch storage memory, unable to store new barcode.
Radio Indications

38
 Data Capture

Table 2 Digital Scanner Beeper and LED Indications (Continued)

Beeper Sequence LED Indication
Low None Scanner inserted into a cradle (may be disabled).
Low, high Blue Bluetooth connection established.
High, low Red Bluetooth disconnection event.
Long low, long high Red Bluetooth page timeout; remote device is out of range/not
powered.
Long low, long high, long Red Bluetooth connection attempt was rejected by remote device.
low, long high
None Blue (blink) Bluetooth attempting reconnection.
Five high Blue (blink) Enable Beep on Reconnect Attempt (default is disable).
Six high Blue (fast/fast/slow) Paging state indication.
Parameter Programming
Long low/long high beeps Red Input error, incorrect barcode or Cancel scanned, wrong entry,
incorrect barcode programming sequence; remain in program
mode.
High/low beeps Green Keyboard parameter selected. Enter value using barcode
keypad.
High/low/high/low beeps Green Successful program exit with change in the parameter setting.
ADF Programming
High/low beeps Green Number expected. Enter another digit. Add leading zeros to the
front if necessary.
Low/low beeps Green Alpha expected. Enter another alphabetic character or scan the
End of Message barcode.
High/high beeps Green blinking ADF criteria or action is expected. Enter another criteria or action
or scan the Save Rule barcode.
High/low/low beeps Green All criteria or actions cleared for current rule, continue entering
rule.
High/low/high/low beeps Green Rule saved. Rule entry mode exited.
(turns off blinking)
Long low/long high beeps Red Rule error. Entry error, wrong barcode scanned, or criteria/action
list is too long for a rule. Re-enter criteria or action.
Low beep Green Deleted last saved rule. The current rule is left intact.
Low/high/high beeps Green All rules deleted.
Long low/long high/long Red Out of rule memory. Erase some existing rules, then try to save
low/long high beeps rule again.
Long low/long high/long Green Cancel rule entry. Rule entry mode exited because of an error or
low beeps (turns off blinking) the user asked to exit rule entry.

39
 Data Capture

Cradle LED Indications

Table 3 Cradle LED Indications

LED Indication
Standard Use
Green (stays on) Power Up
Green (slow blinking) Not enough voltage to charge the scanner (for resolution, see
Troubleshooting on page 52)
Radio Indications
Blue (off, then on) Bluetooth connection established
Blue Page button
Blue (fast/fast/slow) Page issued
Maintenance Indications
Red (stays on) Enter boot loader
Red blinking Firmware installation

Table 4 lists the conditions in which the specified host controls the System Indicator LED.

Table 4 Host Controlled Cradle LED Indications

LED Indication
123Scan
Green (slow blinking) Scanner connected to 123Scan
Red (fast bllinking) File being transferred to the scanner (parameters and firmware)
Red (slow blinking) Firmware activated on the scanner; loaded into memory
Green (solid) Programming completed successfully (parameters and firmware)
Red (solid) Error State
SMS
Blinking Red Loading the SMS package to scanner
(Both scanner and cradle)

LED Indicators

Table 5 LED Indicators

Action Description
Decode Indicator LED
Successful decode Green
On error Red
Battery Indicator LED
When in cradle and charging is complete Solid Green
When in cradle and charging is in progress Blinking Amber

40
 Data Capture

Table 5 LED Indicators

Action Description
When in cradle and there is a charging error Fast Blinking Amber
When used in hand-held mode and theScan Button (...) is pressed Solid Green
for 3 seconds - Full Battery
When used in hand-held mode and the Scan Button (...) is pressed Solid Amber
for 3 seconds - Mid Charge
When used in hand-held mode and the Scan Button (...) is pressed Solid Red
- Low Battery
Bluetooth Indicator LED
While actively pairing Blinking Blue
Connected Solid Blue
Bluetooth Error Steady Red for 2 seconds

41
 Data Capture

Other LED Indicators

Table 6 Other LED Indicators
Action Beeper Sequence System/Decode LED Description
Standard Use
Bootup Low, Medium, High Green Power Up
Decode As configured Green A barcode symbol was
decoded
Hands-free Mode (Presentation None Green (stays on) Presentation mode on
On)
Hand-held Mode None Green (stays off) Presentation mode off
TRANSMIT_ERROR 4x Low Red Transmission error
CONVERT_ERROR 5x Low Red Conversion or format error
Image Capture
SNAPSHOT_START Low Blinking green Snapshot mode started
SNAPSHOT_COMPLETE Low Default Green LED mode Snapshot mode completed
based upon Hand-held /
Hands-free mode state
SNAPSHOT_TIMEOUT High, Low Default Green mode based Snapshot mode timed out
upon Hand-held /
Hands-free Mode state
Parameter Programming
ENTRY_ERROR Low, High Red Input error: incorrect
barcode, programming
sequence, or Cancel
scanned.
NUMBER_EXPECTED High, Low Green Number expected. Enter
value using numeric
barcodes.
PARAM_ENTERED High, Low, High, Low Green Successful program exit
with change in parameter
setting.
ADF Programming
NUMBER_EXPECTED High, Low Green Enter another digit. Add
leading zeros to the front if
necessary.
ALPHA_EXPECTED Low, Low Green Enter another alphabetic
character or scan the End
of Message barcode.
CRIT_ACT_EXPECTED High, High Blinking Green ADF criteria or action is
expected. Enter another
criterion or action, or scan
the Save Rule barcode.
RULE_SAVED High, Low, High, Low Green (turns off blinking) Rule saved. Rule entry
mode exited.

42
 Data Capture

Table 6 Other LED Indicators

Action Beeper Sequence System/Decode LED Description
CRIT_ACT_CLEARED High, Low, Low Green All criteria or actions
cleared for current rule,
continue entering rule.
LAST_RULE_DELETED Low Green Delete last saved rule. The
current rule is left intact.
ALL_RULES_DELETED Low, High, High Green All rules are deleted.
OUT_OF_RULE_MEM Low, High, Low, High Red Out of rule memory. Erase
some existing rules, then
try to save rule again.
CANCEL_RULE_ENTRY Low, High, Low Green (turns off blinking) Cancel rule entry. Rule
entry mode exited because
of an error or the user
asked to exit rule entry.
RULE_ERROR Low, High Red Entry error, wrong barcode
scanned, or criteria/action
list is too long for a rule.
Re-enter criterion or
action.
Macro PDF
MPDF_BUFFERED 2x Low None MPDF sequence buffered.
MPDF_FILE_ID_ERROR 2x Long Low None File ID error. A barcode not
in the current MPDF
sequence was scanned.
MPDF_OUT_OF_MEMORY 3x Long Low None Out of memory. There is
not enough buffer space to
store the current MPDF
symbol.
MPDF_BAD_SYMBOLOGY 4x Long Low None Bad symbology. Scanned
a 1D or 2D barcode in a
MPDF sequence, a
duplicate MPDF label, a
label in an incorrect order,
or trying to transmit an
empty or illegal MPDF
field.
MPDF_FLUSH_BUFFER 5x Long Low None Flushing MPDF buffer.
MPDF_ABORT Fast Warble None Aborting MPDF sequence.
MPDF_FLUSH_NO_DATA Low, High Red Flushing an already empty
MPDF buffer.
Wireless Operation
OUT_OF_MEMORY Low, High, Low, High Red Out of batch storage
memory, unable to store
new barcode.

43
 Data Capture

Table 6 Other LED Indicators

Action Beeper Sequence System/Decode LED Description
Maintenance Indications
Enter Bootloader High, High Steady Red
Firmware Installation None Blinking Red

If a cordless scanner is connected using FIPS, when the trigger is pressed the System LED is Amber until
the session ends (trigger release, session timeout, or successful decode).

44
 Data Capture

Scanning
NOTE: The scanner emits a white illumination with a green aim dot.

Hand-Held Scanning
1. Aim the digital scanner at a barcode and press the trigger to decode.

2. Press the trigger until the digital scanner beeps, indicating the barcode is successfully decoded. For
more information on beeper and LED definitions, see Beeper and LED Indications on page 38

Figure 14 Scanning in Hand-Held Mode.

Hands-Free Scanning
The scanner is in hands-free (presentation) mode when it sits in the CR6080-PC cradle. During idle
conditions the scanner operates in object detection mode, where it automatically wakes up to decode a
barcode presented in the field of view. In object detection mode it is normal for the illumination LEDs to be
dimly lit.
To scan:
1. Ensure all connections are secure (see appropriate host chapter).

2. Present the barcode in the scanner field of view.

3. Upon successful decode, the scanner beeps and the LED flashes green. (For more information about
beeper and LED definitions, Beeper and LED Indications on page 38).

45
 Data Capture

Figure 15 Corded Scanning in Hands-Free Mode

Figure 16 Cordless Scanning in Hands-Free Mode

46
 Data Capture

Aiming with Digital Scanner

When scanning, the digital scanner projects a green LED dot which allows positioning the barcode within
its field of view. See Decode Ranges on page 48 for the proper distance to achieve between the digital
scanner and a barcode.

Figure 17 Aiming Dot

The digital scanner turns on its white illumination LEDs to illuminate the target barcode.
To scan a barcode, center the symbol.

Figure 18 Scanning Orientation with Aiming Dot

The digital scanner can also read a barcode presented within the aiming dot not centered. The top
examples in Figure 19 on page 47 show acceptable aiming options, while the bottom examples can not be
decoded.

Figure 19 Acceptable and Incorrect Aiming

The aiming dot is smaller when the digital scanner is closer to the symbol and larger when it is farther from
the symbol. Scan symbols with smaller bars or elements (mil size) closer to the digital scanner, and those
with larger bars or elements (mil size) farther from the digital scanner.
The digital scanner beeps to indicate that it successfully decoded the barcode. For more information on
beeper and LED definitions, see Table 2 on page 38.

47
 Data Capture

Decode Ranges

Table 7 CS6080 Decode Ranges

CS6080-SR & CS6080-HC
Barcode Type Symbol Density Typical Working Ranges
Near Far
Code 39 5.0 mil 2.4 in/6.1 cm 9.5 in/24.1 cm
20.0 mil 2.5 in/6.3 cm 26.0 in/66.0 cm
Code 128 5.0 mil 2.8 in/7.1 cm 9.0 in/22.9 cm
100% UPC 13.0 mil 1.8 in/4.6 cm 19.5 in/49.5 cm
PDF 417 6.67 mil 2.4 in/6.1 cm 8.0 in/20.3 cm

Data Matrix 10.0 mil 2.9 in/7.4 cm 8.5 in/21.5 cm

QR Code 15.0 mil 1.2 in/3.0 cm 11.5 in/29.2 cm
20.0 mil 1.2 in/3.0 cm 14.0 in/35.6 cm

48
Maintenance,
Troubleshooting, and
Technical Specifications

Introduction
This chapter provides suggested digital scanner maintenance, troubleshooting, technical specifications,
and signal descriptions (pin-outs).

Maintenance
IMPORTANT: Use pre-moistened wipes and do not allow liquid cleaner to pool.

1Ensure the following items are addressed when using sodium hypochlorite (bleach) based cleaners:
• For scanner only. Do not use on cradle.
• Always follow the manufacturer’s recommended instructions: use gloves during application and remove
the residue afterwards with a damp cloth to avoid prolonged skin contact while handling the scanner.
• Due to the powerful oxidizing nature of sodium hypochlorite, the metal surfaces, including electrical
contacts on the scanner, are prone to oxidation (corrosion) when exposed to this chemical in the liquid
form (including wipes) and should be avoided. In the event that these type of disinfectants come in
contact with metal on the scanner, prompt removal with a dampened cloth after the cleaning step is
critical.

IMPORTANT: To avoid damage to the device, use only approved cleaning and disinfecting agents listed
below. The use of non-approved cleaning or disinfecting agents may void the warranty.

Known Harmful Ingredients

The following chemicals are known to damage the plastics on Zebra scanners and should not come in
contact with the device:
• Acetone
• Ammonia solutions
• Aqueous or alcoholic alkaline solutions
• Aromatic and chlorinated hydrocarbons
• Benzene
• Carbolic acid
• Compounds of amines or ammonia

49
 Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications

• Ethanolamine
• Ethers
• Ketones
• TB-lysoform
• Toluene
• Trichloroethylene.

Approved Cleaners for Standard CS6080 Digital Scanners and Cradles

• Isopropyl alcohol 70% (including wipes)

• 10% Bleach (Sodium Hypochlorite 0.55%) and water solution 1 (see Important note above)
• 3% Hydrogen Peroxide and 97% water solution
• Mild dish soap

Approved Disinfectant Cleaners for Healthcare Configurations of the CS6080

Digital Scanners and Cradles
IMPORTANT: * = Scanner only. Do not use on cradle.

Only use cleaning agents from the following list, following the manufacturer’s instructions:
• 3% Hydrogen Peroxide and 97% Water solution
• 10% Bleach (Sodium Hypochlorite 0.55%) and 90% Water Solution
• 91% Isopropyl Alcohol and 9% Water Solution
• Azowipe
• Clorox Dispatch Hospital Cleaner Disinfectant Towels with Bleach
• Clorox Formula 409 Glass and Surface Cleaner
• Clorox Healthcare Bleach Germicidal Wipes
• Clorox Healthcare Hydrogen Peroxide Wipes
• Clorox Healthcare Multi-Surface Quat Alcohol Wipes
• Diversey D10 Concentrate Detergent Sanitizer
• Diversey Dimension 256 Neutral Disinfectant Cleaner
• Diversey Oxivir Tb Wipes
• Diversey Virex II 256 One-Step Disinfectant Cleaner
• Metrex CaviCide
• Metrex CaviCide1
• Medipal Alcohol Wipes
• Metrex CaviWipes
• Metrex CaviWipes1
• PDI Easy Screen® Cleaning Wipe

50
 Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications

• PDI Sani-Cloth AF3 Germicidal Disposable Wipe

• PDI Sani-Cloth Bleach Germicidal Disposable Wipe
• PDI Sani-Cloth HB Sani-Germicidal Disposable Wipe
• PDI Sani-Cloth Plus Germicidal Disposable Cloth
• PDI Super Sani-Cloth Germicidal Wipe
• Progressive Products Wipes Plus
• Sani Professional Disinfecting Multi-Surface Wipes
• Sani-Hands® Instant Hand Sanitizing Wipes
• SC Johnson Windex Original Glass Cleaner with Ammonia-D
• Sterets Alcowipe
• Steris Coverage Plus Germicidal Surface Wipes
• Veridien Viraguard

Cleaning the Digital Scanner

Routinely cleaning the exit window is required. A dirty window may affect scanning accuracy. Do not allow
any abrasive material to touch the window.
To clean the scanner:
1. Dampen a soft cloth with one of the approved cleaning agents listed above or use pre-moistened
wipes.
2. Gently wipe all surfaces, including the front, back, sides, top and bottom. Never apply liquid directly to
the scanner. Be careful not to let liquid pool around the scanner window, trigger, cable connector or any
other area on the device.
3. Be sure to clean the trigger and in between the trigger and the housing (use a cotton-tipped applicator
to reach tight or inaccessible areas).
4. Do not spray water or other cleaning liquids directly into the exit window.
5. Wipe the scanner exit window with a lens tissue or other material suitable for cleaning optical material
such as eyeglasses.
6. Immediately dry the scanner window after cleaning with a soft non-abrasive cloth to prevent streaking.

7. Allow the unit to air dry before use.

8. Scanner connectors:

a. Dip the cotton portion of a cotton-tipped applicator in isopropyl alcohol.

b. Rub the cotton portion of the cotton-tipped applicator back-and-forth across the connector on the
Zebra scanner at least 3 times. Do not leave any cotton residue on the connector.
c. Use the cotton-tipped applicator dipped in alcohol to remove any grease and dirt near the connector
area.
d. Use a dry cotton tipped applicator and rub the cotton portion of the cotton-tipped applicator
back-and-forth across the connectors at least 3 times. Do not leave any cotton residue on the
connectors.

51
 Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications

Troubleshooting
Table 8 Troubleshooting
Problem Possible Causes Possible Solutions
The aiming dot does not No power to the digital scanner. If the configuration requires a power supply,
appear when pressing the re-connect the power supply.
trigger.
Incorrect host interface cable is Connect the correct host interface cable.
used.
Interface/power cables are loose. Re-connect cables.
Digital scanner is disabled. For USB IBM hand-held, IBM table-top, and OPOS
modes, enable the digital scanner via the host
interface. Otherwise, see the technical person in
charge of scanning.
Aiming pattern is disabled. Enable the aiming pattern. See Hand-Held Decode
Aiming Pattern on page 96.
Digital scanner emits Digital scanner is not programmed Program the digital scanner to read that type of
aiming dot, but does not for the correct barcode type. barcode. See Symbologies on page 237.
decode the barcode.
Barcode symbol is unreadable. Scan test symbols of the same barcode type to
determine if the barcode is defaced.
The aiming dot is not correctly Move the symbol so that the aiming dot is within the
placed on the symbol. field of view (see Aiming with Digital Scanner on
page 47).
Distance between digital scanner Move the scanner closer to or further from the
and barcode is incorrect. barcode. See Decode Ranges on page 48.

52
 Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications

Table 8 Troubleshooting (Continued)

Problem Possible Causes Possible Solutions
Digital scanner decodes Digital scanner is not Scan the appropriate host type programming
barcode, but does not programmed for the correct host barcode. See the chapter corresponding to the host
transmit the data to the type. type.
host. Interface cable is loose. Re-connect the cable.
Cradle is not programmed for the Check digital scanner host parameters or edit
correct host type. options.
Digital scanner is not paired to host Pair digital scanner to the cradle by scanning the
connected interface. PAIR barcode on the cradle.
Cradle has lost connection to the In this exact order: disconnect power supply;
host. disconnect host cable; wait three seconds; reconnect
host cable; reconnect power supply; reestablish
pairing.
If the digital scanner emits four Set the scanner's communication parameters to
long low beeps, a transmission match the host's setting.
error occurred.
This occurs if a unit is not properly
configured or connected to the
wrong host type.
If the digital scanner emits 5 low Configure the digital scanner's conversion
beeps, a conversion or format parameters properly.
error occurred.
If the digital scanner emits Program the correct ADF rules. Refer to the
low/high/low beeps, it detected an Advanced Data Formatting Programmer Guide.
invalid ADF rule.
Imager comes on, but Scanner is not programmed Ensure the scanner is programmed to read the type
scanner does not decode correctly. of barcode being scanned.
the barcode.
Barcode may be defaced. Ensure the symbol is not defaced. Scan other
barcodes of the same barcode type.
Scanner is not the proper distance Move scanner closer to or further from barcode.
from the barcode.
Host displays scanned Digital scanner is not programmed Scan the appropriate host type programming
data incorrectly. to work with the host. barcode.
Program the proper editing options (e.g., UPC-E to
UPC-A Conversion).
Digital scanner emits short The USB bus may put the digital Normal during host reset.
low/short medium/short scanner in a state where power to
high beep sequence the scanner is cycled on and off
(power-up beep sequence) more than once.
more than once.
Digital scanner emits 4 Digital scanner has not completed Wait several seconds and scan again.
short high beeps during USB initialization.
decode attempt.
Digital scanner emits Input error, incorrect barcode or Scan the correct numeric barcodes within range for
low/high beeps during Cancel barcode was scanned. the parameter programmed.
programming.

53
 Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications

Table 8 Troubleshooting (Continued)

Problem Possible Causes Possible Solutions
Digital scanner emits Out of host parameter storage Scan Default Parameters on page 66.
low/high/low/high beeps space.
during programming.
Out of memory for ADF rules. Reduce the number of ADF rules or the number of
steps in the ADF rules.
During programming, indicates Erase all rules and re-program with shorter rules.
out of ADF parameter storage
space.
Digital scanner emits ADF transmit error. Refer to the Advanced Data Formatting Guide for
low/high/low beeps. information.
Invalid ADF rule is detected. Refer to the Advanced Data Formatting Guide for
information.
Digital scanner emits a The USB bus re-established Normal when changing USB host type.
power-up beep after power to the digital scanner.
changing USB host type.
Digital scanner emits No power to the scanner. Check the system power. If the configuration requires
frequent beeps. a power supply, re-connect the power supply.
Incorrect host interface cable is Verify that the correct host interface cable is used. If
used. not, connect the correct host interface cable.
Interface/power cables are loose. Check for loose cable connections and re-connect
cables.
Digital scanner emits five Conversion or format error was Ensure the scanner conversion parameters are
long low beeps after a detected. properly configured.
barcode is decoded. The scanner conversion
parameters are not properly
configured.
Conversion or format error was Change the ADF rule, or change to a host that can
detected. support the ADF rule.
An ADF rule was set up with
characters that can't be sent for
the host selected.
Conversion or format error was Change the barcode, or change to a host that can
detected. support the barcode.
A barcode was scanned with
characters that can't be sent for
that host.
Digital scanner emits long Memory is full. Download barcode data to the host and clear the
beeps for 5 seconds when memory.
scanning a barcode.
Digital scanner LED blinks If pass key entry is canceled from To exit pass key entry mode scan Cancel or scan any
even if the pairing request the tablet/phone, the digital other barcode.
was canceled from remote scanner remains in the pass key
iOS/Android ™ device. entry mode for 30 seconds before
timing out.
Scanner battery LED turns Battery is not charged. Charge the battery. See Charging on page 31.
solid red for a few seconds.

54
 Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications

Table 8 Troubleshooting (Continued)

Problem Possible Causes Possible Solutions
Bluetooth LED turns off. Scanner is out of range. Move closer to the host and press any button to
re-pair with the host.
Digital scanner does not Scanner is not properly seated on Ensure the scanner is properly seated in the cradle or
fully charge. the cradle or Qi wireless charging properly placed on a Qi wireless charging pad.
pad.
The cradle LED is green Not enough voltage to charge the Unplug the cradle, ensure the proper cable is used
but slow blinking. scanner. and that the hub is able to supply power to all
devices.

NOTE: If after performing these checks the digital scanner still experiences problems, contact the
distributor or call support.

Dump Scanner Parameters

To debug a scanner issue, scan the following barcode with the scanner connected in USB HID keyboard
mode to Microsoft® Windows Notepad or Wordpad. This outputs all the scanner's asset tracking
information and parameter settings to a text document.
See the parameter numbers in Standard Parameter Defaults on page 378 to interpret the
parameter/attribute numbers in the output.

NOTE: Use 123Scan if available as an alternative to using this feature. 123Scan is the preferable method
for outputting scanner information.

For proper formatting, it may be necessary to first scan <DATA> <SUFFIX 1> (1) on page 125.

Dump Scanner Parameters

Send Versions

Report Software Version

Scan the following barcode to send the version of software installed in the scanner.

Report Software Version

55
 Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications

Serial Number
Scan the following barcode to send the scanner serial number to the host.

Serial Number

Manufacturing Information
Scan the following barcode to send the scanner manufacturing information to the host.

Manufacturing Information

56
 Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications

Technical Specifications
NOTE: Operating current specifications are subject to change.

Table 9 Technical Specifications

Item Description
Physical Characteristics
Dimensions - CS6080-SR
CS6080-SR Scanner .9 in H x 1.8 in W x 4.3 in D / 2.3cm H x 4.6 cm W x 10.9 cm D
Standard Cradle 4.5 in H x 3.1 in W x 4.2 in D / 11.3 cm H x 7.8 cm W x 10.7 cm D
Dimensions - CS6080-HC
CS6080-HC Scanner .9 in H x 1.8 in W x 4.3 in D / 2.3 cm H x 4.6 cm W x 10.9 cm D
Presentation Cradle 3.5 in H x 2.1 in W x 2.4 in D / 9.0 cm H x 5.3 cm W x 6.1 cm D
Weight - CS6080-SR
Corded 2.0 oz / 56.0 g
Cordless 2.9 oz / 83 g
Standard Cradle 4.9 oz / 138.0 g
Weight - CS6080-HC
Corded 2.0 oz / 58 g
Cordless 3.1 oz / 87 g
Presentation Cradle 3.4 oz / 96 g
Input Voltage Range
Scanner and cradle 4.5 to 5.5 VDC Host Powered; 4.5 to 5.5 VDC External Power
Supply
Current Mode Typ
Operating @ Nominal = 5V 400
Idle @ Nominal = 5V 90
Cradle, Standard USB 450
Cradle, BC1.2 USB 600
Available Colors Midnight Black (CS6080-SR), Healthcare White (CS6080-HC)
Supported Host Interfaces USB
Keyboard Support Supports over 90 international keyboards
FIPS Security Certification CS6080-HC: Certified Compliant with FIPS 140-2
User Indicators Direct Decode Indicator
Good Decode LEDs
Beeper (adjustable tone and volume)
Haptic feedback on decode
Capacitive trigger with haptic and audible feedback
Dedicated Battery Gauge
Dedicated Bluetooth LED
Performance Characteristics
Motion Tolerance (hand-held) Up to 20 in. / 51 cm, per second for 13 mil UPC in optimized
mode.

57
 Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications

Table 9 Technical Specifications (Continued)

Item Description
Light Source Aiming Pattern: Circular 525nm true green LED

Illumination 1 Warm White LED

Imager Field of View 44.5° horizontal, 33.5° vertical nominal
Image Sensor 1,280 x 960 pixels
Minimum Print Contrast 20% minimum reflective difference
Skew Tolerance +/- 60°
Pitch Tolerance +/- 60°
Roll Tolerance 0° - 360°
Minimum Element Resolution Code 39 - 5.0 mil
User Environment
Operating Temperature 32° to 122°F / 0° to 50°C
Storage Temperature -40° to 158°F / -40° to 70°C
Humidity 5% to 95% RH, non-condensing
Drop Specification (Scanner) Designed to withstand multiple drops @ 5 ft./1.5 m to concrete
Tumble Specification (Scanner) Designed to withstand 250 tumbles in 1.5 ft./0.5 m tumbler
Note: 1 tumble = 0.5 cycle
Ambient Light Immunity 0 to 10037 Foot Candles/0 to 108,000 Lux
Environmental Sealing Scanner rated IP65
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) +/-15kV Air discharge, +/-8kV Direct, +/-8kV Indirect
Radio Specifications
Bluetooth Radio Standard Bluetooth Version 5.0 with BLE: Class 1 330 ft. (100m)
and Class 2 33 ft. (10m), Serial Port and HID Profiles
Adjustable Bluetooth Power Output power adjustable down to negative 10 dBm in 8 Steps
Battery
Battery Capacity/Type 735 mAh Lithium Polymer battery
Scans Per Battery Charge 13,000 scans
Operating Time Per Full Charge 18 hours
Battery Charge Time (from empty)
CS6080-SR: Standard USB Full charge: 6 hours
CS6080-SR: BC1.2 USB Full charge: 3 hours
CS6080-HC: Standard USB Full charge: 8 hours
CS6080-HC: BC1.2 USB Full charge: 6 hours
Accessories
Cordless Accessories Standard cradle, presentation cradle, spare battery, 4-slot scanner
ShareCradle, 4-slot battery ShareCradle, lanyard
Corded Accessories Gooseneck Intellistand (weighted and standard), cup, corded USB
converter

58
 Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications

Table 9 Technical Specifications (Continued)

Item Description
Symbol Decode Capability
1D Base 32 (Italian Pharma), Codabar/NW7, Code, 11, Code 39,
Code 93, Code 128, GS1 DataBar, I 2 of 5, Korean 3 of 5, MSI
Plessey, UPC/EAN.
2D Aztec, Composite Codes, DataMatrix, DotCode, Han Xin,
MaxiCode, PDF417, MicroPDF417, Postal Codes, QR Code,
Micro QR, TLC-39, SecurPharm
OCR OCR-A, OCR-B, MICR, US Currency
Utilities and Management
123Scan Programs scanner parameters, upgrades firmware, provides
scanned barcode data and prints reports. See 123Scan and
Software Tools on page 35.
Symbol Scanner SDK Generates a fully-featured scanner application, including
documentation, drivers, test utilities and sample source code.
www.zebra.com/ScannerSDKforWindows
Scanner Management Service (SMS) Remotely manages your Zebra scanner and queries its asset
information.
www.zebra.com/sms
Decode Ranges (Typical)* See Decode Ranges on page 48.

59
 Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications

Duty Cycle
The plot shown in Figure 20 indicates the maximum allowed duty cycle changes with ambient temperature
in Level Trigger Mode.

Figure 20 Level Trigger Mode

60
 Maintenance, Troubleshooting, and Technical Specifications

The plot shown in Figure 21 indicates the maximum allowed duty cycle changes with ambient temperature
in Scene Detection Mode.

Figure 21 Scene Detection Mode

61
User Preferences

Introduction
You can program the digital scanner to perform various functions, or activate different features. This
chapter describes each user preference feature and provides programming barcodes for selecting these
features.
The digital scanner ships with the settings shown in Table 10 on page 63 (also see Standard Parameter
Defaults on page 378 for all defaults). If the default values suit requirements, programming is not
necessary.
To set feature values, scan a single barcode or a short barcode sequence. The settings are stored in
non-volatile memory and are preserved even when the digital scanner is powered down.

NOTE: Most computer monitors allow scanning the barcodes directly on the screen. When scanning from
the screen, be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the barcode clearly,
and bars and/or spaces are not merging.
If not using a USB cable, see USB Interface for selecting the host type after the power-up beeps sound.
This is only necessary upon the first power-up when connected to a new host.
To return all features to default values, see Default Parameters on page 66. Throughout the programming
barcode menus, asterisks indicate (*) default values.

* Indicates Default * High Volume Feature/Option

(0)
Option Value

62
 User Preferences

Scanning Sequence Examples

In most cases, scanning one barcode sets the parameter value. For example, to set the beeper tone to
high, scan the High Frequency (beeper tone) barcode listed under Beeper Tone on page 70. The digital
scanner issues a fast warble beep and the LED turns green, signifying a successful parameter entry.
Other parameters, such as Serial Response Time-Out or Data Transmission Formats, require scanning
several barcodes. See these parameter descriptions for this procedure.

Errors While Scanning

Unless otherwise specified, to correct an error during a scanning sequence, just re-scan the correct
parameter.

User Preferences Parameter Defaults

Table 10 lists defaults for user preferences parameters. To change the default values:
• Scan the appropriate barcodes in this guide. These new values replace the standard default values in
memory. To recall the default parameter values, see Default Parameters on page 66.

• Configure the digital scanner using the 123Scan configuration program (see 123Scan and Software
Tools on page 35).

See Standard Parameter Defaults on page 378 for all user preferences, hosts, symbologies, and
miscellaneous default parameters.

Table 10 User Preferences Parameter Defaults

Parameter Page
Parameter Number 1 SSI Number 2 Default Number
User Preferences
Set Default Parameter Restore Defaults 66
Parameter Barcode Scanning 236 ECh Enable 67
Beep After Good Decode 56 38h Enable 67
Direct Decode Indicator 859 F2h 5Bh Disable 68
Beeper Volume 140 8Ch High 69
Beeper Tone 145 91h Medium 70
Beeper Duration 628 F1h 74h Medium 71
Suppress Power Up Beeps 721 F1h D1h Do Not Suppress 71
Decode Pager Motor 613 F1h 65h Enable 72
Decode Pager Motor Duration 626 F1h 72h 150 msec 72
Night Mode Trigger 1215 F8h 04h BFh Disable 74
Night Mode Toggle N/A N/A N/A 75
Night Mode Silence Beeper Radio Indications 2262 F8h 08h D6 Enable Always 76
1
Parameter number decimal values are used for programming via RSM commands.
2
SSI number hex values are used for programming via SSI commands.

63
 User Preferences

Table 10 User Preferences Parameter Defaults (Continued)

Parameter Page
Parameter SSI Number 2 Default
Number 1 Number
Night Mode Silence Beeper Low Battery Indication 2263 F8h 08h D7 Enable Always 77
Night Mode Silence Beeper Parameter 2264 F8h 08h D8 Enable Always 78
Programming Indications
Scan Button Sensitivity 2133 F8 08 55 Normal Touch 80
Programmable Button Sensitivity 2134 F8 08 56 Normal Touch 80
Haptic Feedback (Vibrate) on Button Touch 1251 F8h 04h E3h Enable 81
Click on Button Touch 1252 F8h 04h E4h Enable 82
Scan Button ADF Rule Selection 2070 SSI # F8h 08h No Action 85
16h
Programmable Button ADF Rule Selection 2071 (SSI # F8h 08h No Action 86
17h)
Hands-Free ADF Rule Selection 2072 (SSI # F8h 08h No Action 87
18h)
Lamp Mode Control 1711 F8h 06h AFh Disable 88
(SR configurations)

Enable Lamp Mode

without Scanning
(HC configurations)
Lamp Mode Timeout 1712 F8h 06h B0h 5 Minutes 89
Low Power Mode 128 80h Enable 89
Time Delay to Low Power Mode 146 92h 1 sec 90
Timeout to Low Power Mode from Auto Aim 729 F1h D9h 15 sec 92
(Applies to cordless configurations only)
Battery Preservation Mode 1765 F8h 06h E5h Enable 93
(Applies to cordless configurations only)
Hand-Held Trigger Mode 138 8Ah Level 94
Hands-Free Mode 630 F1h 76h Enable 96
Hand-Held Decode Aiming Pattern 306 F0h 32h Enable 96
Hands-Free (Presentation) Decode Aiming Pattern 590 F1h 4Eh Disable Hands-Free 97
Decode Aiming Pattern
Picklist Mode 402 F0h 92h Disabled Always 99
Virtual Tether Alarm Configuration 2053 F8h 08h 05h Disable 100
Delay Before Virtual Tether Alarm Activates 2054 F8h 08h 06h 30 Seconds 104
Virtual Tether Alarm Duration 2055 F8h 08h 07h 5 Minutes 104
Defeat Virtual Tether Alarm 2119 F8h 08h 47h Pause Alarm on Scan 105
Button
Pause Virtual Tether Alarm Duration 2120 F8h 08h 48h 30 Seconds 106
Continuous Barcode Read 649 F1h 89h Disable 108
1 Parameter number decimal values are used for programming via RSM commands.
2 SSI number hex values are used for programming via SSI commands.

64
 User Preferences

Table 10 User Preferences Parameter Defaults (Continued)

Parameter Page
Parameter SSI Number 2 Default
Number 1 Number
Unique Barcode Reporting 723 F1h D3h Enable 108
Decode Session Timeout 136 88h 9.9 sec 109
Hands-Free Decode Session Timeout 400 F0h 90h 15 110
Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol 137 89h 0.5 sec 111
Timeout Between Decodes, Different Symbols 144 90h 0.1 sec 111
Triggered Timeout, Same Symbol 724 F1 D4 Disable 112
Mobile Phone/Display Mode 716 F1h CCh Normal 113
PDF Prioritization 719 F1h CFh Disable 114
PDF Prioritization Timeout 720 F1h D0h 200 ms 115
Decoding Illumination 298 F0h 2Ah Enable 115
Illumination Brightness - Hand-Held 669 F1h 9Dh High 116
Illumination Brightness - Hands-Free 2118 F8h 08h 46h Medium 117
Low Light Scene Detection 810 F2h 2Ah No Low Light Scene 118
Detection
Scene Detect Sensitivity 1943 F8h 97h Low 119
Motion Tolerance (Hand-Held Trigger Mode Only) 858 F2h 5Ah Less Motion Tolerance 120
Product ID (PID) Type 1281 F8h 05h 01h Host Type Unique 121
Product ID (PID) Value 1725 F8h 06h BDh 0 121
ECLevel 1710 F8h 06h AEh 0 122
Miscellaneous Options
Add an Enter Key N/A N/A N/A 122
Transmit Code ID Character 45 2Dh None 122
Prefix Value 99, 105 63h, 69h 7013 <CR><LF> 123
Suffix 1 Value 98, 104 62h, 68h 7013 <CR><LF> 123
Suffix 2 Value 100, 106 64h, 6Ah
Scan Data Transmission Format 235 EBh Data As Is 124
FN1 Substitution Values 103, 109 67h, 6Dh 7013 <CR><LF> 126
Transmit “No Read” Message 94 5Eh Disable 127
Unsolicited Heartbeat Interval 1118 F8h 04h 5Eh Disable 128
securPharm Decoding 1752 F8h 06h D8h Disable 129
securPharm Output Formatting 1753 F8h 06h D9h No Formatting 130
Programmable Button for Single Press 2060 F8h 08h 0Ch Apple Show/Hide 133
Keypad
Programmable Button for Double Press 2103 F8h 08h 37h No Action 134
1
Parameter number decimal values are used for programming via RSM commands.
2
SSI number hex values are used for programming via SSI commands.

65
 User Preferences

Parameters
Default Parameters
The digital scanner can be reset to two types of defaults: factory defaults or custom defaults. Scan the
appropriate barcode below to reset the digital scanner to its default settings and/or set the digital scanner
current settings as the custom default.
• Restore Defaults - Resets all default parameters as follows:
• If custom default values were configured (see Write to Custom Defaults), the custom default
values are set for all parameters each time the Restore Defaults barcode below is scanned.
• If no custom default values were configured, the factory default values are set for all parameters
each time the Restore Defaults barcode below is scanned. (For factory default values, see
Standard Parameter Defaults.)
• Set Factory Defaults - Scan the Set Factory Defaults barcode below to eliminate all custom default
values and set the digital scanner to factory default values (For factory default values, see Standard
Parameter Defaults).
• Write to Custom Defaults - Custom default parameters can be configured to set unique default values
for all parameters. After changing all parameters to the desired default values, scan the Write to
Custom Defaults barcode below to configure custom defaults.

* Restore Defaults

Set Factory Defaults

Write to Custom Defaults

66
 User Preferences

Parameter Barcode Scanning

Parameter # 236 (SSI # ECh)

To disable the decoding of parameter barcodes, including the Set Defaults parameter barcodes, scan the
Disable Parameter Scanning barcode below. To enable decoding of parameter barcode, scan Enable
Parameter Scanning.

* Enable Parameter Barcode Scanning

(1)

Disable Parameter Barcode Scanning

(0)

Beep After Good Decode

Parameter # 56 (SSI # 38h)

Scan a barcode below to select whether or not the digital scanner beeps after a good decode. If selecting
Do Not Beep After Good Decode, the beeper still operates during parameter menu scanning and to
indicate error conditions.

* Beep After Good Decode (Enable)

(1)

Do Not Beep After Good Decode (Disable)

(0)

67
 User Preferences

Direct Decode Indicator

Parameter # 859 (SSI # F2h 5Bh)

This feature is only supported in Auto Aim and Standard (Level) trigger modes. Scan a barcode below to
select optional blinking of the illumination on a successful decode
• Disable Direct Decode Indicator - illumination does not blink on a successful decode.
• 1 Blink - illumination blinks once upon a successful decode.
• 2 Blinks - illumination blinks twice upon a successful decode.

* Disable Direct Decode Indicator

(0)

1 Blink
(1)

2 Blinks
(2)

68
 User Preferences

Beeper Volume

Parameter # 140 (SSI # 8Ch)

To select a beeper volume, scan the Low Volume, Medium Volume, or High Volume barcode.

Low Volume
(2)

Medium Volume
(1)

* High Volume
(0)

69
 User Preferences

Beeper Tone

Parameter # 145 (SSI # 91h)

To select a beeper tone, scan one of the following barcodes.

Off
(3)

Low Tone
(2)

* Medium Tone
(1)

High Tone
(0)

Medium to High Tone (2-tone)

(4)

70
 User Preferences

Beeper Duration

Parameter # 628 (SSI # F1h 74h)

To select the duration for the beeper, scan one of the following barcodes.

Short
(0)

* Medium
(1)

Long
(2)

Suppress Power Up Beeps

Parameter # 721 (SSI # F1h D1h)

Scan a barcode below to select whether or not to suppress the digital scanner power-up beeps.

* Do Not Suppress Power Up Beeps

(0)

Suppress Power Up Beeps

(1)

71
 User Preferences

Decode Pager Motor

Parameter # 613 (SSI # F1h 65h)

The scanner includes a pager motor which, when enabled, vibrates the scanner for a period of time when
a successful decode occurs.
Scan a barcode below to enable or disable the pager motor. If enabled, scan the appropriate barcode to
set the period of time in which to vibrate the scanner (see Decode Pager Motor Duration below).

Pager Motor Disable

(0)

* Pager Motor Enable

(1)

Decode Pager Motor Duration

Parameter # 626 (SSI # F1h 72h)

* 150 msec
(15)

200 msec
(20)

72
 User Preferences

Decode Pager Motor Duration (continued)

250 msec
(25)

300 msec
(30)

400 msec
(40)

500 msec
(50)

600 msec
(60)

750 msec
(75)

73
 User Preferences

Night Mode

Parameter # 1215 (SSI # F8h 04h BFh)

The Night Mode feature allows the user to easily switch to a quiet mode in order to use the pager motor
with the beeper off.
NOTE: Do not use Lamp Mode, Night Mode, and Low Light Assist together.

Enter and exit Night Mode in one of two ways:

• Scan Enable Night Mode Trigger (1) on page 75 and use the trigger to toggle between entering and
exiting Night Mode.
• Scan the Toggle Night Mode on page 75 to enter or exit Night Mode, regardless of the state of the
Night Mode Trigger parameter.
Entering Night Mode:
• Enables Decode Pager Motor
• Disables Beep After Good Decode.
• Disables Beep on Insertion.
• Disables the page beep if the Page Button on page 173 is enabled (the LED and vibrate features
remain enabled).
• Disables the Bluetooth disconnect beep.
• Vibrates the pager motor.
Exiting Night Mode:
• Returns the scanner to the previously programmed states for the parameter changes above. For
example, if Beep After Good Decode was enabled before entering Night Mode, it returns to enabled
upon exiting night mode.
• Sounds two short beeps.
In Night Mode:
• Scanning the pairing barcode activates the pager motor instead of the warble beep and, on pairing
connection, the pager motor re-activates.
• Scanning a default parameter barcode exits Night Mode.
• Removing the scanner battery exits Night Mode.
• If the scanner loses power due to a dead battery or Battery Off is scanned, the scanner exits Night
Mode on the next power up and resumes normal operation.
For scanners that do not use a pager motor (non-HC units), scanning any Night Mode or pager motor
parameters sounds an error beep.

Night Mode Trigger

Enable this to use the trigger to toggle between entering and exiting Night Mode. To toggle, point the
scanner away from a barcode, press the trigger until the beam goes off, and then continue pressing the
trigger for an additional 5 seconds. Note that pressing the trigger an additional 5 seconds after decoding a
barcode has no affect.

74
 User Preferences

When entering Night Mode, the pager motor vibrates. When exiting Night Mode, the scanner emits two
short beeps.

Enable Night Mode Trigger

(1)

* Disable Night Mode Trigger

(0)

Night Mode Toggle

To toggle between entering and exiting Night Mode without using the trigger, scan this barcode. This
functions regardless of the state of the Night Mode Trigger parameter.
When scanning this barcode, the pager motor vibrates when entering Night Mode, and the scanner emits
two short beeps when exiting Night Mode.

Toggle Night Mode

75
 User Preferences

Night Mode Silence Beeper Radio Indications

Parameter # 2262 (SSI # F8h 08h D6)

Scan a barcode below to enable or disable this feature.

Disable Always
(0)

* Enable Always
(1)

Disable in Night Mode

(2)

When Disable in Night Mode or Disable Always is active, the following radio beeper indications are
silenced:

Radio Indication Name Beeper Sequence Radio Indication

Bluetooth page timeout Long low/long high Remote device is out of range/not
powered.

Bluetooth connection attempt Long low/long high/long Bluetooth connection attempt is

low/long high rejected by remote device.

76
 User Preferences

Night Mode Silence Beeper Low Battery Indication

Parameter # 2263 (SSI # F8h 08h D7)

This parameter enables or disables the Night Mode Silence Beeper Low Battery Indication feature.

When Disable in Night Mode or Disable Always is active, the low battery (on the trigger release) beeper
indication of four short high beeps is silenced.

Disable Always
(0)

* Enable Always
(1)

Disable in Night Mode

(2)

77
 User Preferences

Night Mode Silence Beeper Parameter Programming Indications

Parameter # 2264 (SSI # F8h 08h D8)

This parameter enables silencing the beep that occurs when the scanner is being programmed if the
parameter is set to Disable in Night Mode or Disable Always.

Disable Always
(0)

* Enable Always
(1)

Disable in Night Mode

(2)

78
 User Preferences

When Disable in Night Mode or Disable Always is active, the following parameter barcode programming
beeper indications are silenced:

Parameter Programming Beeper Sequence Parameter Programming

Indication Name Indication

Input error Long low/long high Incorrect bar code or Cancel scanned,
wrong entry, incorrect bar code
programming sequence; remain in
program mode

Keyboard parameter selected High/low Enter value using bar code keypad.

Successful programming High/low/high/low Successful program exited with change

in the parameter setting.

ADF Programming

Number expected High/low Enter another digit. Add leading zeros to

the front, if necessary.

Alpha expected Low/low Enter another alphabetic character or

scan the End of Message bar code.

ADF criteria/action expected High/high Enter another criteria or action or scan

the Save Rule bar code.

ADF criteria/action cleared High/low/low All criteria or actions cleared for current
rule, continuing entering rule.

Rule saved High/low/high/low Rule successfully saved and rule entry

mode exited.

Rule error Long low/long high Entry error, wrong bar code scanned, or
criteria/action list is too long for a rule.
Re-enter criteria or action.

Deleted last saved rule Low Deletes the last saved rule but the
current rule is left intact.

All rules deleted Long/high/high All rules entered are deleted.

Out of memory Long low/long high/ Out of ADF memory. Erase some
long low/long high existing rules, then try to erase the rule
again.

Cancel rule entry Long low/long Rule entry mode exited because of an
high/long low error or the user asked to exit rule entry.

79
 User Preferences

Scan Button Sensitivity

Parameter # 2133 (SSI # F8 08 55)

To adjust the force required to activate the Scan Button, scan one of the barcodes below.

* Normal Touch
(0)

Light Touch
(1)

Programmable Button Sensitivity

Parameter # 2134 (SSI # F8 08 56)

To adjust the force required to activate the Programmable Button, scan one of the barcodes below.

* Normal Touch
(0)

Light Touch
(1)

80
 User Preferences

Haptic Feedback (Vibrate) on Button Touch

Parameter # 1251 (SSI # F8h 04h E3h)

The scanner provides haptic feedback which, when enabled, vibrates the scanner upon a button touch.
Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable this parameter.

* Enable Haptic Feedback (Vibrate) on Button Touch

(1)

Disable Haptic Feedback (Vibrate) on Button Touch

(0)

81
 User Preferences

Click on Button Touch

Parameter # 1252 (SSI # F8h 04h E4)

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable a click upon a button touch.

* Enable Click on Button Touch

(1)

Disable Click on Button Touch

(0)

82
 User Preferences

ADF Rule Selection

ADF Rule Selection allows for different ADF rules to be applied to decode data depending on how the data
is scanned. On the CS6080 scanner, data can be scanned using the Scan Button, the Programmable
Button or in Presentation Mode.
Within ADF a formatting rule can be assigned a Rule Set Flag number from 1 to 4 in its criteria list.

Rule Set Rule Set Rule Set Rule Set

Flag 1 Flag 2 Flag 3 Flag 4

   
For example, an ADF rule can implement as follows:

Criteria Actions
When a barcode: Then format the decode data this way:
• Is length 5, and • Send X
• Starts with the letter P and • Send first 5 characters of barcode
• Code 128 code type, and • Send Enter key

• Rule Set Flag 1 is enabled 

The ADF Rule Selection setting can be used automatically set or clear one of the Rule Set Flags when the
reading of decode data occurs with one of the following triggering sources:
• Programmable Button
• Scan Button
• Hands-Free
The following options are available for the ADF Rule Selection setting: (= Set Flag, = Clear Flag)
When the reading of decode data occurs, then the four Rule Set Flags in ADF are changed as in the
following table (except when No Action is selected):

Rule Set Rule Set Rule Set Rule Set

ADF Rule Selection
Flag 1 Flag 2 Flag 3 Flag 4
No Action (default) No Change No Change No Change No Change
Use Rule 1  Set  Cleared  Cleared  Cleared
Use Rule 2  Cleared  Set  Cleared  Cleared
Use Rule 3  Cleared  Cleared  Set  Cleared
Use Rule 4  Cleared  Cleared  Cleared  Set
Use Generic Rules  Cleared  Cleared  Cleared  Cleared

When ADF processes the decode data, then the criteria for each rule is checked, rules that do not specify
a Rule Set Flag number always apply. Rules that specify a Rule Set Flag number apply based on the ADF
Rule Selection setting for the trigger source.

83
 User Preferences

For example if the ADF Rule Selection settings have the following values:

Programmable Button Use Rule 1

Scan Button Use Rule 2
Hands-free Use Rule 3

When a barcode is scanned with:

• The Programmable Button pressed, then Rule Set Flag 1 is set and the others are cleared.
• The Scan Button pressed, then the Rule Set Flag 2 is set and the others are cleared
• Hands-free, then all Rule Set Flags are cleared.
After the Rule Set Flags are adjusted, then the ADF engine processes the decode data. ADF goes down
the rule list for the first rule that applies. The rules tagged with a Rule Set number are enabled or disabled
based on the ADF Rule Selection settings.
NOTE: If No Action is selected then the state of the Rule Selection Flags from the last decode remain
enabled.
When programming ADF rules using ADF Rule Selection, be sure to have rules corresponding to Rule
Sets 1 to 4 at the top of the rule list, otherwise a generic rule applies before a rule set based rule is applied.

84
 User Preferences

Scan Button ADF Rule Selection

Parameter #2070 (SSI # F8h 08h 16h)

* No Action
(0)

Use Rule 1
(1)

Use Rule 2
(2)

Use Rule 3
(3)

Use Rule 4
(4)

Use Generic Rules

(0xff)

85
 User Preferences

Programmable Button ADF Rule Selection

Parameter #2071 (SSI # F8h 08h 17h)

* No Action
(0)

Use Rule 1
(1)

Use Rule 2
(2)

Use Rule 3
(3)

Use Rule 4
(4)

Use Generic Rules

(0xff)

86
 User Preferences

Hands-Free ADF Rule Selection

Parameter #2072 (SSI # F8h 08h 18h)

* No Action
(0)

Use Rule 1
(1)

Use Rule 2
(2)

Use Rule 3
(3)

Use Rule 4
(4)

Use Generic Rules

(0xff)

87
 User Preferences

Lamp Mode
NOTE: Lamp Mode applies to the healthcare cradle and scanner in scan stand only.
Disable Hands-Free Mode (see Hands-Free Mode on page 96) and Enable Lamp Mode with
Scanning for on demand Presentation Mode with Timeout when scanner is in a cradle or scan
stand.

Lamp Mode uses the scanner to illuminate the workspace around the scanner by providing continuous
illumination on demand. Lamp Mode may be enabled or disabled. Once enabled, Lamp Mode is activated
or deactivated by pressing the Programmable Button on the scanner. Lamp Mode may be enabled with the
option to allow barcode scanning, or not.

Lamp Mode Control

Parameter #1711 (SSI # F8h 06h AFh)

This parameter enables or disables the Lamp Mode feature.

NOTE: The default value for Healthcare configurations of the scanner is Enable Lamp Mode without
Scanning.

The default value for SR configurations of the scanner is Disable Lamp Mode.

Do not use Lamp Mode, Night Mode, and Low Light Assist together.

Enable Lamp Mode with Scanning

(1)

* Enable Lamp Mode without Scanning

(2)
(default for HC models)

* Disable Lamp Mode

(0)
(default for SR models)

88
 User Preferences

Lamp Mode Timeout

Parameter #1712 (SSI # F8h 06h B0h)

This parameter controls how long the lamp remains on for when Lamp Mode is enabled.

1 Minute
(1)

* 5 Minutes
(5)

Low Power Mode

Parameter # 128 (SSI # 80h)

NOTE: Applies to cordless configurations only.

This parameter determines whether or not the digital scanner enters low power mode after a decode
attempt.

If disabled, power remains on after each decode attempt.

Disable Low Power Mode

(0)

* Enable Low Power Mode

(1)

89
 User Preferences

Time Delay to Low Power Mode

Parameter # 146 (SSI # 92h)

NOTE: This parameter only applies when Low Power Mode is enabled.

This parameter sets the time the digital scanner remains active before entering low power mode. The
digital scanner wakes upon trigger press or when the host attempts to communicate with the digital
scanner.

100 msec
(65)

500 msec
(69)

* 1 Sec
(17)

2 sec
(18)

3 sec
(19)

90
 User Preferences

Time Delay to Low Power Mode (continued)

4 sec
(20)

5 sec
(21)

10 sec
(26)

15 sec
(27)

91
 User Preferences

Timeout to Low Power Mode from Auto Aim

Parameter # 729 (SSI # F1 D9)

This parameter sets the time the scanner remains in auto aim before entering Low Power Mode.

Disabled
(0)

5 sec
(5)

* 15 sec
(11)

30 sec
(13)

1 minute
(17)

92
 User Preferences

Battery Preservation Mode

Parameter # 1765 (SSI # F8h 06h E5h)

NOTE: This parameter only applies to cordless operation.

Battery Preservation Mode preserves the battery charge when the digital scanner is not being used for an
extended period of time.
• Scan Enable Battery Preservation Mode to internally disconnect the battery from the digital scanner
when the digital scanner is unused and not being charged for five hours 1. In this mode the scanner
completely turns off. This preserves the battery charge as there is no current drain on the battery and
significantly extends battery shelf life. To exit Battery Preservation Mode 2 and return to normal
operation either press the digital scanner trigger or return to charging. The digital scanner cannot scan
until the wake up process is complete 3. This takes a few seconds. The amount of time before the
battery disconnects from the scanner can be set via Battery Preservation Timeout Value below.

NOTE: 1Five hours is the default timeout value but can be changed via Battery Preservation Timeout
Value.
2
Low Power Mode (89) must be enabled for Battery Preservation Mode to take effect.
3
When asleep in Battery Preservation Mode, the digital scanner cannot be accessed for remote
management.

To return back to normal operation, insert the scanner back into the cradle to complete the wake up
process.
• Scan Disable Battery Preservation Mode to keep the battery connected to the digital scanner at all
times. This prevents the battery from being disconnected from the scanner after hours of sitting idle (no
scanning) and not charging. When Battery Preservation Mode is disabled, substantial battery shelf life
improvements are not gained as compared to when Battery Preservation Mode is enabled.
• Scan Battery Preservation Timeout followed by 3 digits in Numeric Barcodes on page 450 to select a
different battery preservation timeout value (the default for battery preservation timeout is five hours).
For example, if the preservation timeout value should be 12 hours, scan Battery Preservation
Timeout below, then scan 0, 1, and 2. To correct an error or change the selection, scan Numeric
Barcodes on page 450.

93
 User Preferences

* Enable Battery Preservation Mode

(5)

Disable Battery Preservation Mode

(0)

Battery Preservation Timeout Value

Hand-Held Trigger Mode

Parameter # 138 (SSI # 8Ah)
Select one of the following trigger modes for the digital scanner.
• Standard (Level) - A trigger press activates decode processing. Decode processing continues until the
barcode decodes, you release the trigger, or the Decode Session Timeout on page 109 occurs.
• Presentation (Blink) - The digital scanner activates decode processing when it detects a barcode in its
field of view. After a period of non-use, the digital scanner enters a low power mode, in which the LEDs
turn off until the digital scanner senses motion.
• Auto Aim - This trigger mode projects the aiming dot when you lift the digital scanner. A trigger press
activates decode processing. After 5 seconds of inactivity the aiming dot shuts off.

94
 User Preferences

* Level (Standard)
(0)

Presentation (Blink)
(7)

Auto Aim
(9)

95
 User Preferences

Hands-Free Mode

Parameter # 630 (SSI # F1h 76h)

In hands-free mode, when you place the CS6080 in the presentation cradle, it automatically triggers when
presented with a barcode. Lifting the digital scanner causes it to behave according to the setting of the
Hand-Held Trigger Mode on page 94.
If you select Disable Hands-Free Mode, the digital scanner behaves according to the setting of the
Hand-Held Trigger Mode on page 94 regardless of whether the CS6080 is in the presentation cradle.

* Enable Hands-Free Mode

(1)

Disable Hands-Free Mode

(0)

Hand-Held Decode Aiming Pattern

Parameter # 306 (SSI # F0h 32h)

Select Enable Hand-Held Decode Aiming Pattern to project the aiming dot during barcode capture,
Disable Hand-Held Decode Aiming Pattern to turn the aiming dot off, or Enable Hand-Held Decode
Aiming Pattern on PDF to project the aiming dot when the digital scanner detects a 2D barcode.

NOTE: With Picklist Mode on page 99 enabled, the decode aiming dot flashes even when the Hand-Held
Decode Aiming Pattern is disabled.

96
 User Preferences

* Enable Hand-Held Decode Aiming Pattern

(2)

Disable Hand-Held Decode Aiming Pattern

(0)

Enable Hand-Held Decode Aiming Pattern on PDF

(3)

Hands-Free Decode Aiming Pattern

Parameter # 590 (SSI # F1h 4Eh)

Select Enable Hands-Free Decode Aiming Pattern to project the aiming dot during barcode capture,
Disable Hands-Free Decode Aiming Pattern to turn the aiming dot off, or Enable Hands-Free Decode
Aiming Pattern on PDF to project the aiming dot when the digital scanner detects a 2D barcode.

NOTE: With Picklist Mode on page 99 enabled, the decode aiming dot flashes even when the Decode
Aiming Pattern is disabled.

97
 User Preferences

Enable Hands-Free Decode Aiming Pattern

(1)

* Disable Hands-Free Decode Aiming Pattern

(0)

Enable Hands-Free Decode Aiming Pattern on PDF

(2)

98
 User Preferences

Picklist Mode

Parameter # 402 (SSI # F0h 92h)

Scan one of the following barcodes to select a Picklist Mode. In this mode, you can pick out and decode a
barcode from a group of barcodes that are printed close together by placing the aiming pattern on the
barcode you want to decode.

NOTE: Enabling Picklist Mode overrides the Disable Decode Aiming Pattern options. You can not disable
the decode aiming pattern when Picklist Mode is enabled.

Enabling Picklist Mode can slow decode speed and hinder the ability to decode longer barcodes.
• Enable Picklist Mode Always - Picklist Mode is always enabled.
• Enable Picklist Mode in Hand-held Mode - Picklist Mode is enabled when the scanner is out of
hands-free mode and disabled when the scanner is in presentation mode.
• Enable Picklist Mode in Hands-free Mode - Picklist Mode is enabled when the scanner is in hands-free
mode only.
• Disable Picklist Mode Always - Picklist Mode is always disabled.

Enable Picklist Mode Always

(2)

Enable Picklist Mode in Hand-held Mode

(1)

Enable Picklist Mode in Hands-free Mode

(3)

* Disable Picklist Mode Always

(0)

99
 User Preferences

Virtual Tether
Virtual Tether feature allows the scanner, cradle or host application to alert users when Bluetooth
connection is lost. It works by independently controlling the scanner's illumination, audio, haptics, audio
and visual as well as visual LED alarm only options.

To adjust the range of the scanner and cradle connection, change the radio power (high, medium, low).
See Radio Output Power on Radio Output Power on page 146.

Configuring the Alarm on the Scanner

Parameter # 2053 (SSI # F8h 08h 05h)

The Virtual Tether alarm on the scanner includes audio, LED, illumination, and haptic which Each alarm
type can be enabled or disabled using the barcodes in this section. This allows for creation of custom
alarms. This feature is disabled by default.

* Disable Virtual Tether Alarm

(0)

Enable Virtual Tether Alarm

(1)

100
 User Preferences

Audio Virtual Tether Alarm on Scanner

Parameter # 2246 (SSI # F8h 08h C6h)

Scan the barcodes below to disable or enable the Audio Virtual Tether Alarm on the scanner.
NOTE: To disable the audio alarm on the scanner and cradle when the scanner is in Night Mode, configure
the audio alarm on the scanner to Enable Audio Virtual Tether Alarm Except in Night Mode.

Disable Audio Virtual Tether Alarm

(0)

Enable Audio Virtual Tether Alarm

(Plays in Night Mode)
(1)

* Enable Audio Virtual Tether Alarm

Except in Night Mode
(see Night Mode on page 74)
(2)

NOTE: If Audio Alarm is enabled, it plays at a high volume.

101
 User Preferences

LED Virtual Tether Alarm

Parameter # 2247 (SSI # F8h 08h C7h)

Scan the barcodes below to disable or enable this feature. When enabled, the scanner LEDs blink green
and red.

Disable LED Virtual Tether Alarm

(0)

* Enable LED Virtual Tether Alarm

(1)

Illumination Virtual Tether Alarm

Parameter # 2248 (SSI # F8h 08h C8h)

Scan the barcodes below to disable or enable this feature.

Disable Illumination Virtual Tether Alarm

(0)

* Enable Illumination Virtual Tether Alarm

(1)

102
 User Preferences

Haptics Virtual Tether Alarm

Parameter # 2249 (SSI # F8h 08h C9h)

Disable Haptics Virtual Tether Alarm

(0)

* Enable Haptics Virtual Tether Alarm

(1)

Configuring the Alarm on Cradle

Parameter # 2124 (SSI # F8h 08h 4Ch)

Scan the barcodes below to disable or enable this feature on the cradle. When enabled, the cradle LEDs
blink green and red and the audio alarm sounds (this may be disabled).

* Disable Virtual Tether Alarm on the Cradle

(0)

Enable Audio and Visual Virtual

Tether Alarm on the Cradle
(1)

Enable Visual Virtual Tether Alarm

on the Cradle (No Beeper)
(2)

103
 User Preferences

Distance
To adjust the range of the scanner and cradle connection, change the radio power to high, medium, or low
(see Radio Output Power on page 146).

Delay Before Virtual Alarm Activates

Parameter # 2054 (SSI # F8h 08h 06h)

When the device is out of range, it holds off on sounding the Virtual Tether alarm to provide an opportunity
to re-establish a connection (5 - 99 seconds). The default is 30 seconds.

NOTE: Ensure that this setting is not too short in order to avoid the following:
• If the cradle resets, it causes the scanner to activate the Virtual Tether alarm.
• Noisy RF environments can lead to frequent, momentary disconnect/reconnect sequences.
To set a timeout:
1. Scan the Delay Before Alarm Activates barcode.

2. Scan two barcodes from Numeric Barcodes that correspond to the desired timeout duration. Enter a
leading zero for single digit numbers (for example, for an alarm to start after 5 seconds, scan the 0
barcode and then the 5 barcode).

To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel on page 450.

Delay Before Alarm Activates

Virtual Tether Alarm Duration

Parameter # 2055 (SSI # F8h 08h 07h)

Set up the amount of time for the Alarm to play in minutes (1 - 99 minutes). The default is 5 minutes.
To set a timeout:
1. Scan the Alarm Duration barcode.

104
 User Preferences

2. Scan two barcodes from Numeric Barcodes that correspond to the desired alarm duration. Enter a
leading zero for single digit numbers (for example, for an alarm to start after 5 minutes, scan the 0
barcode and then the 5 barcode). The value of zero sets the duration to Infinite.

To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel on page 450.

Alarm Duration

Stopping the Alarm

The alarm stops once the connection is established, the timeout period expires or the scanner’s battery is
drained.
NOTE: Any connection stops the alarm. The scanner does not need to connect to the same cradle.

Defeat Virtual Tether Alarm

Parameter # 2119 (SSI # F8h 08h 47h)

The cradle Page Button is used to defeat or pause the alarm.

Do Not Defeat Alarm

(0)

* Pause Alarm on Scan/Page Button

(1)

Stop Alarm on Scan/Page Button

(2)

105
 User Preferences

Pause Virtual Tether Alarm Duration

Parameter # 2120 (SSI # F8h 08h 48h)

Pressing the Scan Button on the scanner pauses the alarm for a programmable number of seconds (1 - 99
seconds). The default is 30 Seconds.
To set a timeout:
1. Scan the Pause Virtual Tether Alarm Duration barcode.

2. Scan two barcodes from Numeric Barcodes that correspond to the desired alarm duration. Enter a
leading zero for single digit numbers (for example, for an alarm to start after 5 seconds, scan the 0
barcode and then the 5 barcode).

To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel on page 450.

Pause Virtual Tether Alarm Duration

Virtual Tether Alarm Considerations

Causes for the alarm to activate include:
• The device goes out of range.
• If the cradle does not have power, the scanner sounds an alarm. Includes USB suspend of the cradle.
• Removing the battery from the scanner causes the cradle to sound the alarm.
• If Virtual Tether is enabled and a power outage occurs that causes multiple cradles or Bluetooth hosts
to lose power, it activates alarms on the scanners paired to them. To stop the alarm:
• A scan button press can be configured to defeat the alarm (see Defeat Virtual Tether Alarm on
page 105 for details).
OR
• Unpower the scanners by removing the battery.
• Connect the scanner to another device.
• Press the Scan Button (must be configured to Stop Alarm on Scan Button).
Causes for the alarm to not activate:
• The scanner and cradle need to have an existing connection before an alarm activates. No alarm on
power up.
• If the scanner is connected to another cradle/host by insertion or by scanning the pairing barcode.
• If another scanner connects to the cradle and causes the original scanner to disconnect.
• If scanner is charging (including on a Qi pad) the alarm does not activate as in this case the scanner is
not lost.
• If any of the batch modes are enabled or if auto-reconnect is not set to reconnect immediately.

106
 User Preferences

• Virtual Tether does not apply to hosts that do not support the auto-reconnect feature such as HID
Bluetooth Low Energy (Discoverable) and SPP BT Classic (Discoverable).
• Alarm is not activated if the disconnection occurrs due to firmware update or configuration via 123Scan
or SMS.
Cause for Visual Virtual Alarm only
• If the scanner disconnects from the cradle due to the Battery Preservation feature activating, the cradle
only plays the visual portion of the virtual tether alarm if enabled.

107
 User Preferences

Continuous Barcode Read

Parameter # 649 (SSI # F1h 89h)

Enable this to report every barcode while the trigger is pressed.

NOTE: Zebra strongly recommends enabling Picklist Mode on page 99 with this feature. Disabling Picklist
Mode can cause accidental decodes when more than one barcode is in the digital scanner's field of view.

* Disable Continuous Barcode Read

(0)

Enable Continuous Barcode Read

(1)

Unique Barcode Reporting

Parameter # 723 (SSI # F1h D3h)

Enable this to report only unique barcodes while the trigger is pressed. This option only applies when
Continuous Barcode Read is enabled.

Disable Continuous Barcode Read Uniqueness

(0)

* Enable Continuous Barcode Read Uniqueness

(1)

108
 User Preferences

Decode Session Timeout

Parameter # 136 (SSI # 88h)

This parameter sets the maximum time decode processing continues during a scan attempt. It is
programmable in 0.1 second increments from 0.5 to 9.9 seconds. The default timeout is 9.9 seconds.
To set a Decode Session Timeout, scan the barcode below. Next, scan two numeric barcodes from
Numeric Barcodes on page 450 that correspond to the desired on time. Enter a leading zero for single digit
numbers. For example, to set a Decode Session Timeout of 0.5 seconds, scan the barcode below, then
scan the 0 and 5 barcodes. To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel on page 450.

Decode Session Timeout

109
 User Preferences

Hands-free Decode Session Timeout

Parameter # 400 (SSI # F0h 90h)
This parameter is the hands-free compliment to the Decode Session Timeout. It configures the minimum
and maximum decode processing time during a hands-free scan attempt. It only applies to the hands-free
trigger mode or when a scanner is placed in the Presentation cradle (CR6080-PC).
The minimum decode processing time is defined as the time in which the scanner stops decoding when an
object is removed or left stationary in the imaging field of view.
The maximum decode processing time is defined as the time in which the scanner stops decoding when
an object is left in and is moving in the field of view.
Both the maximum and minimum times are configured using a single setting. The relationship of this
setting is as follows:

Setting Value Minimum Time Maximum Time

X < 25 250 ms X * 100 ms

X >= 25 X * 10 ms X * 100 ms

For example, a setting value of 100 results in the scanner turning off approximately 1 second after an
object is removed from the field of view or 10 seconds while an object is in the field of view moving.
The default value of the setting is 15 which results in a Minimum time of 250 ms and Maximum time of 1.5
seconds.
Adjust this setting based on your requirements. For example, when doing PDF prioritization, this
parameter should be set to a value where the maximum time is above the PDF prioritization timeout.

Hands-free Decode Session Timeout

110
 User Preferences

Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol

Parameter # 137 (SSI # 89h)

Use this option in Continuous Barcode Read mode to prevent the beeper from continuously beeping when
a symbol is left in the digital scanner field of view. The barcode must be out of the field of view for the
timeout period before the digital scanner reads the same consecutive symbol. It is programmable in 0.1
second increments from 0.0 to 9.9 seconds. The default interval is 0.5 seconds.
To select the timeout between decodes for the same symbol, scan the barcode below, then scan two
numeric barcodes from Numeric Barcodes on page 450 that correspond to the desired interval, in 0.1
second increments.

Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol

Timeout Between Decodes, Different Symbols

Parameter # 144 (SSI # 90h)

Use this option in presentation mode or Continuous Barcode Read to control the time the digital scanner is
inactive between decoding different symbols. It is programmable in 0.1 second increments from 0.1 to 9.9
seconds. The default is 0.1 seconds.
To select the timeout between decodes for different symbols, scan the barcode below, then scan two
numeric barcodes from Numeric Barcodes on page 450 that correspond to the desired interval, in 0.1
second increments.

NOTE: Timeout Between Decodes, Different Symbols cannot be greater than or equal to the Decode
Session Timeout.

Timeout Between Decodes, Different Symbols

111
 User Preferences

Triggered Timeout, Same Symbol

Parameter # 724 (SSI # F1 D4)

Scan Enable Triggered Timeout, Same Symbol below to apply Timeout Between Decodes, Same
Symbol (parameter #137 on page 111) in hand-held trigger mode. Subsequent scans of Enable
Triggered Timeout, Same Symbol are ignored until Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol
expires.

NOTE: 1.This feature does not apply to Timeout Between Decodes, Different Symbols.

2.Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol should not be greater than or equal to the Time Delay
to Low Power Mode (parameter #146 on page 90).

Enable Triggered Timeout, Same Symbol

* Disable Triggered Timeout, Same Symbol

112
 User Preferences

Mobile Phone/Display Mode

Parameter # 716 (SSI # F1h CCh)

This mode improves barcode reading performance off mobile phones and electronic displays. Select
Enhanced in hand-held, hands-free, or both modes, or select Normal Mobile Phone/Display Mode.

* Normal Mobile Phone/Display Mode

(0)

Enhanced in Hand-Held Mode

(1)

Enhanced in Hands-Free Mode

(2)

Enhanced in Both Modes

(3)

113
 User Preferences

PDF Prioritization

Parameter # 719 (SSI # F1h CFh)

Enable this feature to delay decoding a 1D barcode (Code 128) by the value specified in PDF Prioritization
Timeout. During that time the digital scanner attempts to decode a PDF417 symbol (e.g., on a US driver's
license), and if successful, reports this only. If it does not decode (can not find) a PDF417 symbol, it
reports the 1D symbol after the timeout. The 1D symbol must be in the device field of view for the digital
scanner to report it. This parameter does not affect decoding other symbologies.

NOTE: The 1D Code 128 barcode lengths include the following:

• 7 to 10 characters
• 14 to 22 characters
• 27 to 28 characters

In addition, a Code 39 barcode with the following lengths are considered to potentially be part of a
US driver’s license:
• 8 characters
• 12 characters.

* Disable PDF Prioritization

(0)

Enable PDF Prioritization

(1)

114
 User Preferences

PDF Prioritization Timeout

Parameter # 720 (SSI # F1h D0h)

Hands-free Decode Session Timeout on page 109 should be set to a longer duration than
Prioritization Timeout when configured.

When PDF Prioritization is enabled, this timeout specifies how long the digital scanner attempts to decode
a PDF417 symbol before reporting the 1D barcode in the field of view.
Scan the following barcode, then scan four digits from Numeric Barcodes on page 450 that specify the
timeout in milliseconds. For example, to enter 400 ms, scan the following barcode, then scan 0400. The
range is 0 to 5000 ms, and the default is 200 ms.

PDF Prioritization Timeout

Decoding Illumination

Parameter # 298 (SSI # F0h 2Ah)

Selecting Enable Decoding Illumination causes the digital scanner to flash illumination to aid decoding.
Select Disable Decoding Illumination to prevent the digital scanner from using decoding illumination.
Enabling illumination usually results in superior images. The effectiveness of the illumination decreases as
the distance to the target increases.

* Enable Decoding Illumination

(1)

Disable Decoding Illumination

(0)

115
 User Preferences

Illumination Brightness Hand-Held

Parameter # 669 (SSI # F1h 9Dh)

Scan one of the following barcodes to set the illumination brightness used during an active decode
session. This only applies in hand-held mode (not in presentation mode).

NOTE: Selecting a lower brightness level can affect decode performance.

Low Illumination Brightness for Hand-Held

(0)

Medium Illumination Brightness for Hand-Held

(3)

* High Illumination Brightness for Hand-Held

(7)

116
 User Preferences

Illumination Brightness Hands-Free

Parameter # 2118 (SSI # F8h 08h 46h)

Scan one of the following barcodes to set the illumination brightness used when the scanner is in
Presentation Mode. This does not apply in hand-held mode.

NOTE: Selecting a lower brightness level can affect decode performance.

Low Illumination Brightness for Hands-Free

(0)

* Medium Illumination Brightness for Hands-Free

(3)

High Illumination Brightness for Hands-Free

(7)

117
 User Preferences

Low Light Scene Detection

Parameter # 810 (SSI # F2h 2Ah)

Scan one of the following barcodes to allow the scanner to detect motion in dim to dark illumination
environments when in presentation mode:
• No Low Light Scene Detection - The scanner attempts to detect motion as best it can with the aim
pattern and illumination turned off when the scanner is idle.
• Aiming Pattern Low Light Assist Scene Detection - Illumination is off, but the aim pattern is on when
the scanner is idle to assist in scene detection.
• Dim Illumination Low Light Assist Scene Detection - The aim pattern is off, but illumination is on at
a dim level to assist in scene detection.
NOTE: Do not use Lamp Mode, Night Mode, and Low Light Assist together.

* No Low Light Assist Scene Detection

(0)

Aiming Pattern Low Light Assist Scene Detection

(1)

Dim Illumination Low Light Assist Scene Detection

(2)

118
 User Preferences

Scene Detect Sensitivity

Parameter # 1943 (SSI # F8h 97h)

This parameter sets the illumination range sensitivity when motion is detected.

* Low
(10)

Medium
(128)

High
(190)

119
 User Preferences

Motion Tolerance (Hand-Held Trigger Modes Only)

Parameter # 858 (SSI # F2h 5Ah)

Less Motion Tolerance provides optimal decoding performance on 1D barcodes.
To increase motion tolerance and speed decoding when scanning a series of 1D barcodes in rapid
progression, scan More Motion Tolerance.

* Less Motion Tolerance

(0)

More Motion Tolerance

(1)

120
 User Preferences

Product ID (PID) Type

Parameter # 1281
SSI # F8h 05h 01h
Scan one of the following bar codes to define the PID value reported in USB enumeration.

* Host Type Unique

(0)

Product Unique
(1)

IBM Unique
(2)

Product ID (PID) Value

Parameter # 1725
SSI # F8h 06h BDh
To set a Product ID value, scan Set PID Value, and then scan four numeric bar codes in Numeric
Barcodes on page 450 that correspond to the value. Enter a leading zero for single digit numbers. To
correct an error, or change a selection, scan Cancel on page 450. The range is (0,1600-1649).

NOTE: This parameter is applicable to customers using a Firmware Flash Update per the Toshiba Global
Commerce Solutions (TGCS) Universal Serial Bus OEM Point-of-Sale Device Interface.

Set PID Value

121
 User Preferences

ECLevel
Parameter # 1710
SSI # F8h 06h AEh
To set an ECLevel value, scan Set ECLevel, and then scan five numeric bar codes in Numeric Barcodes
on page 450 that correspond to the desired level. Enter a leading zero for single digit numbers. To correct
an error, or change a selection, scan Cancel on page 450.

NOTE: This parameter is applicable to customers using a Firmware Flash Update per the Toshiba Global Commerce
Solutions (TGCS) Universal Serial Bus OEM Point-of-Sale Device Interface. It allows a customer to define an ECLevel
value in order to manage and control Flash Update operations on the 4690 operating system.

Contact the Zebra Customer Support Center online at: www.zebra.com/support for more information.

Set ECLevel

Add an Enter Key

To add an Enter key (carriage return/line feed) after scanned data, scan the following barcode.
To program other prefixes and/or suffixes, see Prefix/Suffix Values on page 123.

Add Enter Key (Carriage Return/Line Feed)

Transmit Code ID Character

Parameter # 45 (SSI # 2Dh)

A Code ID character identifies the code type of a scanned barcode. This is useful when decoding more
than one code type. In addition to any single character prefix already selected, the Code ID character is
inserted between the prefix and the decoded symbol.
Select no Code ID character, a Symbol Code ID character, or an AIM Code ID character. For Code ID
characters, see Programming Reference on page 429.

NOTE: If you enable Symbol Code ID Character or AIM Code ID Character, and enable Transmit “No
Read” Message on page 127, the digital scanner appends the code ID for Code 39 to the NR message.

122
 User Preferences

Transmit Code ID Character (continued)

Symbol Code ID Character

(2)

AIM Code ID Character

(1)

* None
(0)

Prefix/Suffix Values

Key Category Parameter # P = 99, S1 = 98, S2 = 100 (SSI # P = 63h, S1 = 62h, S2

= 64h)

Decimal Value Parameter # P = 105, S1 = 104, S2 = 106 (SSI # P = 69h, S1 = 68h,

S2 = 6Ah)
You can append a prefix and/or one or two suffixes to scan data for use in data editing. To set a value for
a prefix or suffix, scan a four-digit number (i.e., four barcodes from Numeric Barcodes on page 450) that
corresponds to that value. See ASCII Character Sets on page 469 for the four-digit codes.
When using host commands to set the prefix or suffix, set the key category parameter to 1, then set the
3-digit decimal value. See ASCII Character Sets on page 469 for the four-digit codes.
The default prefix and suffix value is 7013 <CR><LF> (the Enter key). To correct an error or change a
selection, scan Cancel on page 450.

NOTE: To use Prefix/Suffix values, first set the Scan Data Transmission Format on page 124.

123
 User Preferences

Scan Prefix
(7)

Scan Suffix 1
(6)

Scan Suffix 2
(8)

Data Format Cancel

Scan Data Transmission Format

Parameter # 235 (SSI # EBh)
To change the scan data format, scan one of the following eight barcodes corresponding to the desired
format.
NOTE: If using this parameter do not use ADF rules to set the prefix/suffix.

124
 User Preferences

To set values for the prefix and/or suffix, see Prefix/Suffix Values on page 123.

* Data As Is
(0)

<DATA> <SUFFIX 1>

(1)

<DATA> <SUFFIX 2>

(2)

<DATA> <SUFFIX 1> <SUFFIX 2>

(3)

<PREFIX> <DATA >

(4)

125
 User Preferences

Scan Data Transmission Format (continued)

<PREFIX> <DATA> <SUFFIX 1>

(5)

<PREFIX> <DATA> <SUFFIX 2>

(6)

<PREFIX> <DATA> <SUFFIX 1> <SUFFIX 2>

(7)

FN1 Substitution Values

Key Category Parameter # 103 (SSI # 67h)

Decimal Value Parameter # 109 (SSI # 6Dh)

The wedge and USB HID keyboard hosts support a FN1 Substitution feature. Enabling this substitutes any
FN1 character (0x1b) in an EAN128 barcode with a value. This value defaults to 7013 (Enter Key).
When using host commands to set the FN1 substitution value, set the key category parameter to 1, then
set the 3-digit keystroke value. See the ASCII Character Set table for the current host interface for the
desired value.
To select a FN1 substitution value via barcode menus:
1. Scan the barcode below.

Set FN1 Substitution Value

2. Locate the keystroke desired for FN1 Substitution in the ASCII Character Set table for the current host
interface. Enter the 4-digit ASCII Value by scanning each digit in Numeric Barcodes on page 450.

126
 User Preferences

To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel.

To enable FN1 substitution for USB HID keyboard, scan the Enable FN1 Substitution barcode on page
214.

Transmit “No Read” Message

Parameter # 94 (SSI # 5Eh)

Scan a barcode below to select whether or not to transmit a No Read message. Enable this to transmit the
characters NR when a successful decode does not occur before trigger release or the Decode Session
Timeout expires. See Decode Session Timeout on page 109. Disable this to send nothing to the host if a
symbol does not decode.

NOTE: If you enable Transmit No Read, and also enable Symbol Code ID Character or AIM Code ID
Character for Transmit Code ID Character on page 122, the digital scanner appends the code ID for Code
39 to the NR message.

Enable No Read
(1)

* Disable No Read
(0)

127
 User Preferences

Unsolicited Heartbeat Interval

Parameter # 1118 (SSI # F8h 04h 5Eh)

The imager supports sending Unsolicited Heartbeat Messages to assist in diagnostics. To enable this
feature and set the desired unsolicited heartbeat interval, scan one of the time interval barcodes below, or
scan Set Another Interval followed by four numeric barcodes from Numeric Barcodes (scan sequential
numbers that correspond to the desired number of seconds).
Scan Disable Unsolicited Heartbeat Interval to turn off the feature.
The heartbeat event is sent as decode data (with no decode beep) in the form of:
MOTEVTHB:nnn
where nnn is a three-digit sequence number starting at 001 and wrapping after 100.

10 seconds
(10)

1 minute
(60)

Set Another Interval

* Disable Unsolicited Heartbeat Interval

(0)

128
 User Preferences

securPharm Decoding

Parameter # 1752 (SSI # F8h 06h D8h)

securPharm decoding implements the IFA and GS1 Coding System for the European pharmaceutical
industry. securPharm code is used to prevent pharmaceutical counterfeiting.
When this feature is enabled, if a GS1 symbol is decoded and includes any aspects of the Application
Identifier associated with the securPharm GS1 specifications, the entire GS1 symbol is processed as a
securPharm symbol. For this reason, it is expected that under certain circumstances, a GS1 barcodes that
is a securPharm symbol may not be processed properly; if the GS1 symbol is not created as per the
specification. The output cannot be guaranteed as valid.
Although the GS1-128 type and the GS1 DataBar family are not specifically indicated in the IFA
specification, they are supported.
The securPharm output is in XML format and can include the product number, serial number, lot number,
expiration and Date of Manufacturing. The XML tags can be arranged in any order. Tags that are not in the
barcode are omitted. For example:
<content dfi=”value_dfi”>
<Daten_1>value_Daten_1</Daten_1>
<Daten_2>value_Daten_2</Daten_2>
<Daten_n>value_Daten_n</Daten_n>
</content>

Where:
value_dfi = IFA or GS1
Daten_1 to Daten_n is the production number, serial number, etc.
Scan a barcode below to enable or disable the ability to process pharmaceutical type barcodes.

* Disable securPharm Decoding

(0)

Enable securPharm Decoding

(1)

129
 User Preferences

securPharm Output Formatting

Parameter # 1753 (SSI # F8h 06h D9h)

NOTE: securPharm Output Formatting is effective only when securPharm Decoding on page 129 is
enabled.
securPharm Output Formatting parameter options represent bit positions. Therefore, any combination of formatting
can be used.

When you scan a securPharm Output Formatting barcode, the securPharm output is formatted in a
number of ways.

Sample GS1 Format

Product Number: GTINData Identifier DI Data Format Identifier: GS1

Data Carrier <content dfi="GS1">

FNC104150123456782 <gtin>04150123456782</gtin>
> Scanned Barcode > <lot>1A234B5</lot>
101A234B5FNC1
1717231 <exp>151231</exp>

211234567890123456 <sn>1234567890123456</sn>

Sample GS1 Output - Feature Disabled

The output has no format:
0104150123456782101A234B517151231211234567890123456

Sample GS1 Output - No Formatting (0)

The output is a single line of characters:
<content
dfi="GS1"><gtin>04150123456782</gtin><lot>1A234B5</lot><exp>151231</exp><sn>1234567890123
456</sn></content>

Sample GS1 Output - Insert Tab (1)

The output is a single line of characters with a tab inserted in the XML body:
<content
dfi="GS1">[tab]<gtin>04150123456782</gtin>[tab]<lot>1A234B5</lot>[tab]<exp>151231</exp>[tab]<sn>123
4567890123456</sn></content>

Sample GS1 Output - Insert New Line (2)

The output consists of multiple lines of characters with a new line character at the end of each line.
<content dfi="GS1">
<gtin>04150123456782</gtin>
<lot>1A234B5</lot>
<exp>151231</exp>
<sn>1234567890123456</sn>
</content>

130
 User Preferences

Sample GS1 Output - Insert Tab and New Line (3)

The output consists of multiple lines of characters with tabs and a new line character at the end of each
line.
<content dfi="GS1">
[tab] <gtin>04150123456782</gtin>

[tab] <lot>1A234B5</lot>

[tab] <exp>151231</exp>

[tab] <sn>1234567890123456</sn>

</content>

Sample IFA Format

Product Number: PPNData Identifier DI Data Format Identifier: IFA

<content dfi="IFA">
Data Carrier
<ppn>111234567842</ppn>
Mac069N11123456782Gs <lot>1A234B5</lot>
> Scanned Barcode >
1T1A234B5Gs <sn>1234567890123456</sn>
</content>
D151231Gs
S1234567890123456

Sample GS1 Output - Feature Disabled

The output has no format:
[)>069N1112345678421T1A234B5S1234567890123456

Sample GS1 Output - No Formatting (0)

The output is a single line of characters:
<content
dfi="IFA"><ppn>111234567842</ppn><lot>1A234B5</lot><sn>1234567890123456</sn></content>

Sample GS1 Output - Insert Tab (1)

The output is a single line of characters with a tab inserted in the XML body:
<content
dfi="IFA">[tab]<ppn>111234567842</ppn>[tab]<lot>1A234B5</lot>[tab]<sn>1234567890123456</sn></con
tent>

Sample GS1 Output - Insert New Line (2)

The output consists of multiple lines of characters with a new line character at the end of each line.
<content dfi="IFA">
<ppn>111234567842</ppn>
<lot>1A234B5</lot>
<sn>1234567890123456</sn>
</content>

131
 User Preferences

Sample GS1 Output - Insert Tab and New Line (3)

The output consists of multiple lines of characters with tabs and a new line character at the end of each
line.
<content dfi="IFA">
[tab] <ppn>111234567842</ppn>

[tab] <lot>1A234B5</lot>

[tab] <sn>1234567890123456</sn>

</content>

securPharm Output Formatting Barcodes

Scan a barcode below to format the securPharm output.

* No Formatting
(0)

Insert Tab
(1)

Insert New Line

(2)

Insert Tab and New Line

(3)

132
 User Preferences

Programmable Button for Single Press

Parameter # 2060 (SSI # F8h 08h 0Ch)

The Programmable Button can be configured for the following options:
• Apple Show/Hide Keypad - If connecting to Apple devices in HID Keyboard Mode, a press of the
Programmable Button (-) shows or hides the keypad.

NOTE: Apple features must be enabled for the show/hide keyboard feature to work (see Apple iOS Virtual
Keyboard Toggle on page 149).

• Second Trigger - The Programmable Button (-) acts as a second trigger to scan parameters and
decode data.
• Lamp Mode - The Programmable Button (-) activates Lamp Mode (for more information, see Lamp
Mode on page 88).

* Apple Show/Hide Keypad

(0)

Second Trigger
(1)

Lamp Mode
(2)

133
 User Preferences

Programmable Button for Double Press

Parameter # 2103 (SSI # F8h 08h 37h)

The CS6080 can be programmed to drop the Bluetooth connection on a double press of the
Programmable Button.

NOTE: The double press of the Scan Button issues Bluetooth connection to the last know device.

* No Action
(0)

Drop Bluetooth Connection

(1)

134
Radio Communications

Introduction
This chapter provides information about the modes of operation and features available for wireless
communication between the CS6080 cordless digital scanners, cradles and hosts. The chapter also
includes the parameters necessary to configure the digital scanner.
The digital scanner ships with the settings shown in the Radio Communication Default Table on page 136
(also see Standard Parameter Defaults for all defaults). If the default values suit requirements,
programming is not necessary.

Setting Parameters
To set feature values, scan a single barcode or a short barcode sequence. The settings are stored in
non-volatile memory and are preserved even when the scanner powers down.

NOTE: Most computer monitors allow scanning barcodes directly on the screen. When scanning from the
screen, be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the barcode clearly, and
bars and/or spaces do not merge.

If not using the default host, select the host type (see each host chapter for specific host information) after
the power-up beeps sound. This is only necessary upon the first power-up when connected to a new host.
To return all features to default values, scan a barcode in Default Parameters on page 66. Throughout the
programming barcode menus, asterisks (*) indicate default values.

* Indicates default * Enable Parameter

(1) Feature/option

Option value

Scanning Sequence Examples

In most cases, scanning one barcode sets the parameter value. For example, to enable Wi-Fi Friendly
Mode, scan the Enable Wi-Fi Friendly Mode barcode listed under Wi-Fi Friendly Mode on page 143. The
scanner issues a fast warble beep and the LED turns green, signifying a successful parameter entry.

135
 Radio Communications

Other parameters, such as Bluetooth Friendly Name, require scanning several barcodes. See the
parameter descriptions for this procedure.

Errors While Scanning

Unless otherwise specified, to correct an error during a scanning sequence, just re-scan the correct
parameter.

Radio Communications Parameter Defaults

Table 11 lists the defaults for radio communication parameters. Change these values in one of two ways:
• Scan the appropriate barcodes in this chapter. The new value replaces the standard default value in
memory. To recall default parameter values, see Default Parameters on page 66.

• Configure the scanner using the 123Scan configuration program. See 123Scan and Software Tools.

NOTE: See Standard Parameter Defaults for all user preference, host, symbology, and miscellaneous
default parameters.

Table 11 Radio Communication Default Table

Parameter Page
Parameter SSI Number Default
Number Number
Radio Communications Host Types N/A N/A Cradle Host 137
Bluetooth Friendly Name 607 F1h 5Fh n/a 143
Discoverable Mode 610 F1h 62h General 143
Wi-Fi Friendly Mode 1299 F8h 05h 77h Disable 143
Wi-Fi Friendly Channel Exclusion N/A N/A Use All Channels 144
Radio Output Power 1324 F8h 05h 2Ch High 146
Link Supervision Timeout 1698 F8h 06h A2h 5 sec 147
Bluetooth Radio State 1354 F8h 05h 4Ah On 148
Apple iOS Virtual Keyboard Toggle 1114 F8h 04h 5Ah Disable 149
HID Keyboard Keystroke Delay N/A N/A No Delay (0 msec) 150
HID CAPS Lock Override N/A N/A Do Not Override (Disable) 150
HID Ignore Unknown Characters N/A N/A Send Barcodes with Unknown 151
Characters
Emulate Keypad N/A N/A Enable 151
Fast HID Keyboard 1361 F8h 05h 51h Enable 152
Quick Keypad Emulation 1362 F8h 05h 52h Enable 152
HID Keyboard FN1 Substitution N/A N/A Disable 153
HID Function Key Mapping N/A N/A Disable 153
Simulated Caps Lock N/A N/A Disable 154
Convert Case N/A N/A No Case Conversion 154
Auto-Reconnect Option 604 F1h 5Ch Auto-Reconnect Immediately 156
Reconnect Attempt Beep Feedback 559 F1h 2Fh Disable 157

136
 Radio Communications

Table 11 Radio Communication Default Table (Continued)

Parameter Page
Parameter SSI Number Default
Number Number
Reconnect Attempt Interval 558 F1h 2Eh 30 sec 157
Sleep Between Attempts 1778 F8h 06h F2h Sleep for 1 Minute 159
Number of Retry Attempts 1779 F8h 06h F3h Do Not Retry 160
Beep on Insertion 288 20h Enable 161
Beep on <BEL> 150 96 Enable 162
Pairing Modes 542 F1h 1Eh Unlocked 163
Pairing on Contacts 545 F1h 21h Enable 164
Toggle Pairing 1322 F8h 05h 2Ah Disable 165
Connection Maintenance Interval N/A N/A 15 Minutes 166
AutoConfig (Scanner Cloning Through 2139 F8 08 5B Disable 168
Cradle)
Batch Mode 544 F1h 20h Normal (Do Not Batch Data) 168
Persistent Batch Storage 1399 F8h 05h 77h Disable 172
Page Button 746 F1h EAh Enable 173
Page Mode 1364 F8h 05h 54h Page Simple 174
Page Stage Timeout 1365 F8h 05h 55h 30 Seconds 174
Cradle Bluetooth Operation Mode 1355 F8h 05h 4Bh Bluetooth Classic Only 175
Bluetooth Security Levels 1393 F8h 05h 71h Low 176
Save Bluetooth Connection Information 1743 F8h 06h CFh Enable 177
FIPS Mode 736 F1h E0h Disable 178

Wireless Beeper Definitions

When the digital scanner scans the pairing barcode it issues various beep sequences indicating successful
or unsuccessful operations. See Beeper and LED Indications on page 38 for all beep sequences and LED
displays including those which occur during pairing operations.

Radio Communication Host Types

To set up the digital scanner for communication with a cradle, or to use standard Bluetooth profiles, scan
the appropriate host type barcode below.

Bluetooth Classic vs. Low Energy Bluetooth

Low Energy (LE) Bluetooth has a smaller RF footprint which significantly improves Wi-Fi co-existence.
However, LE Bluetooth is up to 7 times slower than Classic Bluetooth (0.27 Mbps versus 0.7-2.1 Mbps), so
data intensive activities such as firmware update can take significantly longer.

137
 Radio Communications

Cradle
Select this host type when connecting a scanner to a communication cradle.

NOTE: The scanner automatically tries to reconnect to a remote device when a disconnection occurs that
is due to the radio losing communication. See Auto-Reconnect Feature on page 155 for more information.

To establish a connection (for initial setup only):

1. Scan the Cradle-Bluetooth Classic or Cradle-Low Energy barcode.

2. Scan the pairing barcode on the cradle or place the scanner in the cradle.

Cradle Bluetooth Classic

Cradle Bluetooth Low Energy

138
 Radio Communications

Human Interface Device (HID) Keyboard Emulation

Select this host type when connecting to a PC/tablet/phone emulating a Bluetooth keyboard.
• HID Bluetooth Classic - Enables the host and scanner to communicate using the HID Keyboard
Profile over Bluetooth Classic radio. The scanner(s) is discoverable (Peripheral Mode) and also
supports Central Mode.
To establish a connection (initial setup only):
1. Scan the HID Bluetooth Classic barcode.
2. Connect to Central Mode or Peripheral Mode.
• Central Mode - Scan a pairing barcode with the host device's MAC address.
• Peripheral Mode - From the host, discover Bluetooth devices and select your scanner from the
discovered device list.
• HID Bluetooth Low Energy (Discoverable) - Enables the host to establish a HID Keyboard Profile
connection with the scanner over Bluetooth Low Energy radio. The scanner(s) is discoverable
(Peripheral Mode).
To establish a connection (initial setup only):
3. Scan the HID Bluetooth Low Energy (Discoverable) barcode.

4. From the host discover Bluetooth devices and select your scanner from the discovered device list.

HID Bluetooth Classic

HID Bluetooth Low Energy (Discoverable)

139
 Radio Communications

Simple Serial Interface (SSI)

Select this host type when connecting to a Zebra mobile device or PC/tablet/phone running a Zebra
scanner SDK app.
• SSI BT Classic (Non-discoverable) - Enables communication with Zebra mobile computers. It
enables the scanner(s) to establish a connection with the host over Bluetooth Classic radio. The
scanner is NOT in discoverable (Central Mode).
To establish a connection (initial setup only):
1. Scan the SSI BT Classic (Non-discoverable) barcode.

2. Scan a pairing barcode with the host device's MAC address.

NOTE: Additional steps may be necessary depending on host's Bluetooth stack.

• SSI BT Classic (Discoverable) - Enables communication with Scanner SDK for Android generated
apps. It enables the host to establish a connection with the scanner over Bluetooth Classic radio. The
scanner is in discoverable (Peripheral Mode).
To establish a connection (initial setup only):
3. Scan the SSI BT Classic (Discoverable) barcode.

4. From the host, discover Bluetooth devices and select your scanner from your discovered device list.
• SSI BT LE - Enables communication with apps generated using the Zebra's Scanner SDKs for iOS and
Android. It enables the host to establish a connection with the scanner over a Bluetooth Low Energy
radio. The scanner is in discoverable (Peripheral Mode) and also supports Central Mode.
• Free Demonstration App - Download Scanner Control App for iOS from the App Store.
• Free Demonstration App - Download Scanner Control App for Android from the Google Play Store.
• SSI BT with MFi (iOS Support) - Enables communication with Scanner SDK for iOS generated apps.
This enables an Apple device and scanner to communicate over Bluetooth Classic radio. The scanner
is discoverable (Peripheral Mode) and also supports Central Mode.
• Free Demonstration App - Download Scanner Control App for iOS from the App Store.

SSI BT Classic (Non-Discoverable)

SSI BT Classic (Discoverable)

140
 Radio Communications

Simple Serial Interface (continued)

SSI BT LE

SSI BT with MFi (iOS Support)

Serial Port Profile (SPP)

Select this host type when connecting to a PC/tablet/phone using a Bluetooth serial connection.
• SPP BT Classic (Non-Discoverable) - Enables the scanner to establish a Serial Port Profile (SPP)
connection with the host over Bluetooth Classic radio. The scanner is NOT discoverable (Central
Mode).
To establish a connection (initial setup only):
1. Scan the SPP BT Classic (Non-discoverable) barcode.

2. Scan a pairing barcode with the MAC address of the host device.
• SPP BT Classic (Discoverable) - Enables the host to establish a Serial Port Profile (SPP) connection
with the scanner over Bluetooth Classic radio. The scanner is discoverable (Peripheral Mode).
To establish a connection (initial setup only):
3. Scan the SPP BT Classic (Discoverable) barcode.
4. From the host, discover Bluetooth devices and select your scanner from the discovered device list.

SPP BT Classic (Non-Discoverable)

SPP BT Classic (Discoverable)

141
 Radio Communications

Bluetooth Technology Profile Support

With Bluetooth Technology Profile Support, the cradle is not required for wireless communication. The
digital scanner communicates directly to the host using Bluetooth technology. The digital scanner supports
the standard Bluetooth Serial Port Profile (SPP) and HID Profiles which enable the digital scanner to
communicate with other Bluetooth devices that support these profiles.
• SPP - the digital scanner connects to the PC/host via Bluetooth and performs like there is a serial
connection.
• HID - the digital scanner connects to the PC/host via Bluetooth and performs like a keyboard.

Central/Peripheral Set Up
The digital scanner can be set up as a Central or Peripheral. When the digital scanner is set up as a
Peripheral, it is discoverable and connectible to other devices. When the digital scanner is set up as a
Central, the Bluetooth address of the remote device to which a connection is requested is required. A
pairing barcode with the remote device address must be created and scanned to attempt a connection to
the remote device. See the Pairing Barcode Format Using the Scan-To-Connect (STC) Utility on page 165
for information about creating a pairing barcode.

Central
When the digital scanner is set up as a Central (SPP), it initiates the radio connection to a Peripheral
device. Initiating the connection is done by scanning a pairing barcode for the remote device (see Pairing
Barcode Format Using the Scan-To-Connect (STC) Utility on page 165).

Peripheral
When the digital scanner is set up as a Peripheral device (SPP), the digital scanner accepts an incoming
connection request from a remote device.

NOTE: The number of digital scanners is dependent on the host capability.

Bluetooth Friendly Name

Parameter # 607 (SSI # F1h 5Fh)
You can set a meaningful name for the digital scanner that appears in the application during device
discovery. The default name is the digital scanner name followed by its serial number, e.g., CS6080
123456789ABCDEF. Scanning Set Defaults reverts the digital scanner to this name; use custom defaults
to maintain the user-programmed name through a Set Defaults operation.
To set a new Bluetooth Friendly Name, scan the following barcode, then scan up to 23 characters from
Alphanumeric Barcodes on page 452. If the name contains less than 23 characters, Then scan End of
Message in the Advanced Data Formatting Guide.

NOTE: If your application allows you to set a device name, this takes precedence over the Bluetooth
Friendly Name.

142
 Radio Communications

Bluetooth Friendly Name

Discoverable Mode

Parameter # 610 (SSI # F1h 62h)

Select a discoverable mode based on the device initiating discovery:
• Select General Discoverable Mode when initiating connection from a PC.
• Select Limited Discoverable Mode when initiating connection from a mobile device (e.g., Q), and the
device does not appear in General Discoverable Mode. Note that it can take longer to discover the
device in this mode.

The device remains in Limited Discoverable Mode for 30 seconds, and green LEDs flash while in this
mode. It is then non-discoverable. To re-active Limited Discoverable Mode, press the trigger.

* General Discoverable Mode

(0)

Limited Discoverable Mode

(1)

Wi-Fi Friendly Mode

Scanners configured for Wi-Fi friendly mode behave as follows:
• The scanner remains in sniff mode, and exits sniff mode only during firmware update.
• If any Wi-Fi channel is excluded from the hopping sequence, AFH turns off.
• Scanner (and cradle) avoid the selected Wi-Fi channels after establishing connection.

Notes
• If using this feature, configure all scanners in the area for Wi-Fi friendly mode.
• By default, no Wi-Fi channels are excluded.

143
 Radio Communications

• Since Bluetooth requires a minimum of 20 channels when Wi-Fi channels 1, 6, and 11 are excluded,
a smaller number of channels are cut from the hopping sequence.
• Updating Wi-Fi friendly settings before Bluetooth connection is recommended.
Scan a barcode below to enable or disable Wi-Fi Friendly Mode, then see Wi-Fi Friendly Channel
Exclusion to select any channels to exclude.

* Disable Wi-Fi Friendly Mode

Enable Wi-Fi Friendly Mode

Wi-Fi Friendly Channel Exclusion

Wi-Fi Channel Exclusion

Select the channels to exclude:
• Exclude Wi-Fi channel 1: Bluetooth channels 0-21 are excluded from hopping sequence
(2402-2423 MHz).
• Exclude Wi-Fi channel 6: Bluetooth channels 25-46 are excluded from hopping sequence
(2427 - 2448 MHz).
• Exclude Wi-Fi channel 11: Bluetooth channels 50-71 are excluded from hopping sequence
(2452 - 2473 MHz).
• Exclude Wi-Fi channel 1, 6 and 11: Bluetooth channels 2-19 (2404-2421 MHz),
26-45 (2428 - 2447 MHz) and 51-69 (2453 - 2471 MHz) are excluded from hopping sequence.
• Exclude Wi-Fi channels 1 and 6: Bluetooth channels 0-21 (2402-2423 MHz) and 25-46
(2427 - 2448 MHz) are excluded from hopping sequence.
• Exclude Wi-Fi channels 1 and 11: Bluetooth channels 0-21 (2402-2423 MHz) and 50-71
(2452 - 2473 MHz) are excluded from hopping sequence.
• Exclude Wi-Fi channel 6 and 11: Bluetooth channels 25-46 (2427 - 2448 MHz) and 50-71
(2452 - 2473 MHz) are excluded from hopping sequence.

144
 Radio Communications

Wi-Fi Friendly Channel Exclusion (continued)

* Use All Channels (Standard AFH)

Exclude Wi-Fi Channel 1

Exclude Wi-Fi Channel 6

Exclude Wi-Fi Channel 11

Exclude Wi-Fi Channels 1, 6, and 11

Exclude Wi-Fi Channels 1 and 6

Exclude Wi-Fi Channels 1 and 11

Exclude Wi-Fi Channels 6 and 11

145
 Radio Communications

Radio Output Power

Parameter # 1324 (SSI # F8h 05h 2Ch)
The CS6080 uses a Bluetooth Class 1 qualified and Class 2 capable radio. Optionally, reduce the radio
output power to restrict the transmission range and reduce the effect of the radio on neighboring wireless
systems.

NOTE: Bluetooth stack resets on power change and the device loses connection.

Scan a barcode to select the desired power mode.

* High Power Setting

(0)

Medium Power Setting

(1)

Low Power Setting

(2)

Very Low Power Setting

(3)

NOTE: With Very Low Power Setting the scanner may repeatedly connect/disconnect from the remote
device. Increase Link Supervision Timeout on page 147 or increase Radio Power Setting if you are seeing
this issue.

146
 Radio Communications

Link Supervision Timeout

Parameter # 1698 (SSI # F8h 06h A2h)

Link supervision timeout controls how quickly the scanner senses that the Bluetooth radio lost connection
to the remote device. A lower value helps prevent data loss at the edge of the operating range while a
larger value helps prevent disconnects due to the remote device not responding in time. If you are
experiencing occasional disconnects and the scanner is able to reconnect, increase the link supervision
timeout value.

NOTE: The scanner only controls Link Supervision Timeout in Central Mode.

.5 Seconds

2 Seconds

* 5 Seconds

10 Seconds

20 Seconds

147
 Radio Communications

Bluetooth Radio State

Parameter # 1354 (SSI # F8h 05h 4Ah)
NOTE: The only option to turn the radio on after it is turned off on the cradle, is through the host.

Bluetooth Radio Off

* Bluetooth Radio On

148
 Radio Communications

HID Host Parameters

The digital scanner supports virtual keyboard emulation for the Apple iOS, and keyboard emulation over
the Bluetooth HID profile. In this mode the digital scanner can interact with Bluetooth enabled hosts
supporting the HID profile as a Bluetooth keyboard. Scanned data is transmitted to the host as keystrokes.

Apple iOS Virtual Keyboard Toggle

Parameter # 1114 (SSI # F8h 04h 5Ah)

This option works with Apple iOS devices to enable the opening and closing of the iOS virtual keyboard by
double-pressing the Scan Button or single-pressing the Programmable button, depending on the setting.

NOTE: When this feature is enabled, the digital scanner may be incompatible with non-Apple iOS devices.
Enable this feature before connecting an Apple Device to use.

* Disable
(0)

Enable
(1)

149
 Radio Communications

HID Keyboard Keystroke Delay

This parameter sets the delay, in milliseconds, between emulated keystrokes. Scan a barcode below to
increase the delay when the HID host requires a slower transmission of data.

* No Delay (0 msec)

Medium Delay (20 msec)

Long Delay (40 msec)

HID CAPS Lock Override

When enabled, the case of the data is preserved regardless of the state of the caps lock key. This setting
is always enabled for the “Japanese, Windows (ASCII)” keyboard type and can not be disabled.

* Do Not Override Caps Lock Key

(Disable)

Override Caps Lock Key

(Enable)

150
 Radio Communications

HID Ignore Unknown Characters

This option applies only to the HID Keyboard Emulation device and IBM device. Unknown characters are
characters the host does not recognize. When Send Barcodes With Unknown Characters is selected,
all barcode data is sent except for unknown characters, and no error beeps sound. When Do Not Send
Barcodes With Unknown Characters is selected, barcode data is sent up to the first unknown character,
then the digital scanner issues an error beep.

* Send Barcodes With Unknown Characters

(Enable)

Do Not Send Barcodes With Unknown Characters

(Disable)

Emulate Keypad
When enabled, all characters are sent as ASCII sequences over the numeric keypad. For example, ASCII
A is sent as "ALT make" 0 6 5 "ALT Break."

Disable Keypad Emulation

* Enable Keypad Emulation

151
 Radio Communications

Fast HID Keyboard

Parameter # 1361 (SSI # F8h 05h 51h)

This option transmits Bluetooth HID keyboard data at a faster rate.

Fast HID Disable

* Fast HID Enable

Quick Keypad Emulation

Parameter # 1362 (SSI # F8h 05h 52h)

NOTE: This option applies only to a HID Keyboard Emulation Device which has Emulate Keypad enabled
(see Emulate Keypad on page 151).

This parameter enables a quicker method of keypad emulation where ASCII sequences are only sent for
ASCII characters not found on the keyboard.

Quick Keypad Emulation Disable

* Quick Keypad Emulation Enable

152
 Radio Communications

HID Keyboard FN1 Substitution

When enabled, this parameter allows replacement of any FN1 character in an EAN128 barcode with a Key
Category and value chosen by the user. See FN1 Substitution Values on page 126 to set the Key
Category and Key Value.

* Disable Keyboard FN1 Substitution

Enable Keyboard FN1 Substitution

HID Function Key Mapping

ASCII values under 32 are normally sent as control-key sequences. When this parameter is enabled, the
keys in bold are sent in place of the standard key mapping (see Table 30 on page 469).
Table entries that do not have a bold entry remain the same whether or not this parameter is enabled.

* Disable Function Key Mapping

Enable Function Key Mapping

153
 Radio Communications

Simulated Caps Lock

When enabled, the digital scanner inverts upper and lower case characters on the digital scanner barcode
as if the Caps Lock state is enabled on the keyboard. This inversion is done regardless of the current state
of the keyboard Caps Lock state.

* Disable Simulated Caps Lock

Enable Simulated Caps Lock

Convert Case
When enabled, the digital scanner converts all barcode data to the selected case.

* No Case Conversion

Convert All to Upper Case

Convert All to Lower Case

154
 Radio Communications

Auto-Reconnect Feature
When in SPP Central, Cradle Host Mode, and Bluetooth Keyboard Emulation, the digital scanner
automatically tries to reconnect to a remote device when a disconnection occurs that is due to the radio
losing communication. This can happen if the digital scanner goes out of range with the remote device, or
if the remote device powers down. The digital scanner tries to reconnect for the period of time specified by
the Reconnect Attempt Interval setting. During that time the green LED continues to blink.
If the auto-reconnect process fails due to page time-outs, the digital scanner sounds a page timeout beep
(long low/long high) and enters low power mode. The auto-reconnect process can be re-started by
pressing the digital scanner trigger.
If the auto-reconnect process fails because the remote device rejects the connection attempt, the digital
scanner sounds a connection reject beep sequence (see Wireless Beeper Definitions on page 137) and
deletes the remote pairing address. If this happens, a pairing barcode must be scanned to attempt a new
connection to the remote device.
NOTE: If a barcode is scanned while the auto-reconnect sequence is in process, a transmission error beep
sequence sounds and the data is not transmitted to the host. After a connection is reestablished, normal
scanning operation returns. For error beep sequence definitions, see Beeper and LED Indications on
page 38.

The digital scanner has memory available for storing a remote Bluetooth address for each Central Mode
(SPP, Cradle). When switching between these modes, the digital scanner automatically tries to reconnect
to the last device it was connected to in that mode.
NOTE: Switching between Bluetooth host types by scanning a host type barcode (page 137) causes the
radio to be reset. Scanning is disabled during this time. It takes several seconds for the digital scanner to
re-initialize the radio at which time scanning is enabled.

155
 Radio Communications

Auto-Reconnect Option

Parameter # 604 (SSI # F1h 5Ch)

In Bluetooth Keyboard Emulation (HID) mode, SPP Central, and Cradle Host Mode, select a re-connect
option for when the digital scanner loses its connection with a remote device:
• Auto-Reconnect on Barcode Data: The digital scanner auto-reconnects when you scan a barcode.
With this option, a delay can occur when transmitting the first characters. The digital scanner sounds a
decode beep upon barcode scan, followed by a connection, a page timeout, a rejection beep, or a
transmission error beep. Select this option to optimize battery life on the digital scanner and mobile
device. Note that auto-reconnect does not occur on rejection and cable unplug commands.
• Auto-Reconnect Immediately: When the digital scanner loses connection, it attempts to reconnect. If
a page timeout occurs, the digital scanner attempts reconnect on a trigger press. Select this option if
the digital scanner battery life is not an issue and you do not want a delay to occur when the first
barcode is transmitted. Note that auto-reconnect does not occur on rejection and cable unplug
commands.
• Disable Auto-Reconnect: When the digital scanner loses connection, you must re-establish it
manually.

Auto-Reconnect on Barcode Data

(1)

* Auto-Reconnect Immediately
(2)

Disable Auto-Reconnect
(0)

156
 Radio Communications

Reconnect Attempt Beep Feedback

Parameter # 559 (SSI # F1h 2Fh)

When a digital scanner disconnects as it goes out of range, it immediately attempts to reconnect. While the
digital scanner attempts to reconnect, the green LED continues to blink. If the auto-reconnect process fails,
the digital scanner emits a page timeout beep (long low/long high) and stops blinking the LED. The
process can be restarted by pressing the trigger.
The Beep on Reconnect Attempt feature is disabled by default. When enabled, the digital scanner emits 5
short high beeps every 5 seconds while the re-connection attempt is in progress. Scan a barcode below to
enable or disable Beep on Reconnect Attempt.

* Disable Beep on Reconnect Attempt

(0)

Enable Beep on Reconnect Attempt

(1)

Reconnect Attempt Interval

Parameter # 558 (SSI # F1h 2Eh)

When a digital scanner disconnects, it immediately attempts to reconnect for the default time interval of 30
seconds. This time interval can be changed to one of the options below.
To set the Reconnect Attempt Interval, scan one of the barcodes below.

* Attempt to Reconnect for 30 Seconds

(6)

Attempt to Reconnect for 1 Minute

(12)

157
 Radio Communications

Reconnect Attempt Interval (continued)

Attempt to Reconnect for 1.5 Minutes

(18)

Attempt to Reconnect for 2 Minutes

(24)

Attempt to Reconnect for 5 Minutes

(60)

Attempt to Reconnect for 30 Minutes

(360)

Attempt to Reconnect for 1 Hour

(720)

Attempt to Reconnect Indefinitely

(0)

158
 Radio Communications

Sleep Between Attempts

Parameter # 1778 (SSI # F8h 06h F2h)

Scan a barcode below to reduce potential Wi-Fi interference and extend scanner battery life by allowing
the scanner to go to sleep (low power mode) for the time indicated between reconnect attempts.

NOTE: This feature only works when low power mode is enabled on the scanner and when the scanner is
not charging in the cradle.

Sleep for 30 Seconds

(30)

* Sleep for 1 Minute

(60)

Sleep for 2 Minutes

(120)

Sleep for 5 Minutes

(300)

Sleep for 30 Minutes

(1800)

Sleep for 1 Hour

(3600)

159
 Radio Communications

Number of Retry Attempts

Parameter # 1779 (SSI # F8h 06h F3h)

Scan a barcode below to control how many reconnect and associated sleep attempts to execute. After the
number of retries is reached, the scanner no longer attempts to reconnect to the host.
NOTE: After the retry period expires, if the trigger is pressed, the scanner restarts the auto-reconnect and
sleep sequence.

* Do Not Retry
(0)

Retry 5 Times
(5)

Retry 10 Times
(10)

Retry 20 Times
(20)

Retry 40 Times
(40)

160
 Radio Communications

Out of Range Indicator

An out of range indicator can be set by scanning Enable Beep on Reconnect Attempt (1) on page 157 and
extending the time using the Reconnect Attempt Interval on page 157.
For example, with Beep on Reconnect Attempt disabled while the digital scanner loses radio connection
when it is taken out of range, the digital scanner attempts to reconnect silently during the time interval set
by scanning a Reconnect Attempt Interval.
When Beep on Reconnect Attempt is enabled, the digital scanner emits 5 high beeps every 5 seconds
while the re-connection attempt is in progress. If the Reconnect Attempt Interval is adjusted to a longer
period of time, such as 30 minutes, the digital scanner emits 5 high beeps every 5 seconds for 30 minutes
providing an out of range indicator.

Beep on Insertion
Parameter # 288 (SSI # 20h)
When a digital scanner is inserted into a cradle and detects power, it emits a short low beep. This feature
is enabled by default.
To enable or disable beeping on insertion, scan the appropriate barcode below.

* Enable Beep on Insertion

(1)

Disable Beep on Insertion

(0)

161
 Radio Communications

Beep on <BEL>
Parameter # 150 (SSI # 96h)
NOTE: This parameter only applies to Bluetooth SPP (Serial Port Profile) and USB CDC Host.
If you enable this parameter, the digital scanner issues a beep when it detects a <BEL> character. <BEL>
indicates an illegal entry or other important event.

* Beep on <BEL> Enable

Beep on <BEL> Disable

162
 Radio Communications

Digital Scanner(s) To Cradle Support

Pairing
Pairing is the process by which a digital scanner initiates communication with a cradle.
To pair the digital scanner with the cradle, scan the pairing barcode. A high/low/high/low beep sequence
indicates that the pairing barcode was decoded. When a connection between the cradle and digital
scanner is established, a low/high beep sounds.

NOTE: 1. The pairing barcode that connects the digital scanner to a cradle is unique to each cradle.
2. Do not scan data or parameters until pairing completes.
3. Only when the digital scanner is paired to the cradle, it automatically tries to reconnect to a
remote device when a disconnection occurs that is due to the radio losing communication. For
more information see Auto-Reconnect Feature on page 155.

Pairing Modes

Parameter # 542 (SSI # F1h 1Eh)

When operating with the cradle, two modes of pairing are supported:
• Locked Pairing Mode - When a cradle is paired (connected) to the digital scanner, any attempt to
connect a different digital scanner, by either scanning the PAIR barcode on the cradle or by inserting it
into the cradle with the pairing on contacts feature enabled (page 164), is rejected. The currently
connected digital scanner(s) maintain connection. In this mode, you must set a Connection
Maintenance Interval on page 166.
• Unlocked Pairing Mode - Pair (connect) a new digital scanner to a cradle at any time by either
scanning the PAIR barcode on the cradle or by inserting it into the cradle with the pairing on contacts
feature enabled. This unpairs the previous digital scanner from the cradle.
To set the cradle pairing mode, scan the appropriate barcode below.

* Unlocked Pairing Mode

(0)

Locked Pairing Mode

(1)

163
 Radio Communications

Lock Override
Lock Override overrides a locked digital scanner base pairing and connects a new digital scanner. To use
Lock Override, scan the barcode below, followed by the pairing barcode on the cradle.

Lock Override

Pairing Methods

Parameter # 545 (SSI # F1h 21h)

There are two pairing methods. The default method allows the digital scanner and cradle to pair (connect)
when the pairing barcode on the cradle is scanned. A second method pairs the digital scanner and cradle
when the digital scanner is inserted in the cradle. To enable this feature, scan Enable Pair On Contacts
below. With this feature enabled it is not necessary to scan the pairing barcode on the cradle. If the pairing
is successful, a low/high connection beep sequence sounds a few seconds after the digital scanner is
placed in the cradle. See Wireless Beeper Definitions on page 137 for other beep sequences.
To enable or disable pairing on contacts, scan the appropriate barcode below.

* Enable Pair On Contacts

(1)

Disable Pair on Contacts

(0)

Press Trigger Twice to Re-connect

IMPORTANT: This feature only applies to hosts capable of a commanded connection; SPP Peripheral and
HID BLE hosts do not support this feature.

Upon a double trigger press, the scanner attempts to connect to the last known address. This feature
differs from auto-reconnect (see Auto-Reconnect Feature on page 155) in that the scanner attempts
connection only once and keeps the address even on commanded disconnect. The last known address is
only cleared upon a reject or with a new successful connection. The address persists over scanner reboot.

NOTE: This feature does not interfere with a double trigger press to open/close an iOS keypad in HID
mode.

164
 Radio Communications

Unpairing
NOTE: When unpairing the digital scanner the host may issue a connection back to the scanner after
scanner disconnects.

Unpair the digital scanner from the cradle or PC/host to make the cradle available for pairing with another
digital scanner. Scan the barcode below to disconnect the digital scanner from its cradle/PC host.

Unpairing

Toggle Pairing

Parameter # 1322 (SSI # F8h 05h 2Ah)

If the scanner is configured for Toggle Pairing, scanning the Toggle Pairing barcode a second time will
unpair the scanner.

* Toggle Pairing Disable

Toggle Pairing Enable

Pairing Barcode Format Using the Scan-To-Connect (STC) Utility

Use the STC utility to create a pairing barcode in one step by connecting the Zebra Bluetooth scanner to a
phone, tablet, or PC by scanning an STC barcode.
The STC utility is available as a standalone utility. Supported operating systems include Windows and
Android.
For more information, go to www.zebra.com/scantoconnect. Source code is also available for easy app
integration.

165
 Radio Communications

Connection Maintenance Interval

NOTE: The Connection Maintenance Interval only applies in locked pairing mode (see page 163).

When a digital scanner disconnects from a cradle due to a Link Supervision Timeout, the digital scanner
immediately attempts to reconnect to the cradle for 30 seconds. If the auto-reconnect process fails, it can
be restarted by pressing the digital scanner trigger.
To guarantee that a disconnected digital scanner can reconnect when it comes back in range, the cradle
reserves the connection for that digital scanner for a period of time defined by the Connection Maintenance
Interval. If the cradle is supporting the maximum three digital scanners and one digital scanner
disconnects, a fourth digital scanner cannot pair to the cradle during this interval. To connect another
digital scanner: either wait until the connection maintenance interval expires then scan the PAIR barcode
on the cradle with the new digital scanner; or, scan Lock Override (page 164) with the new digital scanner
then scan the PAIR barcode on the cradle.

NOTE: The cradle stores the remote pairing address of each digital scanner in memory regardless of the
digital scanner condition (e.g., discharged battery). When you want to change the digital scanners paired
to the cradle, unpair each digital scanner currently connected to the cradle by scanning the Unpairing
barcode prior and reconnect each appropriate digital scanner by scanning the PAIR barcode on the cradle.

Considerations
The system administrator determines the Connection Maintenance Interval. A shorter interval allows new
users to gain access to abandoned connections more quickly, but causes problems if users leave the work
area for extended periods. A longer interval allows existing users to leave the work area for longer periods
of time, but ties up the system for new users.
To avoid this conflict, users who are going off-shift can scan the unpair barcode on page 165 to ignore the
Connection Maintenance Interval and make the connection immediately available.
To set the Connection Maintenance Interval, scan one of the barcodes below.

* Set Interval to 15 Minutes

(0)

Set Interval to 30 Minutes

(1)

166
 Radio Communications

Connection Maintenance Interval (continued)

Set Interval to 60 Minutes

(2)

Set Interval to 2 Hours

(3)

Set Interval to 4 Hours

(4)

Set Interval to 8 Hours

(5)

Set Interval to 24 Hours

(6)

Set Interval to Forever

(7)

167
 Radio Communications

AutoConfig (Scanner Cloning Through Cradle)

Parameter # 2139 (SSI # F8 08 5B)

This parameter controls scanner cloning through the cradle. When enabled, the cradle’s stored scanner
parameters are transmitted to the CS6080 upon pairing to the cradle, configuring the CS6080 with updated
parameters. This allows the scanner to be automatically configured for a new host application, use case, or
workflow. This feature is disabled by default.

* Disable
(0)

Enable
(1)

The cradle’s configuration of the scanner is limited to the following scanner parameters:
• All Symbologies Parameters (see Radio Communications on page 135)
• Advanced Data Formatting rules (see Advanced Data Formatting (ADF) on page 340)
• Night Mode Trigger (see Night Mode Trigger on page 74)
• Lamp Mode Control and Timeout (see Lamp Mode Control on page 88 and Lamp Mode Timeout on
page 89)
• securPharm Decoding and Output Formatting (see securPharm Decoding on page 129 and
securPharm Output Formatting on page 130)
• Multicode Rules (see Multicode Data Formatting on page 340)
• Data Parsing (UDI, Blood Bag, GS1 Label) rules (see Data Parsing (UDI Scan+, Label Parse+ and
Blood Bag Parse+) on page 343)
• Picklist Mode (see Picklist Mode on page 99)
• Reconnect Attempt Beep Feedback (see Reconnect Attempt Beep Feedback on page 157).

NOTE: When AutoConfig (Scanner Cloning Through Cradle) is enabled, scanning is disabled for up to 3 to
5 seconds while the configuration is being uploaded to the scanner. The blue LED will blink during this
period.
Any pre-programmed scanner settings listed above are temporarily overwritten during connection once
AutoConfig (Scanner Cloning Through Cradle) is performed by pairing the scanner and cradle.

Cradle Configuration
The cradle can be configured using one of the following methods:
• 123Scan

168
 Radio Communications

• Parameter barcodes

NOTE: The scanner must be paired to the cradle when performing parameter barcode scanning for it to
persist and be loaded in the future AutoConfig (Scanner Cloning Through Cradle) sessions.
• A Zebra scanner SDK generated application.
• SMS

Batch Mode
Parameter # 544 (SSI # F1h 20h)
IMPORTANT: Batch mode does not apply to SPP Peripheral Mode.

The digital scanner supports five versions of batch mode. When the digital scanner is configured for any of
the batch modes, it attempts to store barcode data (not parameter barcodes) until transmission is
initialized, or the maximum number of barcodes are stored. When a barcode is saved successfully, a good
decode beep sounds and the LED flashes green. If the digital scanner is unable to store a new barcode, a
low/high/low/high out of memory beep sounds. (See page 38 for all beeper and LED definitions.)
In all modes, calculate the amount of data (number of barcodes) the digital scanner can store as follows:
Number of storable barcodes = 30,720 bytes of memory / (number of characters in the barcode + 3).

NOTE: If the batch mode selection is changed while there is batched data, the new batch mode takes
effect only after all the previously batched data is sent.

Modes of Operation
• Normal (default) - Do not batch data. The digital scanner attempts to transmit every scanned barcode.
• Out of Range Batch Mode - The digital scanner starts storing barcode data when it loses its
connection to a remote device (for example, when a user holding the digital scanner walks out of
range). Data transmission is triggered by reestablishing the connection with the remote device (for
example, when a user holding the digital scanner walks back into range).

NOTE: Do not use Out of Range Batch Mode together with the Auto-Reconnect Feature on page 155.
Decode data scanned will be batched and will not cause the scanner to reconnect.

• Standard Batch Mode - The digital scanner starts storing barcode data after Enter Batch Mode is
scanned. Data transmission is triggered by scanning Send Batch Data.

NOTE: Transmission is halted if the connection to the remote device is lost.

• Cradle Contact Batch Mode - The digital scanner starts storing barcode data when Enter Batch
Mode is scanned. Data transmission is triggered by insertion of the digital scanner into the cradle.

NOTE: If the digital scanner is removed from the cradle during batch data transfer, transmission halts until
the digital scanner is re-inserted in the cradle.

• Cable Batch Mode - Use scanner with a battery to store data to non-volatile memory. Data will be sent
out when the scanner is connected to the PC via USB cable. The value for the barcode is 5.

169
 Radio Communications

NOTE: FIPS mode must be disabled and persistent batch mode must be enabled for the feature to work.

• Parameter Batch Mode - When Parameter Batch Mode is entered and no connection to the cradle
exists, the scanner begins storing parameter barcode data intended for the cradle. Parameter barcode
transmission is triggered by insertion of the scanner into the cradle. Parameter Batch Mode is exited
upon the end of the transmission. Alternatively, parameter barcode batching my be cancelled prior to
insertion of the scanner into the cradle by scanning Exit Parameter Batch Mode.
Parameter Batch Mode may be used when the cradle and/or scanner is configured with its radio
turned off or connected to a non-cradle device.
In all modes, transmissions are halted if the digital scanner is moved out of range. The digital scanner
resumes when it is back in range. If a barcode is scanned while batch data is transmitted it is appended to
the end of the batched data; parameter barcodes are not stored.

* Normal
(00h)

Out of Range Batch Mode

(01h)

Standard Batch Mode

(02h)

Cradle Contact Batch Mode

(03h)

Enter Batch Mode

170
 Radio Communications

Batch Mode (continued)

Send Batch Data

Cable Batch Mode

(5)

Enter Parameter Batch Mode

Exit Parameter Batch Mode

171
 Radio Communications

Persistent Batch Storage

Parameter #1399 (F8h 05h 77h)
When the scanner is configured for Persistent Batch Storage, batch data is stored in non-volatile memory
and preserved even when the digital scanner is powered down. This parameter is Disabled by default.

NOTE: Frequently storing batch data with this setting Enabled will shorten the life of the non-volatile
memory.

* Persistent Batch Disable

(0)

Persistent Batch Enable

(1)

172
 Radio Communications

Page Button
Parameter # 746 (SSI # F1h EAh)
The cradle offers a page button. The page button is a sensor that when touched, causes paired scanners
to emit a beeping sequence. The default is Enable Page Button.

1. Place your finger over the button sensor .

2. Press down for approximately 1 second.

3. The cradle LED will turn blue when the scanner is out of the cradle. The paired scanner will beep, blink,
and vibrate. If multiple scanners are paired to the cradle, all the scanners will beep, blink, and vibrate.
4. Repeat as necessary.

NOTE: Scanners out of radio range will not beep when paged. See Technical Specifications on page 57
for detailed radio range information.

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable this feature.

Disable Page Button

(0)

* Enable Page Button

(1)

173
 Radio Communications

Page Options
To select a page option, select one of the barcodes below.

Page Mode

Parameter # 1364 (SSI # F8h 05h 54h)

• Page State - In this mode, the cradle sends a page state request to each scanner. It remains in Page
State indication until every scanner sends an acknowledgment.

The scanner enters Page State when the LED indicator is blinking blue and the vibrator and beeper is
activated. When the trigger is pressed, or the scanner is inserted into the cradle, or the requested
timeout (default is 30 sec) is reached, the scanner sends the acknowledgment to the cradle and returns
to its normal state.
• Page Simple - In this mode, the cradle sends a page indication request to each scanner, and returns to
idle state. Each scanner issues a single Page State indication.

Page State

* Page Simple

Page State Timeout

Parameter # 1365 (SSI # F8h 05h 55h)

Page timeout is programmable in 1 second increments from 1 to 99 seconds. The default timeout is 30
seconds.

NOTE: Page State Timeout only applies to Page State Mode.

To set a page timeout:

1. Scan the Page Timeout barcode below.

174
 Radio Communications

2. Scan two numeric barcodes from Numeric Barcodes on page 450 that correspond to the desired
timeout duration. Enter a leading zero for single digit numbers (for example, for a 5 second page
timeout, scan the 0 barcode and then the 5 barcode). To correct an error or change the selection, scan
Cancel on page 450.
The Page State Timeout default is 30 seconds.

Page Timeout

Cradle Bluetooth Operation Mode

Parameter # 1355 (SSI # F8h 05h 4Bh)
Set up cradle to accept only Bluetooth Classic both Bluetooth Classic and Low Energy connections or
Low Energy Only connections.

NOTE: All Bluetooth Classic connections must be terminated before the setting can change to Low
Energy Only. All Low Energy connections must be terminated before setting can change to Bluetooth
Classic Only.

* Bluetooth Classic Only

Bluetooth Classic and Low Energy

Low Energy Only

175
 Radio Communications

Bluetooth Security
The digital scanner supports Bluetooth Authentication. Authentication can be requested by either the
remote device or the digital scanner.
NOTE: A remote device can still request Authentication.

Bluetooth Security Levels

Parameter # 1393 (SSI # F8h 05h 71h)

For more information on Bluetooth security, see Chapter 3 of the Guide to Bluetooth Security:
https://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/SpecialPublications/NIST.SP.800-121r2.pdf

NOTE: Data sent over Bluetooth is encrypted in all security modes.

• Low Bluetooth Security (default) - The low security setting is designed for ease of connection with
most devices and minimal user interaction. Uses "Just Works" secure and simple pairing method with
no man in the middle protection. Provides level 2 security (as per Guide to Bluetooth Security).
• Medium Bluetooth Security - The medium security setting requires a passkey for the initial
connection to pair scanner to remote host (unless using NFC OOB). Uses "Passkey Entry" secure and
simple pairing method with man in the middle protection. Provides level 3 security (as per Guide to
Bluetooth Security).
• High Bluetooth Security - The high security setting requires "Secure Connections" (AES-128)
between scanner and remote host. Scanning in of a passkey is required (unless using NFC OOB).
Scanner only supports high security when configured for Bluetooth Low Energy host. Provides level 4
security (as per Guide to Bluetooth Security).

NOTE: When using medium or high security setting:

• If connecting to a cradle, place scanner in the cradle for initial pairing.
• If connecting to host supporting OOB pairing over NFC, use tap to pair method.
• If connecting to a host that does not support OOB pairing over NFC, passkey entry is required.

* Low Bluetooth Security

176
 Radio Communications

Bluetooth Security Levels (continued)

Medium Bluetooth Security

High Bluetooth Security

Save Bluetooth Connection Information

Parameter # 1743 (F8h 06h CFh)
Scan a bar code below to enable or disable the digital scanner’s ability to save Bluetooth connection
information.

NOTE: Depending on the auto-reconnect settings, the scanner reconnects when going out of range and
other conditions where connection is lost, but auto-reconnect is desired.
• Enable (default) - The scanner saves the last connection and attempts to reconnect after battery
swap (power cycle) if it is set to auto-reconnect. See Auto-Reconnect Feature on page 155.
• Disable - The scanner does not save the last connection to permanent memory and does not
reconnect after battery swap (power cycle).

* Save Bluetooth Connection Information

(Enable)

Save Bluetooth Connection Information

(Disable)

177
 Radio Communications

FIPS Mode

Parameter # 736 (SSI # F1h E0h)

The Federal Information Processing Standard (FIPS) 140-2 is a U.S. government computer security
standard used to accredit cryptographic modules. FIPS enabled scanners and cradles offer this secure
mode of operation.
To enable the FIPS mode of operation (disabled by default), scan the Enable FIPS barcode. The scanner
attempts to establish a secure session with the cradle to which it is connected. On success, the scanner
lights an amber LED on every trigger press to signal that all data will be transmitted over Bluetooth in a
secure fashion. On failure, the scanner will sound transmission failure error message on every attempt to
transmit data.
To disable the FIPS mode, scan the Disable FIPS barcode at any time.

Enable FIPS
(1)

* Disable FIPS
(0)

178
 Radio Communications

Bluetooth Radio, Linking, and Batch Operation

The CS6080 digital scanner has a Bluetooth Class 1 qualified and Class 2 capable radio which achieves a
range of at least 100 m / 330 ft. (open air, line of sight). The actual range you achieve is influenced by the
presence of other radios, shelving and wall materials as well as which cradle is tested. The environments
vary widely and often influence radio ranges.
When the digital scanner goes out of communications range to the base, it can be configured for Batch
Mode (see This parameter controls scanner cloning through the cradle. When enabled, the cradle’s stored
scanner parameters are transmitted to the CS6080 upon pairing to the cradle, configuring the CS6080 with
updated parameters. This allows the scanner to be automatically configured for a new host application,
use case, or workflow. This feature is disabled by default. on page 168). The digital scanner has sufficient
onboard memory to store 500 barcodes of typical size (UPC/EAN).

Setting Up an iOS or Android Product To Work With The Digital Scanner

Perform the following steps on each device to establish a link.

HID Keyboard Emulation

1. On the CS6080, scan Human Interface Device (HID) Keyboard Emulation on page 139.

2. On an iOS/iPad/iPhone, select Settings > General > Bluetooth and turn Bluetooth On. Choose the
CS6080 digital scanner from the list of discovered devices. A link should be established allowing
scanning into any application with keyboard entry.
3. On an Android/ET1/Droid, select Settings > Wireless & networks > Bluetooth (to turn Bluetooth on, if
not already on). Select Bluetooth Settings and choose the CS6080 digital scanner from the list of
discovered devices. (The CS6080 digital scanner normally displays as CS6080 - xxxxxx, where xxxxxx
is the serial number.)

179
Imaging Preferences

Introduction
You can program the digital scanner to perform various functions, or activate different features. This
chapter describes imaging preference features and provides programming barcodes for selecting these
features.

NOTE: Only the Symbol Native API (SNAPI) with Imaging interface supports image capture. See
Symbol Native API (SNAPI) Status Handshaking on page 207 to enable this host.
The digital scanner ships with the settings in Imaging Preferences Parameter Defaults on page 181 (also
see Standard Parameter Defaults for all host device and miscellaneous defaults). If the default values suit
requirements, programming is not necessary.
To set feature values, scan a single barcode or a short barcode sequence. The settings are stored in
non-volatile memory and are preserved even when you power down the digital scanner.

NOTE: Most computer monitors allow scanning the barcodes directly on the screen. When scanning from
the screen, be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the barcode clearly,
and bars and/or spaces are not merging.
To return all features to default values, scan * Restore Defaults on page 66. Throughout the programming
barcode menus, asterisks (*) indicate default values.

Feature/Option
* Indicates Default * Enable Image Capture Illumination
(2) Option Value

180
 Imaging Preferences

Scanning Sequence Examples

In most cases scanning one barcode sets the parameter value. For example, to disable image capture
illumination, scan the Disable Image Capture Illumination barcode under Image Capture Illumination on
page 184. The digital scanner issues a fast warble beep and the LED turns green, signifying a successful
parameter entry.
Other parameters require scanning several barcodes. See these parameter descriptions for this
procedure.

Errors While Scanning

Unless otherwise specified, to correct an error during a scanning sequence, just re-scan the correct
parameter.

Imaging Preferences Parameter Defaults

Table 12 lists the defaults for imaging preferences parameters. To change the default values, scan the
appropriate barcodes in this guide. These new values replace the standard default values in memory. To
recall the default parameter values, scan * Restore Defaults on page 66.

NOTE: See Standard Parameter Defaults for all user preferences, hosts, symbologies, and miscellaneous
default parameters.

Table 12 Imaging Preferences Parameter Defaults

Parameter Page
Parameter Number SSI Number Default Number
Imaging Preferences
Operational Modes N/A N/A N/A 182
Image Capture Illumination 361 F0h 69h Enable 184
Image Capture Autoexposure 360 F0h 68h Enable 184
Fixed Exposure 567 F4h F1h 37h 100 185
Fixed Gain 568 F1h 38h 50 185
Gain / Exposure Priority for Snapshot Mode 562 F1h 32h Autodetect 186
Snapshot Mode Timeout 323 F0h 43h 0 (30 seconds) 187
Snapshot Aiming Pattern 300 F0h 2Ch Enable 188
Silence Operational Mode Changes 1293 F8h 05h 0Dh Disable (do not silence) 188
Image Cropping 301 F0h 2Dh Disable 189
Crop to Pixel Addresses 315 F4h F0h 3Bh 0 top 189
316 F4h F0h 3Ch 0 left
317 F4h F0h 3Dh 959 bottom
318 F4h F0h 3Eh 1279 right
Image Size (Number of Pixels) 302 F0h 2Eh Full 190
Image Brightness (Target White) 390 F0h 86h 180 191
JPEG Image Options 299 F0h 2Bh Quality 192

181
 Imaging Preferences

Table 12 Imaging Preferences Parameter Defaults (Continued)

Parameter Page
Parameter SSI Number Default
Number Number
JPEG Target File Size 561 F1h 31h 160 kB 192
JPEG Quality and Size Value 305 F0h 31h 65 193
Image Enhancement 564 F1h 34h Low (1) 193
Image File Format Selector 304 F0h 30h JPEG 194
Image Rotation 665 F1h 99h 0 195
Bits per Pixel (BPP) 303 F0h 2Fh 8 BPP 195
Signature Capture 93 5Dh Disable 196
Signature Capture Image File Format 313 F0h 39h JPEG 197
Selector
Signature Capture Bits per Pixel (BPP) 314 F0h 3Ah 8 BPP 198
Signature Capture Width 366 F4h F0h 6Eh 400 199
Signature Capture Height 367 F4h F0h 6Fh 100 199
Signature Capture JPEG Quality 421 F0h A5h 65 199
Video Mode Format Selector 916 F2h 94h JPEG 200
Video View Finder 324 F0h 44h Disable 200
Video View Finder Image Size 329 F0h 49h 1700 Bytes 201
Video Subsampling 667 F1h 9Bh 1/4 Resolution 202

Imaging Preferences
The parameters in this chapter control image capture characteristics. Image capture occurs in all modes of
operation, including decode and snapshot.

Operational Modes
The digital scanner has three modes of operation:
• Decode Mode
• Snapshot Mode
• Video Mode.

Decode Mode
By default, when you press the trigger the digital scanner attempts to locate and decode enabled barcodes
within its field of view. The digital scanner remains in this mode until it decodes a barcode or you release
the trigger.

Snapshot Mode
Use Snapshot Mode to capture a high-quality image and transmit it to the host. To temporarily enter this
mode scan the Snapshot Mode barcode. While in this mode the digital scanner blinks the green LED at
1-second intervals to indicate it is not in standard operating (decode) mode.

182
 Imaging Preferences

In Snapshot Mode, the digital scanner turns on its aiming pattern to highlight the area to capture in the
image. The next trigger press instructs the digital scanner to capture a high quality image and transmit it to
the host. A short time may pass (less than 2 seconds) between when the trigger is pressed and the image
is captured as the digital scanner adjusts to the lighting conditions. Hold the digital scanner steady until the
image is captured, denoted by a single beep.
If you do not press the trigger within the Snapshot Mode Timeout period, the digital scanner returns to
Decode Mode. Use Snapshot Mode Timeout on page 187 to adjust this timeout period. The default timeout
period is 30 seconds.
To disable the aiming pattern during Snapshot Mode, see Snapshot Aiming Pattern on page 188.

Snapshot Mode

Video Mode
NOTE: Applies to corded configurations only.
In this mode the imager behaves as a video camera as long as you press the trigger. Release the trigger to
return to Decode Mode. Scan this barcode to temporarily enter Video Capture Mode.

Video Mode

183
 Imaging Preferences

Image Capture Illumination

Parameter # 361 (SSI # F0h 69h)

Selecting Enable Image Capture Illumination causes illumination to turn on during every image capture.
Disable illumination to prevent the digital scanner from using illumination.
Enabling illumination usually results in superior images. The effectiveness of illumination decreases as the
distance to the target increases.

* Enable Image Capture Illumination

(1)

Disable Image Capture Illumination

(0)

Image Capture Autoexposure

Parameter # 360 (SSI # F0h 68h)

Select Enable Image Capture Autoexposure to allow the digital scanner to control gain settings and
exposure (integration) time to best capture an image for the selected operation mode.
Select Disable Image Capture Autoexposure to manually adjust the gain and exposure time (see the
following pages). This option is only recommended for advanced users with difficult image capture
situations.

* Enable Image Capture Autoexposure

(1)

Disable Image Capture Autoexposure

(0)

184
 Imaging Preferences

Fixed Exposure

Parameter # 567 (SSI # F4h F1h 37h)

Type: Word
Range: 5 to 30,000
This parameter configures the exposure used in manual mode for Snapshot mode.
Each integer value represents 100 μs worth of exposure. The default value is 100 which results in an
exposure setting of 10 ms.
To set the Fixed Exposure parameter, scan Fixed Exposure followed by four numeric barcodes
representing the value. Leading zeros are required. For example, to set a Fixed Exposure value of 99,
scan 0, 0, 9, 9. See Numeric Barcodes for numeric barcodes.

Fixed Exposure
(4 digits)

Fixed Gain

Parameter # 568 (SSI # F1h 38h)

Type: Byte
Range 1 - 100
This parameter configures the gain setting used in manual mode for Snapshot modes.
A value of 1 indicates that gain is not used for image capture. A value of 100 indicates that maximum gain
is used for image capture. The default value of this parameter is 50.
To set the Fixed Gain parameter, scan Fixed Gain below followed by three numeric barcodes
representing the value. Leading zeros are required. For example, to set a Fixed Gain value of 99, scan 0,
9, 9. See Numeric Barcodes for numeric barcodes.

Fixed Gain

185
 Imaging Preferences

Gain/Exposure Priority for Snapshot Mode

Parameter # 562 (SSI # F1h 32h)

This parameter alters the digital scanner gain exposure priority when it acquires an image in Snapshot
Mode in auto exposure mode.
• Scan Low Exposure Priority to set a mode in which the digital scanner favors higher gain over
exposure to capture an image. This results in an image that is less susceptible to motion blur at the
expense of noise artifacts. However, for most applications, the amount of noise is acceptable.
• Scan Low Gain Priority to set a mode in which the digital scanner favors longer exposure time rather
than higher gain to capture an image. This ensures that the image is less noisy and produces fewer
artifacts during post processing activities like image enhancement (sharpening). The mode is
recommended for fixed mount / fixed object image capture since the image acquired is susceptible to
motion blur.
• Scan Autodetect (default) to set a mode in which the digital scanner automatically selects Gain Priority
or Low Exposure Priority mode for Snapshot Mode. If the digital scanner is in a magnetic reed switch
enabled stand (or it is configured in Blink Mode), it uses Low Gain Priority mode. Otherwise, it uses the
Low Exposure Priority mode.

Low Gain Priority

(0)

Low Exposure Priority

(1)

* Autodetect
(2)

186
 Imaging Preferences

Snapshot Mode Timeout

Parameter # 323 (SSI # F0h 43h)

This parameter sets the amount of time the imager remains in Snapshot Mode. The imager exits Snapshot
Mode when you press the trigger, or when the Snapshot Mode Timeout elapses. To set this timeout value,
scan the Set Snapshot Mode Timeout barcode, and then scan a barcode from Numeric Barcodes on
page 450. The default value is 0 which represents 30 seconds; values increment by 30. For example, 0 =
30 seconds, 1 = 60 seconds,
2 = 90 seconds, etc. The maximum timeout value that can be set on the scanner is 9 = 300 seconds.
To quickly re-set the default timeout to 30 seconds, scan the 30 Seconds barcode.
If you scan No Timeout, the imager remains in Snapshot Mode until you press the trigger.

Set Snapshot Mode Timeout

* 30 Seconds

No Timeout

187
 Imaging Preferences

Snapshot Aiming Pattern

Parameter # 300 (SSI # F0h 2Ch)

Select Enable Snapshot Aiming Pattern to project the aiming pattern when in Snapshot Mode, or
Disable Snapshot Aiming Pattern to turn the aiming pattern off.

* Enable Snapshot Aiming Pattern

(1)

Disable Snapshot Aiming Pattern

(0)

Silence Operational Mode Changes

Parameter # 1293 (SSI # F8h 05h 0Dh)

Enable this feature to silence the beeper when switching between operational modes (e.g., from Decode
Mode to Snapshot Mode).

Silence Operational Mode Changes (Enable)

(1)

* Do Not Silence Operational Mode Changes (Disable)

(0)

188
 Imaging Preferences

Image Cropping

Parameter # 301 (SSI # F0h 2Dh)

This parameter crops a captured image. Select Disable Image Cropping to present the full 1280 x 960
pixels. Select Enable Image Cropping to crop the image to the pixel addresses set in Crop to Pixel
Addresses on page 189.

Enable Image Cropping

(1)

* Disable Image Cropping

(Use Full 1280 x 960 Pixels)
(0)

Crop to Pixel Addresses

Parameter # 315 (SSI # F4h F0h 3Bh) (Top)

Parameter # 316 (SSI # F4h F0h 3Ch) (Left)
Parameter # 317 (SSI # F4h F0h 3Dh) (Bottom)
Parameter # 318 (SSI # F4h F0h 3Eh) (Right)
If you selected Enable Image Cropping, set the pixel addresses from (0,0) to (1259 x 959) to crop to.
Columns are numbered from 0 to 1279, rows from 0 to 959. Specify four values for Top, Left, Bottom, and
Right, where Top and Bottom correspond to row pixel addresses, and Left and Right correspond to column
pixel addresses. For example, for a 4 row x 8 column image in the extreme bottom-right section of the
image set the following values:
Top = 796, Bottom = 959, Left = 1272, Right = 1279
To set the crop to pixel address, scan each pixel address barcode below followed by four numeric
barcodes representing the value. Leading zeros are required. For example, to crop the top pixel address to
3, scan 0, 0, 0, 3. See Numeric Barcodes for numeric barcodes. The defaults are:
Top = 0, Bottom = 959, Left = 0, Right = 1279

NOTE: The digital scanner has a cropping resolution of 4 pixels. Setting the cropping area to less than 4
pixels (after resolution adjustment, see Image Size (Number of Pixels) on page 190) transfers the entire
image.

189
 Imaging Preferences

Top Pixel Address

(0 - 959 Decimal)

Left Pixel Address

(0 - 1279 Decimal)

Bottom Pixel Address

(0 - 959 Decimal)

Right Pixel Address

(0 - 1279 Decimal)

Image Size (Number of Pixels)

Parameter # 302 (SSI # F0h 2Eh)
This option alters image resolution before compression. Multiple pixels are combined to one pixel, resulting
in a smaller image containing the original content with reduced resolution.
Select one of the following values:

Table 13 Image Sizes

Resolution
Value Uncropped Image Size

Full 1280 x 960

1/2 640 x 480
1/4 320 x 240

190
 Imaging Preferences

* Full Resolution
(0)

1/2 Resolution
(1)

1/4 Resolution
(3)

Image Brightness (Target White)

Parameter # 390 (SSI # F0h 86h)

Type: Byte
Range: 1 - 240
This parameter sets the Target White value used in Snapshot mode when using auto exposure. White and
black are defined as 240 decimal and 1, respectively. Setting the value to the factory default of 180 sets
the white level of the image to ~180.
To set the Image Brightness parameter, scan Image Brightness below followed by three numeric
barcodes representing the value. Leading zeros are required. For example, to set an Image Brightness
value of 99, scan 0, 9, 9. See Numeric Barcodes for numeric barcodes.

* 180

Image Brightness
(3 digits)

191
 Imaging Preferences

JPEG Image Options

Parameter # 299 (SSI # F0h 2Bh)

Select an option to optimize JPEG images for either size or for quality. Scan the JPEG Quality Selector
barcode to enter a quality value; the digital scanner then selects the corresponding image size. Scan the
JPEG Size Selector barcode to enter a size value; the digital scanner then selects the best image quality.

* JPEG Quality Selector

(1)

JPEG Size Selector

(0)

JPEG Target File Size

Parameter # 561 (SSI # F1h 31h)

Type: Word
Range: 5-350
This parameter defines the target JPEG file size in terms 1 Kilobytes (1024 bytes). The default value is 160
kB which represents 160 Kilobytes.

CAUTION: JPEG compress may take 10 to 15 seconds based on the amount of information in the target
image. Scanning * JPEG Quality Selector (1) (default setting) produces a compressed image that is
consistent in quality and compression time.
To set the JPEG Target File Size parameter, scan JPEG Target File Size below followed by three numeric
barcodes representing the value. Leading zeros are required. For example, to set an image file size value
of 99, scan 0, 9, 9 in Numeric Barcodes.

JPEG Target File Size

(3 digits)

192
 Imaging Preferences

JPEG Quality and Size Value

JPEG Quality = Parameter # 305 (SSI # F0h 31h)

If you selected JPEG Quality Selector, scan the JPEG Quality Value barcode followed by 3 barcodes
from Numeric Barcodes corresponding to a value from 5 to 100, where 100 represents the highest quality
image.

JPEG Quality Value

(Default: 065)
(5 - 100 Decimal)

Image Enhancement

Parameter # 564 (SSI # F1h 34h)

This parameter configures the digital scanner's Image Enhance feature. This feature uses a combination of
edge sharpening and contrast enhancement to produce an image that is visually pleasing.
The levels of image enhancement are:
• Off (0)
• Low (1) - Default
• Med (2)
• High (3).

Off
(0)

* Low
(1)

193
 Imaging Preferences

Image Enhancement (continued)

Medium
(2)

High
(3)

Image File Format Selector

Parameter # 304 (SSI # F0h 30h)

Select an image format appropriate for the system (BMP, TIFF, or JPEG). The digital scanner stores
captured images in the selected format.

BMP File Format

(3)

* JPEG File Format

(1)

TIFF File Format

(04h)

194
 Imaging Preferences

Image Rotation

Parameter # 665 (SSI # F1h 99h)

This parameter controls the rotation of the image by 0, 90,180, or 270 degrees.

* Rotate 0o
(0)

Rotate 90o
(1)

Rotate 180o
(2)

Rotate 270o
(3)

Bits Per Pixel

Parameter # 303 (SSI # F0h 2Fh)

Select the number of significant bits per pixel (BPP) to use when capturing an image. Select 1 BPP for a
black and white image, 4 BPP to assign 1 of 16 levels of gray to each pixel, or 8 BPP to assign 1 of 256
levels of gray to each pixel.

NOTE: The digital scanner ignores these settings for JPEG file formats, which only support 8 BPP.

The digital scanner ignores 1 BPP for TIFF file formats, which only support 4 BPP and
8 BPP. 1 BPP is coerced to 4 BPP for TIFF file formats.

195
 Imaging Preferences

1 BPP
(0)

4 BPP
(1)

* 8 BPP
(2)

Signature Capture

Parameter # 93 (SSI # 5Dh)

A signature capture barcode is a special-purpose symbology which delineates a signature capture area in
a document with a machine-readable format. The recognition pattern is variable so it can optionally provide
an index to various signatures. The region inside the barcode pattern is considered the signature capture
area. See Signature Capture Code on page 481 for more information.

Output File Format

Decoding a signature capture barcode de-skews the signature image and converts the image to a BMP,
JPEG, or TIFF file format. The output data includes the file descriptor followed by the formatted signature
image.

Table 14 Output Formats

File Descriptor
Signature Image Size Signature Image
Output Format Signature Type (1 (4 bytes)
(1 byte) byte)
(BIG Endian)
JPEG - 1 1-8 0x00000400 0x00010203….
BMP - 3
TIFF - 4

196
 Imaging Preferences

To enable or disable Signature Capture, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Enable Signature Capture

(1)

* Disable Signature Capture

(0)

Signature Capture File Format Selector

Parameter # 313 (SSI # F0h 39h)

Select a signature file format appropriate for the system (BMP, TIFF, or JPEG). The digital scanner stores
captured signatures in the selected format.

BMP Signature Format

(3)

* JPEG Signature Format

(1)

TIFF Signature Format

(4)

197
 Imaging Preferences

Signature Capture Bits Per Pixel

Parameter # 314 (SSI # F0h 3Ah)

Select the number of significant bits per pixel (BPP) to use when capturing a signature. Select 1 BPP for a
black and white image, 4 BPP to assign 1 of 16 levels of gray to each pixel, or 8 BPP to assign 1 of 256
levels of gray to each pixel.

NOTE: The digital scanner ignores these settings for JPEG file formats, which only support 8 BPP.

1 BPP
(0)

4 BPP
(1)

* 8 BPP
(2)

198
 Imaging Preferences

Signature Capture Width

Parameter # 366 (SSI # F4h F0h 6Eh)

The aspect ratio of the Signature Capture Width and Signature Capture Height parameters must match
that of the signature capture area. For example, a 4 x 1 inch signature capture area would require a 4 to 1
aspect ratio of width to height.
To set the width of the signature capture box, scan the Signature Capture Width barcode, followed by 4
barcodes from Numeric Barcodes corresponding to a value in the range of 016 to 1280 decimal.

Signature Capture Width

(Default: 400)
(016 - 1280 Decimal)

Signature Capture Height

Parameter # 367 (SSI # F4h F0h 6Fh)

To set the height of the signature capture box, scan the Signature Capture Height barcode, followed by 3
barcodes from Numeric Barcodes corresponding to a value in the range of 016 to 960 decimal.

Signature Capture Height (Default: 100)

(016 - 960 Decimal)

Signature Capture JPEG Quality

Parameter # 421 (SSI # F0h A5h)

Scan the JPEG Quality Value barcode followed by 3 barcodes from Numeric Barcodes corresponding to
a value from 005 to 100, where 100 represents the highest quality image.

JPEG Quality Value (Default: 065)

(5 - 100 Decimal)

199
 Imaging Preferences

Video Mode Format Selector

Parameter # 916 (SSI # F2h 94h)

When the digital imager scanner is in Video Mode, select whether to send data in BMP or JPEG format.

BMP File Format

(3)

* JPEG File Format

(1)

Video View Finder (Corded Mode Only)

Parameter # 324 (SSI # F0h 44h)

Scan one of the following barcodes to select whether to project the video view finder while in Snapshot
Mode.

Enable Video View Finder

(1)

* Disable Video View Finder

(0)

200
 Imaging Preferences

Video View Finder Image Size

Parameter # 329 (SSI # F0h 49h)

This parameter sets the number of 100-byte blocks. Values range from 800 to 12,000 bytes. A smaller
value transmits more frames per second, while a larger value increases video quality.
Scan the Video View Finder Image Size barcode, and then scan three barcodes from Numeric Barcodes
corresponding to the 100-byte value from 800 to 12,000 bytes. For example, to select 1500 bytes, enter 0,
1, 5. To select 900 bytes, enter 0, 0, 9. The default is 1700 bytes.

Video View Finder Image Size

201
 Imaging Preferences

Video Subsampling

Parameter # 667 (SSI # F1h 9Bh)

This option alters video frame resolution before compression. Multiple pixels are combined to one pixel,
resulting in smaller video frames containing the original content with reduced resolution.

Scan a barcode below to select the desired video subsampling.

Table 15 Video Subsampling

Resolution Value Uncropped Image Size

Full 1280 x 800

1/2 640 x 400

1/4 320 x 200

Full Resolution
(0)

1/2 Resolution
(1)

*1/4 Resolution
(3)

202
USB Interface

Introduction
This chapter provides instructions for programming the scanner to interface with a USB host. The scanner
connects directly to a USB host, or a powered USB hub. The USB host can power the scanner.

Throughout the programming barcode menus, default values are indicated with asterisks (*).

* Indicates Default * North American Standard USB Keyboard Feature/Option

Connecting a USB Interface

The scanner connects to USB-capable hosts, including:
• TGCS (IBM) terminals
• Apple ™ desktop and notebooks
• Other network computers that support more than one keyboard.
The following operating systems support the scanner through USB:
• Windows 8, 10
• MacOS 8.5 - MacOS 10.6 (Supported via HID Keyboard only)
• IBM 4690 OS
• Linux
The scanner interfaces with USB hosts that support Human Interface Devices (HID).

203
 USB Interface

Figure 22 USB Connection

To connect the cradle to a USB host:

1. Attach the modular connector of the USB interface cable to the cable interface port on the digital
scanner. See Connecting Cradle Cable on page 32.
2. Plug the series A connector in the USB host or hub, or plug the Plus Power connector in an available
port of the IBM SurePOS terminal.
3. Ensure all connections are secure.

4. Pair the digital scanner to the cradle by scanning the barcode on the cradle.

5. Select the USB device type by scanning the appropriate barcode from USB Device Type on page 206.

6. On first installation when using Windows, the software displays a prompt to select or install the Human
Interface Device driver. To install the Human Interface Device driver provided by Windows, click Next
through all the choices and click Finished on the last choice. The digital scanner powers up during this
installation.
7. To modify any other parameter options, scan the appropriate barcodes in this chapter.

8. Connect an external power supply if desired.

NOTE: Interface cables vary depending on configuration. The connectors illustrated in Figure 22 are
examples only. The connectors may be different from those illustrated, but the steps to connect the cradle
remain the same.

Disconnect the host cables before the power supply, or the digital scanner may not recognize the new
host.
If problems occur, see Troubleshooting on page 52.

204
 USB Interface

USB Parameter Defaults

Table 16 lists the defaults for USB host parameters. If any option needs to be changed, scan the
appropriate barcode(s) provided in the Parameter Descriptions section beginning on206.

NOTE: See Standard Parameter Defaults for all user preferences, hosts, symbologies, and miscellaneous
default parameters.

See Country Codes on page 389 for USB Country Keyboard Types (Country Codes).

Table 16 USB Host Default Table

Page
Parameter Default
Number
USB Host Parameters
USB Device Type HID Keyboard Emulation 206
Symbol Native API (SNAPI) Status Handshaking Enable 207
USB Keystroke Delay No Delay 208
USB CAPS Lock Override Do Not Override (Disable) 208
USB Ignore Unknown Characters Send 209
USB Convert Unknown to Code 39 Disable 209
USB Polling Interval 3 msec 210
USB Fast HID Enable 212
Emulate Keypad Enable 212
Emulate Keypad with Leading Zero Enable 213
Quick Keypad Emulation Enable 213
USB FN1 Substitution Disable 214
Function Key Mapping Disable 214
Simulated Caps Lock Disable 215
Convert Case No Case Conversion 215
USB Static CDC Enable 216
TGCS (IBM) USB Direct I/O Beep Honor 217
TGCS (IBM) USB Beep Directive Ignore Beep Directive 217
TGCS (IBM) USB Barcode Configuration Directive Ignore Barcode Configuration Directive 218
IBM Specification Version Version 2.2 218

205
 USB Interface

USB Host Parameters

USB Device Type
Select the desired USB device type.

NOTE:
When changing USB device types, the scanner automatically restarts. The imager issues a power-up beep
sequence.
1. Before scanning USB CDC Host (Note 1) on page 207, install the appropriate USB CDC Driver on the
host to ensure the scanner does not stall during power up (due to a failure to enumerate USB). Go to
www.zebra.com/support, Support & Downloads > Barcode Scanners > USB CDC Driver, select the
appropriate Windows platform, and download the appropriate CDC Driver (64 bit or 32 bit).
To recover a stalled scanner:
Install the USB CDC Driver
or
Unplug the USB cable and add power. Connect the scanner via Bluetooth and scan HID Keyboard or
another host.
2. Select IBM Hand-Held USB to disable data transmission when an IBM register issues a Scan Disable
command. Aim, illumination, and decoding is still permitted. Select OPOS (IBM Hand-held with Full
Disable) to completely shut off the scanner when an IBM register issues a Scan Disable command,
including aim, illumination, decoding, and data transmission.
3. Select USB HID POS to communicate over a USB cable with Universal Windows Platform (UWP)
applications running on Windows 10 devices.

* HID Keyboard Emulation

IBM Table Top USB

IBM Hand-Held USB

OPOS
(IBM Hand-held with Full Disable)

206
 USB Interface

USB Device Type (continued)

SSI over USB CDC

USB CDC Host

(Note 1)

Symbol Native API (SNAPI) without Imaging Interface

Symbol Native API (SNAPI) with Imaging Interface

USB HID POS

(for Windows 10 devices only)

Symbol Native API (SNAPI) Status Handshaking

After selecting a SNAPI interface as the USB device type, select whether to enable or disable status
handshaking.

* Enable SNAPI Status Handshaking

Disable SNAPI Status Handshaking

207
 USB Interface

USB Keystroke Delay

This parameter sets the delay, in milliseconds, between emulated keystrokes. Scan a barcode below to
increase the delay when hosts require a slower transmission of data.

* No Delay

Medium Delay (20 msec)

Long Delay (40 msec)

USB CAPS Lock Override

This option applies only to the HID Keyboard Emulation device. When enabled, the case of the data is
preserved regardless of the state of the caps lock key. This setting is always enabled for the “Japanese,
Windows (ASCII)” keyboard type and can not be disabled.

Override Caps Lock Key

(Enable)

* Do Not Override Caps Lock Key

(Disable)

208
 USB Interface

USB Ignore Unknown Characters

This option applies only to the HID Keyboard Emulation device and IBM device. Unknown characters are
characters the host does not recognize. When Send Barcodes With Unknown Characters is selected,
all barcode data is sent except for unknown characters, and no error beeps sound. When Do Not Send
Barcodes With Unknown Characters is selected, barcode data is sent up to the first unknown character,
then the imaging imager scanner issues an error beep.

* Send Barcodes with Unknown Characters

Do Not Send Barcodes with Unknown Characters

USB Convert Unknown to Code 39

This option applies only to the IBM Hand-held, IBM Tabletop, and OPOS devices. Scan a barcode below
to enable or disable converting unknown barcode type data to Code 39.

* Disable Convert Unknown to Code 39

Enable Convert Unknown to Code 39

209
 USB Interface

USB Polling Interval

Scan a barcode below to set the polling interval. The polling interval determines the rate at which data can
be sent between the scanner and host computer. A lower number indicates a faster data rate

NOTE: When changing USB Device Types, the imaging imager automatically restarts and issues a
disconnect-reconnect beep sequence.

IMPORTANT: Ensure your host machine can handle the selected data rate..

1 msec

2 msec

* 3 msec

4 msec

210
 USB Interface

USB Polling Interval (continued)

5 msec

6 msec

7 msec

8 msec

9 msec

10 msec

211
 USB Interface

USB Fast HID

This option transmits USB HID data at a faster rate.

* Enable

Disable

Emulate Keypad
When enabled, all characters are sent as ASCII sequences over the numeric keypad. For example ASCII
A would be sent as “ALT make” 0 6 5 “ALT Break.”

Disable Keypad Emulation

* Enable Keypad Emulation

212
 USB Interface

Emulate Keypad with Leading Zero

Enable this to send character sequences sent over the numeric keypad as ISO characters which have a
leading zero. For example ASCII A transmits as “ALT MAKE” 0 0 6 5 “ALT BREAK”.

Disable Keypad Emulation with Leading Zero

* Enable Keypad Emulation with Leading Zero

Quick Keypad Emulation

This option applies only to the HID Keyboard Emulation Device and if Emulate Keypad is enabled. This
parameter enables a quicker method of keypad emulation where ASCII sequences are only sent for ASCII
characters not found on the keyboard. The default value is Enable.

* Enable

Disable

213
 USB Interface

USB Keyboard FN 1 Substitution

This option applies only to the USB HID Keyboard Emulation device. When enabled, this allows
replacement of any FN 1 characters in an EAN 128 barcode with a Key Category and value chosen by the
user (see FN1 Substitution Values on page 126 to set the Key Category and Key Value).

Enable FN1 Substitution

* Disable FN1 Substitution

Function Key Mapping

ASCII values under 32 are normally sent as a control-key sequences (see Table 30 on page 469). When
this parameter is enabled, the keys in bold are sent in place of the standard key mapping. Table entries
that do not have a bold entry remain the same whether or not this parameter is enabled.

* Disable Function Key Mapping

Enable Function Key Mapping

214
 USB Interface

Simulated Caps Lock

When enabled, the imaging imager scanner inverts upper and lower case characters on the imaging
imager scanner barcode as if the Caps Lock state is enabled on the keyboard. This inversion is done
regardless of the current state of the keyboard Caps Lock state.

* Disable Simulated Caps Lock

Enable Simulated Caps Lock

Convert Case
When enabled, the imaging imager scanner converts all barcode data to the selected case.

* No Case Conversion

Convert All to Upper Case

Convert All to Lower Case

215
 USB Interface

USB Static CDC

Parameter # 670
When disabled, each device connected consumes another COM port (first device = COM1,
second device = COM2, third device = COM3, etc.)
When enabled, each device connects to the same COM port.

* Enable USB Static CDC

(1)

Disable USB Static CDC

(0)

216
 USB Interface

Optional USB Parameters

If you configure the imaging imager scanner and find the settings were not saved, or changed, when the
system is restarted scan the barcodes that follow to override USB interface defaults.
Scan a barcode below after setting defaults and before configuring the imaging imager scanner.

TGCS (IBM) USB Direct I/O Beep

Parameter # 1360 (SSI # 550h)

The host can send a direct I/O beep request to the scanner. If you select Ignore Direct I/O Beep, the
scanner does not sound beeps on this command. All directives are still acknowledged to the USB host as
if they were processed.

* Honor Direct IO Beep

Ignore Direct IO Beep

TGCS (IBM) USB Beep Directive

The host can send a beeper configuration request to the scanner. Scan Ignore Beep Directive to prevent
the scanner from processing the host request. All directives are still acknowledged to the USB host as if
they were processed.

Honor Beep Directive

* Ignore Beep Directive

217
 USB Interface

TGCS (IBM) USB Barcode Configuration Directive

The host can enable and disable code types. Scan Ignore Barcode Configuration Directive to prevent
the scanner from processing the host request. All directives are still acknowledged to the USB host as if
they were processed.

Honor Barcode Configuration Directive

* Ignore Barcode Configuration Directive

IBM Specification Version

The IBM USB interface specification version selected defines how code types are reported over the IBM
USB interface.

Original Specification

* Version 2.2

218
 USB Interface

ASCII Character Sets for USB

See ASCII Character Sets for the following:
• ASCII Character Set (Table 30 on page 469)
• ALT Key Character Set (Table 31 on page 473)
• GUI Key Character Set (Table 32 on page 473)
• PF Key Character Set (Table 33 on page 475)
• F Key Character Set (Table 34 on page 476)
• Numeric Character Set (Table 35 on page 477)
• Extended Character Set (Table 36 on page 477).

219
SSI Interface

Introduction
This chapter describes the system requirements of the Simple Serial Interface (SSI), which provides a
communications link between Zebra decoders (e.g., scan engines, slot scanners, hand-held scanners,
two-dimensional scanners, hands-free scanners, and RF base stations) and a serial host. It provides the
means for the host to control the decoder or scanner.

Communications
All communication between the digital scanner and host occurs over the hardware interface lines using the
SSI protocol. Refer to the Simple Serial Interface Programmer’s Guide, p/n 72-40451-xx, for more
information on SSI.
The host and the digital scanner exchange messages in packets. A packet is a collection of bytes framed
by the proper SSI protocol formatting bytes. The maximum number of bytes per packet that the SSI
protocol allows for any transaction is 257 (255 bytes + 2 byte checksum).
Decode data can be sent as ASCII data (unpacketed), or as part of a larger message (packeted),
depending on the digital scanner configuration.
SSI performs the following functions for the host device:
• Maintains a bi-directional interface with the digital scanner
• Allows the host to send commands that control the digital scanner
• Passes data from the digital scanner to a host device in SSI packet format or straight decode message.
The working environment of the SSI consists of a digital scanner, a serial cable which attaches to the host
device, and in some instances, a power supply.
SSI transmits all decode data including special formatting (e.g., AIM ID). Parameter settings can control
the format of the transmitted data.
The digital scanner can also send parameter information, product identification information, or event codes
to the host.
All commands sent between the digital scanner and host must use the format described in the SSI
Message Formats section. SSI Transactions on page 221 describes the required sequence of messages
in specific cases.

220
 SSI Interface

Table 17 lists all the SSI opcodes the digital scanner supports. It identifies the SSI partner allowed to send
a message of each type. The host transmits opcodes designated type H. The digital scanner transmits
type D opcodes, and either partner can transmit Host/Decoder (H/D) types.

Table 17 SSI Commands

Name Type Opcode Description
AIM_OFF H 0xC4 Deactivate aim pattern.
AIM_ON H 0xC5 Activate aim pattern.
BEEP H 0xE6 Sound the beeper.
CAPABILITIES_REPLY D 0xD4 Reply to CAPABILITIES_REQUEST; contains a list of the capabilities
and commands the decoder supports.
CAPABILITIES_REQUEST H 0xD3 Request capabilities report from the decoder.
CMD_ACK H/D 0xD0 Positive acknowledgment of received packet.
CMD_NAK H/D 0xD1 Negative acknowledgment of received packet.
DECODE_DATA D 0xF3 Decode data in SSI packet format.
EVENT D 0xF6 Event indicated by associated event code.
LED_OFF H 0xE8 De-activate LED output.
LED_ON H 0xE7 Activate LED output.
PARAM_DEFAULTS H 0xC8 Set parameter default values.
PARAM_REQUEST H 0xC7 Request values of certain parameters.
PARAM_SEND H/D 0xC6 Send parameter values.
REPLY_REVISION D 0xA4 Reply to REQUEST_REVISION contains decoder's software/hardware
configuration.
REQUEST_REVISION H 0xA3 Request the decoder's configuration.
SCAN_DISABLE H 0xEA Prevent the operator from scanning barcodes.
SCAN_ENABLE H 0xE9 Permit barcode scanning.
SLEEP H 0xEB Request to place the decoder into low power.
START_DECODE H 0xE4 Tell decoder to attempt to decode a barcode.
STOP_DECODE H 0xE5 Tell decoder to abort a decode attempt.
WAKEUP H N/A Wakeup decoder after it has entered low power mode.

For details of the SSI protocol, refer to the Simple Serial Interface Programmer's Guide (72-40451-xx).

SSI Transactions
General Data Transactions

ACK/NAK Handshaking
If you enable ACK/NAK handshaking, all packeted messages must have a CMD_ACK or CMD_NAK
response, unless the command description states otherwise. This parameter is enabled by default. Zebra
recommends leaving this handshaking enabled to provide feedback to the host. Raw decode data and
WAKEUP do not use ACK/NAK handshaking since they are not packeted data.
Following is an example of a problem which can occur if you disable ACK/NAK handshaking:

221
 SSI Interface

• The host sends a PARAM_SEND message to the digital scanner to change the baud rate from 9600 to
19200.
• The digital scanner cannot interpret the message.
• The digital scanner does not implement the change the host requested.
• The host assumes that the parameter change occurred and acts accordingly.
• Communication is lost because the change did not occur on both sides.
If you enable ACK/NAK handshaking, the following occurs:
• The host sends a PARAM_SEND message.
• The digital scanner cannot interpret the message.
• The digital scanner CMD_NAKs the message.
• The host resends the message.
• The digital scanner receives the message successfully, responds with CMD_ACK, and implements
parameter changes.

222
 SSI Interface

Transfer of Decode Data

The Decode Data Packet Format parameter controls how decode data is sent to the host. Set this
parameter to send the data in a DECODE_DATA packet. Clear this parameter to transmit the data as raw
ASCII data.

NOTE: When transmitting decode data as raw ASCII data, ACK/NAK handshaking does not apply
regardless of the state of the ACK/NAK handshaking parameter.ACK/NAK Enabled and Packeted Data
The digital scanner sends a DECODE_DATA message after a successful decode. The digital scanner
waits for a programmable time-out for a CMD_ACK response. If it does not receive the response, the
digital scanner tries to send two more times before issuing a host transmission error. If the digital scanner
receives a CMD_NAK from the host, it may attempt a retry depending on the cause field of the CMD_NAK
message.

(1)
DECODE_DAT
Decoder
Host
Data is
captured by (2)
CMD_ACK
message sent

ACK/NAK Enabled and Unpacketed ASCII Data

Even though the ACK/NAK handshaking is enabled, no handshaking occurs because the handshaking
applies only to packeted data. In this example the packeted_decode parameter is disabled.

Decoder
ASCII data Host
Data is
captured by
decoder

ACK/NAK Disabled and Packeted DECODE_DATA

In this example ACK/NAK does not occur even though packeted_decode is enabled because the
ACK/NAK handshaking parameter is disabled.

Decoder (1)
Data is DECODE_DATA Host
captured by
decoder

223
 SSI Interface

ACK/NAK Disabled and Unpacketed ASCII Data

Data captured by the digital scanner is sent to the host.

Decoder (1)
Data is Host
ASCII data sent
captured by
decoder

Communication Summary
ACK/NAK Option
Enable or disable ACK/NAK handshaking. This handshaking is enabled by default and Zebra recommends
leaving it enabled. Disabling this handshaking can cause communication problems, as handshaking is the
only acknowledgment that a message was received, and if it was received correctly. ACK/NAK is not used
with unpacketed decode data regardless of whether or not it is enabled.

Serial Response Time-out

The Serial Response Time-out parameter determines how long to wait for a handshaking response before
trying again, or aborting any further attempts. Set the same value for both the host and digital scanner.

NOTE: You can temporarily change the Serial Response Time-out when the host takes longer to process
an ACK or longer data string. Zebra does not recommend frequent permanent changes due to limited write
cycles of non-volatile memory.

Retries
When sending data, the host should resend twice after the initial send if the digital scanner does not
respond with an ACK or NAK (if ACK/NAK handshaking is enabled), or response data (e.g.,
PARAM_SEND, REPLY_REVISION). If the digital scanner replies with a NAK RESEND, the host resends
the data. All resent messages must have the resend bit set in the Status byte.
The digital scanner resends data two times after the initial send if the host fails to reply with an ACK or
NAK (if ACK/NAK handshaking is enabled).

Response Time-out, ACK/NAK Handshake

If you use PARAM_SEND to change these serial parameters, the ACK response to the PARAM_SEND
uses the previous values for these parameters. The new values then take effect for the next transaction.

Errors
The digital scanner issues a communication error when:
• Failure to receive an ACK or NAK after initial transmit and two resends.

224
 SSI Interface

Things to Remember When Using SSI Communication

There is a permanent/temporary bit in the PARAM_SEND message. Removing power from the digital
scanner discards temporary changes. Permanent changes are written to non-volatile memory. Frequent
changes shorten the life of the non-volatile memory.

Encapsulation of RSM Commands/Responses over SSI

The SSI protocol allows the host to send a command that is variable in length up to 255 bytes. Although
there is a provision in the protocol to multi-packet commands from the host, the scan engine does not
support this. The host must fragment packets using the provisions in the RSM protocol.

Command Structure

Table 18
Byte 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 Length (not including the checksum)
1 SSI_MGMT_COMMAND (0x80)
2 Message Source (4 - Host)
3 Reserved (0) Reserved (0) Reserved (0) Cont'd packet Retransmit
4 Payload data (see the following example)
...
Length -1
Length 2's complement checksum (MSB)
Length +1 2's complement checksum (LSB)

The expected response in the positive case is SSI_MGMT_COMMAND which may be a multi-packet
response. For devices that do not support the SSI_MGMT_COMMAND, the response is the standard
SSI_NAK.

225
 SSI Interface

Response Structure
Table 13-1

Byte 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 Length (not including the checksum)
1 SSI_MGMT_COMMAND (0x80)
2 Message Source (0 - Decoder)
3 Reserved (0) Reserved (0) Reserved (0) Cont'd packet Retransmit
4 Payload data (see the following example)
...
Length -1
Length 2's complement checksum (MSB)
Length +1 2's complement checksum (LSB)

Example Transaction
The following example illustrates how to retrieve diagnostic information (Diagnostic Testing and Reporting
(Attribute #10061) decimal) from the engine using encapsulation of RSM commands over SSI. Before
sending any RSM command, the host must send the RSM Get Packet Size command to query the packet
size supported by the device.

Command from Host to Query Packet Size Supported by Device

0A 80 04 00 00 06 20 00 FF FF FD 4E
Where:
• 0A 80 04 00 is encapsulation of RSM commands over SSI command header
• 00 06 20 00 FF FF is RSM Get Packet Size command
• FD 4E is SSI command checksum

Response from Device with Packet Size Information

0C 80 00 00 00 08 20 00 00 F0 00 F0 FD 6C
Where:
• 0C 80 00 00 is encapsulation of RSM command over SSI command header
• 00 08 20 00 00 F0 00 F0 is RSM Get Packet Size response
• FD 6C is SSI response checksum

Command from Host to Retrieve Diagnostic Information

0C 80 04 00 00 08 02 00 27 4D 42 00 FE B0
Where:
• 0C 80 04 00 is encapsulation of RSM commands over SSI command header
• 00 08 02 00 27 4D 42 00 is attribute Get command requesting attribute 10061 decimal
• FE B0 is SSI command checksum

226
 SSI Interface

Response from Device with Diagnostic Information

21 80 00 00 00 1D 02 00 27 4D 41 01 42 00 0E 00 00 00 00 01 03 02 03 03 03 04 03 05 03 06 03 FF
FF FC 15
Where:
• 21 80 00 00 00 1D 02 00 27 4D 41 01 42 00 0E 00 00 is encapsulation of RSM responses over SSI
command header
• 00 00 01 03 02 03 03 03 04 03 05 03 06 03 is attribute Get response which includes diagnostic report
value
• FF FF is attribute Get response, packet termination
• FC 15 is SSI response checksum

227
 SSI Interface

Simple Serial Interface Default Parameters

This section describes how to set up the digital scanner with an SSI host. When using SSI, program the
digital scanner via barcode menu or SSI hosts commands.

Throughout the programming barcode menus, asterisks (*) indicate default values.

* Indicates Default
* Baud Rate 9600 Feature/Option
(6)
Option value for programming

NOTE: Most computer monitors allow scanning the barcodes directly on the screen. When scanning from
the screen, be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the barcode clearly,
and bars and/or spaces are not merging.
Table 14 lists the defaults for the SSI host. There are two ways to change the default values:
• Scan the appropriate barcodes in this guide. These new values replace the standard default values in
memory. To recall the default parameter values, scan the * Restore Defaults barcode on page 66.
• Download data through the device serial port using SSI. Hexadecimal parameter numbers appear in
this chapter below the parameter title, and options appear in parenthesis beneath the accompanying
barcodes. Refer to the Simple Serial Interface (SSI) Programmer’s Guide for detailed instructions for
changing parameters using this method.

NOTE: See Standard Parameter Defaults for all user preferences, hosts, symbologies, and miscellaneous
default parameters.

Table 14 SSI Default Table

Parameter Parameter SSI Default Page

Number Number Number
Select SSI Host N/A N/A N/A 229
Software Handshaking 159 9Fh ACK/NAK 229
Decode Data Packet Format 238 EEh Send Raw Decode Data 230
Host Serial Response Time-out 155 9Bh 2 sec 231
Host Character Time-out 239 EFh 200 msec 232
Multipacket Option 334 F0h 4Eh Option 1 233
Interpacket Delay 335 F0h 4Fh 0 ms 234
Event Reporting
Decode Event 256 F0h 00h Disable 235
Boot Up Event 258 F0h 02h Disable 236
Parameter Event 259 F0h 03h Disable 236

228
 SSI Interface

NOTE: SSI interprets Prefix, Suffix1, and Suffix2 values listed in Table 23 on page 378 differently than
other interfaces. SSI does not recognize key categories, only the 3-digit decimal value. The default value
of 7013 is interpreted as CR only.

SSI Host Parameters

Software Handshaking

Parameter # 159 (SSI # 9Fh)

This parameter offers control of data transmission in addition to the control hardware handshaking offers.
Hardware handshaking is always enabled; you cannot disable it.
• Disable ACK/NAK Handshaking: When this option is selected, the digital scanner neither generates
nor expects ACK/NAK handshaking packets.
• Enable ACK/NAK Handshaking: When this option is selected, after transmitting data, the digital
scanner expects either an ACK or NAK response from the host. The digital scanner also ACKs or NAKs
messages from the host.

The digital scanner waits up to the programmable Host Serial Response Time-out to receive an ACK or
NAK. If the digital scanner does not get a response in this time, it resends its data up to two times
before discarding the data and declaring a transmit error.

Disable ACK/NAK
(0)

* Enable ACK/NAK
(1)

229
 SSI Interface

Decode Data Packet Format

Parameter # 238 (SSI # EEh)

This parameter selects whether to transmit decoded data in raw format (unpacketed), or with the packet
format defined by the serial protocol.
Selecting the raw format disables ACK/NAK handshaking for decode data.

* Send Raw Decode Data

(0)

Send Packeted Decode Data

(1)

230
 SSI Interface

Host Serial Response Time-out

Parameter # 155 (SSI # 9Bh)

This parameter specifies how long the digital scanner waits for an ACK or NAK before resending. Also, if
the digital scanner wants to send, and the host has already been granted permission to send, the digital
scanner waits for the designated time-out before declaring an error.
To set the delay period (options are 2, 5, 7.5, or 9,9 seconds), scan one of the following barcodes.

Other values are available via SSI command.

* Low - 2 Seconds
(20)

Medium - 5 Seconds
(50)

High - 7.5 Seconds

(75)

Maximum - 9.9 Seconds

(99)

231
 SSI Interface

Host Character Time-out

Parameter # 239 (SSI # EFh)

This parameter determines the maximum time the digital scanner waits between characters transmitted by
the host before discarding the received data and declaring an error.
To set the delay period (options are 200, 500, 750, or 990 ms), scan one of the following barcodes.

Other values are available via SSI command.

* Low - 200 ms
(20)

Medium - 500 ms
(50)

High - 750 ms
(75)

Maximum - 990 ms
(99)

232
 SSI Interface

Multipacket Option

Parameter # 334 (SSI # F0h 4Eh)

This parameter controls ACK/NAK handshaking for multi-packet transmissions.
• Multi-Packet Option 1: The host sends an ACK / NAK for each data packet during a multi-packet
transmission.
• Multi-Packet Option 2: The digital scanner sends data packets continuously, with no ACK/NAK
handshaking to pace the transmission. The host, if overrun, can use hardware handshaking to
temporarily delay digital scanner transmissions. At the end of transmission, the digital scanner waits for
a CMD_ACK or CMD_NAK.
• Multi-Packet Option 3: Option 3 is the same as option 2 with the addition of a programmable
interpacket delay.

* Multipacket Option 1
(0)

Multipacket Option 2
(1)

Multipacket Option 3
(2)

233
 SSI Interface

Interpacket Delay

Parameter # 335 (SSI # F0h 4Fh)

This parameter specifies the interpacket delay if you selected Multipacket Option 3.
To set the delay period (options are 0, 25, 50, 75, or 99 ms), scan one of the following barcodes.

Other values are available via SSI command.

* Minimum - 0 ms
(0)

Low - 25 ms
(25)

Medium - 50 ms
(50)

High - 75 ms
(75)

Maximum - 99 ms
(99)

234
 SSI Interface

Event Reporting
The host can request the digital scanner to provide certain information (events) relative to the digital
scanner behavior. Enable or disable the events listed in Table 15 and on the following pages by scanning
the appropriate barcodes.

Table 15 Event Codes

Event Class Event Code Reported
Decode Event Non parameter decode 0x01
Boot Up Event System power-up 0x03
Parameter Event Parameter entry error 0x07
Parameter stored 0x08
Defaults set (and parameter event is 0x0A
enabled by default)
Number expected 0x0F

Decode Event

Parameter # 256 (SSI # F0h 00h)

When enabled, the digital scanner generates a message to the host upon a successful barcode decode.
When disabled, no notification is sent.

Enable Decode Event

(1)

* Disable Decode Event

(0)

235
 SSI Interface

Boot Up Event

Parameter # 258 (SSI # F0h 02h)

When enabled, the digital scanner generates a message to the host whenever power is applied. When
disabled, no notification is sent.

Enable Boot Up Event

(1)

* Disable Boot Up Event

(0)

Parameter Event

Parameter # 259 (SSI # F0h 03h)

When enabled, the digital scanner generates a message to the host when one of the events specified in
Table 15 on page 235 occurs. When disabled, no notification is sent.

Enable Parameter Event

(1)

* Disable Parameter Event

(0)

236
Symbologies

Introduction
This chapter describes symbology features and provides programming barcodes for selecting these
features. Before programming, follow the instructions in Getting Started on page 27.
To set feature values, scan a single barcode or a short barcode sequence. The settings are stored in
non-volatile memory and are preserved even when the digital scanner powers down.

NOTE: Most computer monitors allow scanning the barcodes directly on the screen. When scanning from
the screen, be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the barcode clearly,
and bars and/or spaces do not merge.

Select a host type (see each host chapter for specific host information) after the power-up beeps sound.
This is only necessary upon the first power-up when connected to a new host.
To return all features to default values, see User Preferences Parameter Defaults on page 63. Throughout
the programming barcode menus, asterisks (*) indicate default values.

* Indicates Default * Enable UPC-A Feature/Option

(1) Option Value

Scanning Sequence Examples

In most cases, scanning one barcode sets the parameter value. For example, to transmit barcode data
without the UPC-A check digit, simply scan the Do Not Transmit UPC-A Check Digit barcode under
Transmit UPC-A Check Digit on page 252. The digital scanner issues a fast warble beep and the LED
turns green, signifying a successful parameter entry.
Other parameters, such as Set Length(s) for D 2 of 5 require scanning several barcodes. See the
individual parameter, such as Set Length(s) for D 2 of 5, for this procedure.

Errors While Scanning

Unless otherwise specified, to correct an error during a scanning sequence, just re-scan the correct
parameter.

237
 Symbologies

Symbology Parameter Defaults

Table 16 lists the defaults for all symbology parameters. To change the default values, scan the
appropriate barcodes in this guide. These new values replace the standard default values in memory. To
recall the default parameter values, see Standard Parameter Defaults on page 378.

NOTE: See Standard Parameter Defaults for all user preferences, hosts, and miscellaneous default
parameters.

Table 16 Symbology Parameter Defaults

Parameter Page
Parameter SSI Number Default
Number Number
Enable/Disable All Code Types 243

1D Symbologies
UPC/EAN
UPC-A 1 01h Enable 243
UPC-E 2 02h Enable 244
UPC-E1 12 0Ch Disable 244
EAN-8/JAN 8 4 04h Enable 245
EAN-13/JAN 13 3 03h Enable 245
Bookland EAN 83 53h Disable 246
Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals 16 10h Ignore 246
(2 and 5 digits)
User-Programmable Supplementals 000 250
Supplemental 1: 579 F1h 43h
Supplemental 2: 580 F1h 44h
UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy 80 50h 10 250
Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental 672 F1h A0h Combined 251
AIM ID
Transmit UPC-A Check Digit 40 28h Enable 252
Transmit UPC-E Check Digit 41 29h Enable 252
Transmit UPC-E1 Check Digit 42 2Ah Enable 253
Transmit EAN-8 Check Digit 1881 F8 07 59 Transmit 253
Transmit EAN-13 Check Digit 1882 F8 07 5A Transmit 254
Transmit Code 39 Start/Stop Characters 1900 F8 07 6C Do Not Transmit 254
UPC-A Preamble 34 22h System Character 255
UPC-E Preamble 35 23h System Character 256
UPC-E1 Preamble 36 24h System Character 257
Convert UPC-E to A 37 25h Disable 258
Convert UPC-E1 to A 38 26h Disable 258
EAN-8/JAN-8 Extend 39 27h Disable 259

238
 Symbologies

Table 16 Symbology Parameter Defaults (Continued)

Parameter Page
Parameter SSI Number Default
Number Number
Bookland ISBN Format 576 F1h 40h ISBN-10 259
UCC Coupon Extended Code 85 55h Disable 260
Coupon Report 730 F1h DAh New Coupon Format 261
ISSN EAN 617 F1h 69h Disable 261
UPC Reduced Quiet Zone 1289 F8h 05h 09h Disable 262
Code 128
Code 128 8 08h Enable 262
Set Length(s) for Code 128 209, 210 D1h, D2h Any Length 263
GS1-128 (formerly UCC/EAN-128) 14 0Eh Enable 265
ISBT 128 84 54h Enable 265
ISBT Concatenation 577 F1h 41h Disable for SR models 266
Enable for HC models
Check ISBT Table 578 F1h 42h Enable 267
ISBT Concatenation Redundancy 223 DFh 10 267
Code 128 Security Level 751 F1h EFh Security Level 1 269
Code 128 Reduced Quiet Zone 1208 F8h 04h B8h Disable 270
Code 128 <FNC4> 1254 F8h 04h E6h Ignore 270
Code 39
Code 39 0 00h Enable 271
Trioptic Code 39 13 0Dh Disable 271
Convert Code 39 to Code 32 86 56h Disable 272
(Italian Pharmacy Code)
Code 32 Prefix 231 E7h Disable 272
Set Length(s) for Code 39 18, 19 12h, 13h 1 to 55 273
Code 39 Check Digit Verification 48 30h Disable 274
Transmit Code 39 Check Digit 43 2Bh Disable 274
Code 39 Full ASCII Conversion 17 11h Disable 275
Code 39 Security Level 750 F1h EEh Security Level 1 276
Code 39 Reduced Quiet Zone 1209 F8h 04h B9h Disable 277
Code 93
Code 93 9 09h Enable 277
Set Length(s) for Code 93 26, 27 1Ah, 1Bh 1 to 55 278
Code 11
Code 11 10 0Ah Disable 279
Set Lengths for Code 11 28, 29 1Ch, 1Dh 4 to 55 279
Code 11 Check Digit Verification 52 34h Disable 281
Transmit Code 11 Check Digit(s) 47 2Fh Disable 282

239
 Symbologies

Table 16 Symbology Parameter Defaults (Continued)

Parameter Page
Parameter SSI Number Default
Number Number
Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF)
Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF) 6 06h Enable 283
Set Lengths for I 2 of 5 22, 23 16h, 17h 6 to 55 283
I 2 of 5 Check Digit Verification 49 31h Disable 285
Transmit I 2 of 5 Check Digit 44 2Ch Disable 285
Convert I 2 of 5 to EAN 13 82 52h Disable 286
Febraban 1750 F8h 06h D6h Disable 286
I 2 of 5 Security Level 1121 F8h 04h 61h Security Level 1 287
I 2 of 5 Reduced Quiet Zone 1210 F8h 04h BAh Disable 288
Discrete 2 of 5 (DTF)
Discrete 2 of 5 5 05h Disable 289
Set Length(s) for D 2 of 5 20, 21 14h 15h 1 to 55 289
Codabar (NW - 7)
Codabar 7 07h Enable 291
Set Lengths for Codabar 24, 25 18h, 19h 4 to 55 291
CLSI Editing 54 36h Disable 293
NOTIS Editing 55 37h Disable 293
Codabar Security Level 1776 F8h 06h F0h Security Level 1 294
Codabar Upper or Lower Case Start/ 855 F2h 57h Upper Case 295
Stop Characters Detection
Codabar Mod 16 Check Digit Verification 1784 F8h 06h F8h Disable 295
Transmit Codabar Check Digit 704 F1h C0h Disable 296
MSI
MSI 11 0Bh Disable 296
Set Length(s) for MSI 30, 31 1Eh, 1Fh 4 to 55 297
MSI Check Digits 50 32h One 298
Transmit MSI Check Digit 46 2Eh Disable 299
MSI Check Digit Algorithm 51 33h Mod 10/Mod 10 299
MSI Reduced Quiet Zone 1392 F8h 05h 70h Disable 300
Chinese 2 of 5
Chinese 2 of 5 408 F0h 98h Disable 300
Matrix 2 of 5
Matrix 2 of 5 618 F1h 6Ah Disable 301
Matrix 2 of 5 Lengths 619 F1h 6Bh 4 to 55 301
620 F1h 6Ch
Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit 622 F1h 6Eh Disable 302
Transmit Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit 623 F1h 6Fh Disable 303

240
 Symbologies

Table 16 Symbology Parameter Defaults (Continued)

Parameter Page
Parameter SSI Number Default
Number Number
Korean 3 of 5
Korean 3 of 5 581 F1h 45h Disable 303
Inverse 1D 586 F1h 4Ah Regular 304
GS1 DataBar
GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional (formerly GS1 338 F0h 52h Enable 305
DataBar-14), GS1 DataBar Truncated, GS1
DataBar Stacked, GS1 DataBar Stacked
Omnidirectional
GS1 DataBar Limited 339 F0h 53h Enable 305
GS1 DataBar Expanded, GS1 DataBar 340 F0h 54h Enable 306
Expanded Stacked
Convert GS1 DataBar to UPC/EAN 397 F0h 8Dh Disable 306
GS1 DataBar Limited Margin Check 728 F1h D8h Level 3 307
GS1 DataBar Security Level 1706 F8h 06h AAh Level 1 308
Composite
Composite CC-C 341 F0h 55h Disable 309
Composite CC-A/B 342 F0h 56h Disable 309
Composite TLC-39 371 F0h 73h Disable 310
Composite Inverse 1113 F8h 04h 59h Regular 310
UPC Composite Mode 344 F0h 58h UPC Never Linked 311
Composite Beep Mode 398 F0h 8Eh Beep As Each Code 312
Type is Decoded
GS1-128 Emulation Mode for UCC/EAN 427 F0h ABh Disable 312
Composite Codes
2D Symbologies
PDF417 15 0Fh Enable 313
MicroPDF417 227 E3h Disable 313
Code 128 Emulation 123 7Bh Disable 314
Data Matrix 292 F0h 24h Enable 315
GS1 Data Matrix 1336 F8h 05h 38h Disable 315
Data Matrix Inverse 588 F1h 4Ch Inverse Autodetect 316
Decode Mirror Images (Data Matrix Only) 537 F1h 19h Auto 317
Maxicode 294 F0h 26h Disable 318
QR Code 293 F0h 25h Enable 318
Weblink QR 1947 F7 07 9B Enable 319
GS1 QR 1343 F8h 05h 3Fh Enable 319
MicroQR 573 F1h 3Dh Enable 320
Aztec 574 F1h 3Eh Enable 320

241
 Symbologies

Table 16 Symbology Parameter Defaults (Continued)

Parameter Page
Parameter SSI Number Default
Number Number
Aztec Inverse 589 F1h 4Dh Inverse Autodetect 321
Han Xin 1167 F8h 04h 8Fh Disable 322
Han Xin Inverse 1168 F8h 04h 90h Regular 322
Grid Matrix 1718 F8h 06h B6h Disable 323
Grid Matrix Inverse 1719 F8h 06h B7h Regular Only 323
Grid Matrix Mirror 1736 F8h 06h C8h Regular Only 324
DotCode 1906 F8 07 72h Disable 325
DotCode Inverse 1907 F8 07 73h Inverse Autodetect 325
DotCode Mirrored 1908 F8 07 74h Autodetect 326
DotCode Prioritize 1937 F8 07 91h Disable 326
Postal Codes
US Postnet 89 59h Disable 327
US Planet 90 5Ah Disable 327
Transmit US Postal Check Digit 95 5Fh Enable 328
UK Postal 91 5Bh Disable 328
Transmit UK Postal Check Digit 96 60h Enable 329
Japan Postal 290 F0h 22h Disable 329
Australia Post 291 F0h 23h Disable 330
Australia Post Format 718 F1h CEh Autodiscriminate 331
Netherlands KIX Code 326 F0h 46h Disable 332
USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail 592 F1h 50h Disable 332
UPU FICS Postal 611 F1h 63h Disable 333
Mailmark 1337 F8h 05h 39h Disable 333
Symbology-Specific Security Levels
Redundancy Level 78 4Eh 1 334
Security Level 77 4Dh 1 336
1D Quiet Zone Level 1288 F8h 05h 08h 1 337
Intercharacter Gap Size 381 F0h 7Dh Normal 338
Report Version 338
Macro PDF
Flush Macro PDF Buffer N/A N/A N/A 339
Abort Macro PDF Entry N/A N/A N/A 339

242
 Symbologies

Enable/Disable All Code Types

To disable all symbologies, scan Disable All Code Types below. This is useful when enabling only a few
code types.
Scan Enable All Code Types turn on (enable) all code types. This is useful when you want to read all
codes, or when you want to disable only a few code types.

Disable All Code Types

Enable All Code Types

UPC/EAN
Enable/Disable UPC-A

Parameter # 1 (SSI # 01h)

To enable or disable UPC-A, scan the appropriate barcode below.

* Enable UPC-A
(1)

Disable UPC-A
(0)

243
 Symbologies

Enable/Disable UPC-E

Parameter # 2 (SSI # 02h)

To enable or disable UPC-E, scan the appropriate barcode below.

* Enable UPC-E
(1)

Disable UPC-E
(0)

Enable/Disable UPC-E1

Parameter # 12 (SSI # 0Ch)

UPC-E1 is disabled by default.
To enable or disable UPC-E1, scan the appropriate barcode below.

NOTE: UPC-E1 is not a UCC (Uniform Code Council) approved symbology.

Enable UPC-E1
(1)

* Disable UPC-E1
(0)

244
 Symbologies

Enable/Disable EAN-8/JAN-8

Parameter # 4 (SSI # 04h)

To enable or disable EAN-8/JAN-8, scan the appropriate barcode below.

* Enable EAN-8/JAN-8
(1)

Disable EAN-8/JAN-8
(0)

Enable/Disable EAN-13/JAN-13

Parameter # 3 (SSI # 03h)

To enable or disable EAN-13/JAN-13, scan the appropriate barcode below.

* Enable EAN-13/JAN-13
(1)

Disable EAN-13/JAN-13
(0)

245
 Symbologies

Enable/Disable Bookland EAN

Parameter # 83 (SSI # 53h)

To enable or disable Bookland EAN, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Enable Bookland EAN

(1)

* Disable Bookland EAN

(0)

NOTE: If you enable Bookland EAN, select a Bookland ISBN Format on page 259. Also select either
Decode UPC/EAN Supplementals, Autodiscriminate UPC/EAN Supplementals, or Enable 978/979
Supplemental Mode in Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals on page 246.

Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals

Parameter # 16 (SSI # 10h)

Supplementals are barcodes appended according to specific format conventions (e.g., UPC A+2, UPC
E+2, EAN 13+2). The following options are available:
• If you select Ignore UPC/EAN with Supplementals, and the digital scanner is presented with a
UPC/EAN plus supplemental symbol, the digital scanner decodes UPC/EAN and ignores the
supplemental characters.
• If you select Decode UPC/EAN with Supplementals, the digital scanner only decodes UPC/EAN
symbols with supplemental characters, and ignores symbols without supplementals.
• If you select Autodiscriminate UPC/EAN Supplementals, the digital scanner decodes UPC/EAN
symbols with supplemental characters immediately. If the symbol does not have a supplemental, the
digital scanner must decode the barcode the number of times set via UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental
Redundancy on page 250 before transmitting its data to confirm that there is no supplemental.
• If you select one of the following Supplemental Mode options, the digital scanner immediately
transmits EAN-13 barcodes starting with that prefix that have supplemental characters. If the symbol
does not have a supplemental, the digital scanner must decode the barcode the number of times set via
UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy on page 250 before transmitting its data to confirm that
there is no supplemental. The digital scanner transmits UPC/EAN barcodes that do not have that prefix
immediately.
• Enable 378/379 Supplemental Mode
• Enable 978/979 Supplemental Mode

246
 Symbologies

NOTE: If you select 978/979 Supplemental Mode and are scanning Bookland EAN barcodes, see
Enable/Disable Bookland EAN on page 246 to enable Bookland EAN, and select a format using Bookland
ISBN Format on page 259.

• Enable 977 Supplemental Mode

• Enable 414/419/434/439 Supplemental Mode
• Enable 491 Supplemental Mode
• Enable Smart Supplemental Mode - applies to EAN-13 barcodes starting with any prefix listed
previously.
• Supplemental User-Programmable Type 1 - applies to EAN-13 barcodes starting with a 3-digit
user-defined prefix. Set this 3-digit prefix using User-Programmable Supplementals on page 250.
• Supplemental User-Programmable Type 1 and 2 - applies to EAN-13 barcodes starting with
either of two 3-digit user-defined prefixes. Set the 3-digit prefixes using User-Programmable
Supplementals on page 250.
• Smart Supplemental Plus User-Programmable 1 - applies to EAN-13 barcodes starting with any
prefix listed previously or the user-defined prefix set using User-Programmable Supplementals on
page 250.
• Smart Supplemental Plus User-Programmable 1 and 2 - applies to EAN-13 barcodes starting
with any prefix listed previously or one of the two user-defined prefixes set using
User-Programmable Supplementals on page 250.

NOTE: To minimize the risk of invalid data transmission, select either to decode or ignore supplemental
characters.

247
 Symbologies

Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals (continued)

Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Only With Supplementals

(1)

* Ignore Supplementals
(0)

Autodiscriminate UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals

(2)

Enable 378/379 Supplemental Mode

(4)

Enable 978/979 Supplemental Mode

(5)

Enable 977 Supplemental Mode

(7)

248
 Symbologies

Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals (continued)

Enable 414/419/434/439 Supplemental Mode

(6)

Enable 491 Supplemental Mode

(8)

Enable Smart Supplemental Mode

(3)

Supplemental User-Programmable Type 1

(9)

Supplemental User-Programmable Type 1 and 2

(10)

Smart Supplemental Plus User-Programmable 1

(11)

Smart Supplemental Plus User-Programmable 1 and 2

(12)

249
 Symbologies

User-Programmable Supplementals

Supplemental 1: Parameter # 579 (SSI # F1h 43h)

Supplemental 2: Parameter # 580 (SSI # F1h 44h)

If you selected a Supplemental User-Programmable option from Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals on
page 246, select User-Programmable Supplemental 1 to set the 3-digit prefix. Then select the 3 digits
using the numeric barcodes beginning on 450. Select User-Programmable Supplemental 2 to set a
second 3-digit prefix. Then select the 3 digits using the numeric barcodes beginning on 450. The default
is 000 (zeros).

User-Programmable Supplemental 1

User-Programmable Supplemental 2

UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy

Parameter # 80 (SSI # 50h)

If you selected Autodiscriminate UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals, this option adjusts the number of times
to decode a symbol without supplementals before transmission. The range is from two to thirty times. Five
or above is recommended when decoding a mix of UPC/EAN/JAN symbols with and without
supplementals. The default is 10.
Scan the barcode below to set a decode redundancy value. Next, scan two numeric barcodes in Numeric
Barcodes. Enter a leading zero for single digit numbers. To correct an error or change a selection, scan
Cancel on page 450.

UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy

250
 Symbologies

UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental AIM ID Format

Parameter # 672 (SSI # F1h A0h)

Select an output format when reporting UPC/EAN/JAN barcodes with Supplementals with Transmit Code
ID Character on page 122 set to AIM Code ID Character:
• Separate - transmit UPC/EAN with supplementals with separate AIM IDs but one transmission, i.e.:
]E<0 or 4><data>]E<1 or 2>[supplemental data]
• Combined – transmit UPC/EAN with supplementals with one AIM ID and one transmission, i.e.:
]E3<data+supplemental data>
• Separate Transmissions - transmit UPC/EAN with supplementals with separate AIM IDs and separate
transmissions, i.e.:
]E<0 or 4><data>
]E<1 or 2>[supplemental data]

Separate
(0)

* Combined
(1)

Separate Transmissions
(2)

251
 Symbologies

Transmit UPC-A Check Digit

Parameter # 40 (SSI # 28h)

The check digit is the last character of the symbol used to verify the integrity of the data. Scan the
appropriate barcode below to transmit the barcode data with or without the UPC-A check digit. It is always
verified to guarantee the integrity of the data.

* Transmit UPC-A Check Digit

(1)

Do Not Transmit UPC-A Check Digit

(0)

Transmit UPC-E Check Digit

Parameter # 41 (SSI # 29h)

The check digit is the last character of the symbol used to verify the integrity of the data. Scan the
appropriate barcode below to transmit the barcode data with or without the UPC-E check digit. It is always
verified to guarantee the integrity of the data.

* Transmit UPC-E Check Digit

(1)

Do Not Transmit UPC-E Check Digit

(0)

252
 Symbologies

Transmit UPC-E1 Check Digit

Parameter # 42 (SSI # 2Ah)

The check digit is the last character of the symbol used to verify the integrity of the data. Scan the
appropriate barcode below to transmit the barcode data with or without the UPC-E1 check digit. It is always
verified to guarantee the integrity of the data.

* Transmit UPC-E1 Check Digit

(1)

Do Not Transmit UPC-E1 Check Digit

(0)

Transmit EAN-8 Check Digit

Parameter # 1881 (SSI # F8 07 59)

The check digit is the last character of the symbol used to verify the integrity of the data. Scan the
appropriate barcode below to transmit the barcode data with or without the EAN-8 Check Digit. It is always
verified to guarantee the integrity of the data.

* Transmit EAN-8 Check Digit

(1)

Do Not Transmit EAN-8 Check Digit

(0)

253
 Symbologies

Transmit EAN-13 Check Digit

Parameter # 1882 (SSI # F8 07 5A)

The check digit is the last character of the symbol used to verify the integrity of the data. Scan the
appropriate barcode below to transmit the barcode data with or without the EAN-13 Check Digit. It is
always verified to guarantee the integrity of the data.

* Transmit EAN-13 Check Digit

(1)

Do Not Transmit EAN-13 Check Digit

(0)

Transmit Code 39 Start/Stop Characters

Parameter # 1900 (SSI # F8 07 6C)

The Code 39 Start/Stop Characters are not normally transmitted along with the barcode data. Scan
Transmit Code 39 Start/Stop Characters to have them transmitted with the barcode data.

Transmit Code 39 Start/Stop Characters

(1)

* Do Not Transmit 39 Start/Stop Characters

(0)

254
 Symbologies

UPC-A Preamble

Parameter # 34 (SSI # 22h)

Preamble characters are part of the UPC symbol, and include Country Code and System Character. There
are three options for transmitting a UPC-A preamble to the host device: transmit System Character only,
transmit System Character and Country Code (“0” for USA), and transmit no preamble. Select the
appropriate option to match the host system.

No Preamble (<DATA>)
(0)

* System Character (<SYSTEM CHARACTER>

<DATA>)
(1)

System Character & Country Code

(< COUNTRY CODE> <SYSTEM CHARACTER>
<DATA>)
(2)

255
 Symbologies

UPC-E Preamble

Parameter # 35 (SSI # 23h)

Preamble characters are part of the UPC symbol, and include Country Code and System Character. There
are three options for transmitting a UPC-E preamble to the host device: transmit System Character only,
transmit System Character and Country Code (“0” for USA), and transmit no preamble. Select the
appropriate option to match the host system.

No Preamble (<DATA>)
(0)

* System Character (<SYSTEM CHARACTER>

<DATA>)
(1)

System Character & Country Code

(< COUNTRY CODE> <SYSTEM CHARACTER>
<DATA>)
(2)

256
 Symbologies

UPC-E1 Preamble

Parameter # 36 (SSI # 24h)

Preamble characters are part of the UPC symbol, and include Country Code and System Character. There
are three options for transmitting a UPC-E1 preamble to the host device: transmit System Character only,
transmit System Character and Country Code (“0” for USA), and transmit no preamble. Select the
appropriate option to match the host system.

No Preamble (<DATA>)
(0)

* System Character (<SYSTEM CHARACTER> <DATA>)

(1)

System Character & Country Code

(< COUNTRY CODE> <SYSTEM CHARACTER> <DATA>)
(2)

257
 Symbologies

Convert UPC-E to UPC-A

Parameter # 37 (SSI # 25h)

Enable this to convert UPC-E (zero suppressed) decoded data to UPC-A format before transmission. After
conversion, the data follows UPC-A format and is affected by UPC-A programming selections (e.g.,
Preamble, Check Digit).
Disable this to transmit UPC-E decoded data as UPC-E data, without conversion.

Convert UPC-E to UPC-A (Enable)

(1)

* Do Not Convert UPC-E to UPC-A (Disable)

(0)

Convert UPC-E1 to UPC-A

Parameter # 38 (SSI # 26h)

Enable this to convert UPC-E1 decoded data to UPC-A format before transmission. After conversion, the
data follows UPC-A format and is affected by UPC-A programming selections (e.g., Preamble, Check
Digit).
Disable this to transmit UPC-E1 decoded data as UPC-E1 data, without conversion.

Convert UPC-E1 to UPC-A (Enable)

(1)

* Do Not Convert UPC-E1 to UPC-A (Disable)

(0)

258
 Symbologies

EAN-8/JAN-8 Extend

Parameter # 39 (SSI # 27h)

Enable this parameter to add five leading zeros to decoded EAN-8 symbols to make them compatible in
format to EAN-13 symbols. Disable this to transmit EAN-8 symbols as is.

Enable EAN/JAN Zero Extend

(1)

* Disable EAN/JAN Zero Extend

(0)

Bookland ISBN Format

Parameter # 576 (SSI # F1h 40h)

If you enabled Bookland EAN using Enable/Disable Bookland EAN on page 246, select one of the
following formats for Bookland data:
• Bookland ISBN-10 - The digital scanner reports Bookland data starting with 978 in traditional 10-digit
format with the special Bookland check digit for backward-compatibility. Data starting with 979 is not
considered Bookland in this mode.
• Bookland ISBN-13 - The digital scanner reports Bookland data (starting with either 978 or 979) as
EAN-13 in 13-digit format to meet the 2007 ISBN-13 protocol.

* Bookland ISBN-10
(0)

Bookland ISBN-13
(1)

NOTE: For Bookland EAN to function properly, first enable Bookland EAN using Enable/Disable Bookland
EAN on page 246, then select either Decode UPC/EAN Supplementals, Autodiscriminate UPC/EAN
Supplementals, or Enable 978/979 Supplemental Mode in Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals on
page 246.

259
 Symbologies

UCC Coupon Extended Code

Parameter # 85 (SSI # 55h)

Enable this parameter to decode UPC-A barcodes starting with digit ‘5’, EAN-13 barcodes starting with
digit ‘99’, and UPC-A/GS1-128 Coupon Codes. UPCA, EAN-13, and GS1-128 must be enabled to scan
all types of Coupon Codes.

Enable UCC Coupon Extended Code

(1)

* Disable UCC Coupon Extended Code

(0)

NOTE: See UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy on page 250 to control autodiscrimination of the
GS1-128 (right half) of a coupon code.

260
 Symbologies

Coupon Report

Parameter # 730 (SSI # F1h DAh)

Select an option to determine which type of coupon format to support.
• Select Old Coupon Format to support UPC-A/GS1-128 and EAN-13/GS1-128.
• Select New Coupon Format as an interim format to support UPC-A/GS1-DataBar and
EAN-13/GS1-DataBar.
• If you select Autodiscriminate Format, the digital scanner supports both Old Coupon Format and
New Coupon Format.

Old Coupon Format

(0)

* New Coupon Format

(1)

Autodiscriminate Coupon Format

(2)

ISSN EAN

Parameter # 617 (SSI # F1h 69h)

To enable or disable ISSN EAN, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Enable ISSN EAN

(1)

* Disable ISSN EAN

(0)

261
 Symbologies

UPC Reduced Quiet Zone

Parameter # 1289 (SSI # F8h 05h 09h)

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable decoding UPC barcodes with reduced quiet
zones. If you select Enable, select a 1D Quiet Zone Level on page 337.

Enable UPC Reduced Quiet Zone

(1)

* Disable UPC Reduced Quiet Zone

(0)

Code 128
Enable/Disable Code 128

Parameter # 8 (SSI # 08h)

To enable or disable Code 128, scan the appropriate barcode below.

* Enable Code 128

(1)

Disable Code 128

(0)

262
 Symbologies

Set Lengths for Code 128

Parameter # L1 = 209 (SSI # D1h), L2 = 210 (SSI # D2h)

The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check
digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for Code 128 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths
within a specific range. The default is Any Length.

NOTE: When setting lengths for different barcode types, enter a leading zero for single digit numbers.

• One Discrete Length - Select this option to decode only Code 128 symbols containing a selected
length. Select the length using the numeric barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode
only Code 128 symbols with 14 characters, scan Code 128 - One Discrete Length, then scan 1
followed by 4. To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel on page 450.
• Two Discrete Lengths - Select this option to decode only Code 128 symbols containing either of
two selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example,
to decode only Code 128 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select Code 128 - Two
Discrete Lengths, then scan 0, 2, 1, and then 4. To correct an error or change the selection,
scan Cancel on page 450.
• Length Within Range - Select this option to decode a Code 128 symbol with a specific length
range. Select lengths using numeric barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode Code
128 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan Code 128 - Length Within Range.
Then scan 0, 4, 1, and 2 (enter a leading zero for single digit numbers). To correct an error or change
the selection, scan Cancel on page 450.
• Any Length (default)- Select this option to decode Code 128 symbols containing any number of
characters within the digital scanner capability.

263
 Symbologies

Set Lengths for Code 128 (continued)

Code 128 - One Discrete Length

Code 128 - Two Discrete Lengths

Code 128 - Length Within Range

* Code 128 - Any Length

264
 Symbologies

Enable/Disable GS1-128 (formerly UCC/EAN-128)

Parameter # 14 (SSI # 0Eh)

To enable or disable GS1-128, scan the appropriate barcode below.

* Enable GS1-128
(1)

Disable GS1-128
(0)

Enable/Disable ISBT 128

Parameter # 84 (SSI # 54h)

ISBT 128 is a variant of Code 128 used in the blood bank industry. Scan a barcode below to enable or
disable ISBT 128. If necessary, the host must perform concatenation of the ISBT data.

* Enable ISBT 128

(1)

Disable ISBT 128

(0)

265
 Symbologies

ISBT Concatenation

Parameter # 577 (SSI # F1h 41h)

NOTE: Disable ISBT Concatenation when using UDI with ICCBBA for blood bag labels (see Scan a Blood
Bag Label using Blood Bag Parse+ on page 344).

Select an option for concatenating pairs of ISBT code types:

• If you select Disable ISBT Concatenation, the digital scanner does not concatenate pairs of
ISBT codes it encounters.
• If you select Enable ISBT Concatenation, there must be two ISBT codes in order for the digital
scanner to decode and perform concatenation. The digital scanner does not decode single ISBT
symbols.
• If you select Autodiscriminate ISBT Concatenation, the digital scanner decodes and concatenates
pairs of ISBT codes immediately. If only a single ISBT symbol is present, the digital scanner must
decode the symbol the number of times set via ISBT Concatenation Redundancy on page 267 before
transmitting its data to confirm that there is no additional ISBT symbol.

NOTE: The default for SR configurations of the scanner is Disable ISBT Concatenation.

The default for Healthcare configurations of the scanner is Enable ISBT Concatenation.

When enabling ISBT Concatenation or Autodiscriminate ISBT Concatenation set Code 128
Security Level to Level 2.

For Autodiscriminate ISBT Concatenation to operate as expected, both ISBT barcodes must be in
the field of view at the same time. This may be difficult to achieve in presentation mode.

* Disable ISBT Concatenation

(0)
(default for SR models)

266
 Symbologies

* Enable ISBT Concatenation

(1)
(default for HC models)

Autodiscriminate ISBT Concatenation

(2)

Check ISBT Table

Parameter # 578 (SSI # F1h 42h)

The ISBT specification includes a table that lists several types of ISBT barcodes that are commonly used
in pairs. If you set ISBT Concatenation to Enable, enable Check ISBT Table to concatenate only those
pairs found in this table. Other types of ISBT codes are not concatenated.

* Enable Check ISBT Table

(1)

Disable Check ISBT Table

(0)

ISBT Concatenation Redundancy

Parameter # 223 (SSI # DFh)

If you set ISBT Concatenation to Autodiscriminate, use this parameter to set the number of times the
digital scanner must decode an ISBT symbol before determining that there is no additional symbol.
Scan the barcode below, then scan two numeric barcodes in Numeric Barcodes to set a value between 2
and 20. Enter a leading zero for single digit numbers. To correct an error or change a selection, scan
Cancel on page 450. The default is 10.

267
 Symbologies

ISBT Concatenation Redundancy

268
 Symbologies

Code 128 Security Level

Parameter # 751 (SSI # F1h EFh)

Code 128 barcodes are vulnerable to misdecodes, particularly when Code 128 Lengths is set to Any
Length. The digital scanner offers four levels of decode security for Code 128 barcodes. There is an
inverse relationship between security and digital scanner aggressiveness. Increasing the level of security
can reduce scanning aggressiveness, so select only the level of security necessary.
• Code 128 Security Level 0: This setting allows the digital scanner to operate in its most aggressive
state, while providing sufficient security in decoding most in-spec barcodes.
• Code 128 Security Level 1: A barcode must be successfully read twice, and satisfy certain safety
requirements before being decoded. This default setting eliminates most misdecodes.
• Code 128 Security Level 2: Select this option with greater barcode security requirements if Security
Level 1 fails to eliminate misdecodes.
• Code 128 Security Level 3: If you selected Security Level 2, and misdecodes still occur, select this
security level to apply the highest safety requirements. A barcode must be successfully read three
times before being decoded.

NOTE: Selecting this option is an extreme measure against mis-decoding severely out-of-spec barcodes.
Selecting this level of security significantly impairs the decoding ability of the digital scanner. If this level of
security is required, try to improve the quality of the barcodes.

Code 128Security Level 0

(0)

* Code 128 Security Level 1

(1)

Code 128 Security Level 2

(2)

Code 128 Security Level 3

(3)

269
 Symbologies

Code 128 Reduced Quiet Zone

Parameter # 1208 (SSI # F8h 04h B8h)

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable decoding Code 128 barcodes with reduced quiet
zones. If you select Enable, select a 1D Quiet Zone Level on page 337.

Enable Code 128 Reduced Quiet Zone

(1)

* Disable Code 128 Reduced Quiet Zone

(0)

Code 128 <FNC4>

Parameter # 1254 (SSI # F8h 04h E6h)

This feature applies to Code 128 barcodes with an embedded <FNC4> character. Enable this to strip the
<FNC4> character from the decode data. The remaining characters are sent to the host unchanged. When
disabled, the <FNC4> character is processed normally as per Code 128 standard.

Honor Code 128 <FNC4>

(1)

* Ignore Code 128 <FNC4>

(0)

270
 Symbologies

Code 39
Enable/Disable Code 39

Parameter # 0 (SSI # 00h)

To enable or disable Code 39, scan the appropriate barcode below.

* Enable Code 39
(1)

Disable Code 39
(0)

Enable/Disable Trioptic Code 39

Parameter # 13 (SSI # 0Dh)

Trioptic Code 39 is a variant of Code 39 used in the marking of computer tape cartridges. Trioptic Code 39
symbols always contain six characters. To enable or disable Trioptic Code 39, scan the appropriate
barcode below.

Enable Trioptic Code 39

(1)

* Disable Trioptic Code 39

(0)

NOTE: You cannot enable Trioptic Code 39 and Code 39 Full ASCII simultaneously.

271
 Symbologies

Convert Code 39 to Code 32

Parameter # 86 (SSI # 56h)

Code 32 is a variant of Code 39 used by the Italian pharmaceutical industry. Scan the appropriate barcode
below to enable or disable converting Code 39 to Code 32.

NOTE: Code 39 must be enabled for this parameter to function.

Enable Convert Code 39 to Code 32

(1)

* Disable Convert Code 39 to Code 32

(0)

Code 32 Prefix

Parameter # 231 (SSI # E7h)

Scan the appropriate barcode below to enable or disable adding the prefix character “A” to all Code 32
barcodes.

NOTE: Convert Code 39 to Code 32 must be enabled for this parameter to function.

Enable Code 32 Prefix

(1)

* Disable Code 32 Prefix

(0)

272
 Symbologies

Set Lengths for Code 39

Parameter # L1 = 18 (SSI # 12h), L2 = 19 (SSI # 13h)

The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check
digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for Code 39 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths
within a specific range. If Code 39 Full ASCII is enabled, Length Within a Range or Any Length are the
preferred options. The default is 1 to 55.

NOTE: When setting lengths for different barcode types, enter a leading zero for single digit numbers.

• One Discrete Length - Select this option to decode only Code 39 symbols containing a selected
length. Select the length using the numeric barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode
only Code 39 symbols with 14 characters, scan Code 39 - One Discrete Length, then scan 1 followed
by 4. To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel on page 450.
• Two Discrete Lengths - Select this option to decode only Code 39 symbols containing either of
two selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example,
to decode only Code 39 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select Code 39 - Two Discrete
Lengths, then scan 0, 2, 1, and then 4. To correct an error or change the selection, scan Cancel
on page 450.
• Length Within Range - Select this option to decode a Code 39 symbol with a specific length
range. Select lengths using numeric barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode Code
39 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan Code 39 - Length Within Range.
Then scan 0, 4, 1, and 2 (enter a leading zero for single digit numbers). To correct an error or change
the selection, scan Cancel on page 450.
• Any Length - Select this option to decode Code 39 symbols containing any number of characters
within the digital scanner capability.

Code 39 - One Discrete Length

Code 39 - Two Discrete Lengths

* Code 39 - Length Within Range

Code 39 - Any Length

273
 Symbologies

Code 39 Check Digit Verification

Parameter # 48 (SSI # 30h)

Enable this feature to check the integrity of all Code 39 symbols to verify that the data complies with
specified check digit algorithm. Only Code 39 symbols which include a modulo 43 check digit are decoded.
Enable this feature if the Code 39 symbols contain a Modulo 43 check digit.

Enable Code 39 Check Digit

(1)

* Disable Code 39 Check Digit

(0)

Transmit Code 39 Check Digit

Parameter # 43 (SSI # 2Bh)

Scan a barcode below to transmit Code 39 data with or without the check digit.

Transmit Code 39 Check Digit (Enable)

(1)

* Do Not Transmit Code 39 Check Digit (Disable)

(0)

NOTE: Code 39 Check Digit Verification must be enabled for this parameter to function.

274
 Symbologies

Code 39 Full ASCII Conversion

Parameter # 17 (SSI # 11h)

Code 39 Full ASCII is a variant of Code 39 which pairs characters to encode the full ASCII character set.
To enable or disable Code 39 Full ASCII, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Enable Code 39 Full ASCII

(1)

* Disable Code 39 Full ASCII

(0)

NOTE: You cannot enable Trioptic Code 39 and Code 39 Full ASCII simultaneously.

Code 39 Full ASCII to Full ASCII Correlation is host-dependent, and is therefore described in the
ASCII Character Set Table for the appropriate interface. See the ASCII Character Sets for USB on
page 219.

275
 Symbologies

Code 39 Security Level

Parameter # 750 (SSI # F1h EEh)

The digital scanner offers four levels of decode security for Code 39 barcodes. There is an inverse
relationship between security and digital scanner aggressiveness. Increasing the level of security can
reduce scanning aggressiveness, so select only the level of security necessary.
• Code 39 Security Level 0: This setting allows the digital scanner to operate in its most aggressive
state, while providing sufficient security in decoding most in-spec barcodes.
• Code 39 Security Level 1: This default setting eliminates most misdecodes.
• Code 39 Security Level 2: Select this option with greater barcode security requirements if Security
Level 1 fails to eliminate misdecodes.
• Code 39 Level 3: If you selected Security Level 2, and misdecodes still occur, select this security level
to apply the highest safety requirements.

NOTE: Selecting this option is an extreme measure against mis-decoding severely out-of-spec barcodes.
Selecting this level of security significantly impairs the decoding ability of the digital scanner. If this level of
security is required, try to improve the quality of the barcodes.

Code 39 Security Level 0

(0)

* Code 39 Security Level 1

(1)

Code 39 Security Level 2

(2)

Code 39 Security Level 3

(3)

276
 Symbologies

Code 39 Reduced Quiet Zone

Parameter # 1209 (SSI # F8h 04h B9h)

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable decoding Code 39 barcodes with reduced quiet
zones. If you select Enable, select a 1D Quiet Zone Level on page 337.

Enable Code 39 Reduced Quiet Zone

(1)

* Disable Code 39 Reduced Quiet Zone

(0)

Code 93
Enable/Disable Code 93

Parameter # 9 (SSI # 09h)

To enable or disable Code 93, scan the appropriate barcode below.

* Enable Code 93
(1)

Disable Code 93
(0)

277
 Symbologies

Set Lengths for Code 93

Parameter # L1 = 26 (SSI # 1Ah), L2 = 27 (SSI # 1Bh)

The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check
digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for Code 93 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths
within a specific range. The default is 1 to 55.
• One Discrete Length - Select this option to decode only Code 93 symbols containing a selected
length. Select the length using the numeric barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode
only Code 93 symbols with 14 characters, scan Code 93 - One Discrete Length, then scan 1 followed
by 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan Cancel on page 450.
• Two Discrete Lengths - Select this option to decode only Code 93 symbols containing either of
two selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example,
to decode only Code 93 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select Code 93 - Two Discrete
Lengths, then scan 0, 2, 1, and then 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan
Cancel on page 450.
• Length Within Range - Select this option to decode a Code 93 symbol with a specific length
range. Select lengths using the numeric barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode
Code 93 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan Code 93 - Length Within
Range. Then scan 0, 4, 1, and 2 (enter a leading zero for single digit numbers). To correct an error or
change the selection, scan Cancel on page 450.
• Any Length - Scan this option to decode Code 93 symbols containing any number of characters within
the digital scanner capability.

Code 93 - One Discrete Length

Code 93 - Two Discrete Lengths

* Code 93 - Length Within Range

Code 93 - Any Length

278
 Symbologies

Code 11
Code 11

Parameter # 10 (SSI # 0Ah)

To enable or disable Code 11, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Enable Code 11
(1)

* Disable Code 11
(0)

Set Lengths for Code 11

Parameter # L1 = 28 (SSI # 1Ch), L2 = 29 (SSI # 1Dh)

The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check
digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for Code 11 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths
within a specific range. The default is 4 to 55.
• One Discrete Length - Select this option to decode only Code 11 symbols containing a selected
length. Select the length using the numeric barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode
only Code 11 symbols with 14 characters, scan Code 11 - One Discrete Length, then scan 1 followed
by 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan Cancel on page 450.
• Two Discrete Lengths - Select this option to decode only Code 11 symbols containing either of
two selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example,
to decode only Code 11 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select Code 11 - Two Discrete
Lengths, then scan 0, 2, 1, and then 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan
Cancel on page 450.
• Length Within Range - Select this option to decode a Code 11 symbol with a specific length
range. Select lengths using numeric barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode Code
11 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan Code 11 - Length Within Range.
Then scan 0, 4, 1, and 2 (enter a leading zero for single digit numbers). To correct an error or change
the selection, scan Cancel on page 450.
• Any Length - Scan this option to decode Code 11 symbols containing any number of characters within
the digital scanner capability.

279
 Symbologies

Set Lengths for Code 11 (continued)

Code 11 - One Discrete Length

Code 11 - Two Discrete Lengths

* Code 11 - Length Within Range

Code 11 - Any Length

280
 Symbologies

Code 11 Check Digit Verification

Parameter # 52 (SSI # 34h)

This feature allows the digital scanner to check the integrity of all Code 11 symbols to verify that the data
complies with the specified check digit algorithm. This selects the check digit mechanism for the decoded
Code 11 barcode. The options are to check for one check digit, check for two check digits, or disable the
feature.
To enable this feature, scan the barcode below corresponding to the number of check digits encoded in
the Code 11 symbols.

* Disable
(0)

One Check Digit

(1)

Two Check Digits

(2)

281
 Symbologies

Transmit Code 11 Check Digits

Parameter # 47 (SSI # 2Fh)

This feature selects whether or not to transmit the Code 11 check digit(s).

Transmit Code 11 Check Digit(s) (Enable)

(1)

* Do Not Transmit Code 11 Check Digit(s) (Disable)

(0)

NOTE: Code 11 Check Digit Verification must be enabled for this parameter to function.

282
 Symbologies

Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF)
Enable/Disable Interleaved 2 of 5

Parameter # 6 (SSI # 06h)

To enable or disable Interleaved 2 of 5, scan the appropriate barcode below, and select an Interleaved 2 of
5 length from the following pages.

* Enable Interleaved 2 of 5
(1)

Disable Interleaved 2 of 5
(0)

Set Lengths for Interleaved 2 of 5

Parameter # L1 = 22 (SSI # 16h), L2 = 23 (SSI # 17h)

The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check
digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for I 2 of 5 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths
within a specific range. The range for Interleaved 2 of 5 lengths is 0 - 80. The default is 6 to 55.
• One Discrete Length - Select this option to decode only I 2 of 5 symbols containing a selected length.
Select the length using the numeric barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode only I 2 of
5 symbols with 14 characters, scan I 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length, then scan 1 followed by 4. To
correct an error or to change the selection, scan Cancel on page 450.
• Two Discrete Lengths - Select this option to decode only I 2 of 5 symbols containing either of two
selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to
decode only I 2 of 5 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select I 2 of 5 - Two Discrete
Lengths, then scan 0, 2, 1, and then 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan
Cancel on page 450.
• Length Within Range - Select this option to decode an I 2 of 5 symbol with a specific length
range. Select lengths using numeric barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode I 2 of
5 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan I 2 of 5 - Length Within Range. Then
scan 0, 4, 1, and 2 (enter a leading zero for single digit numbers). To correct an error or change the
selection, scan Cancel on page 450.
• Any Length - Scan this option to decode I 2 of 5 symbols containing any number of characters within
the digital scanner capability.

283
 Symbologies

NOTE: Due to the construction of the I 2 of 5 symbology, it is possible for a scan line covering only a
portion of the code to transmit as a complete scan, yielding less data than is encoded in the barcode. To
prevent this, select specific lengths (I 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length, Two Discrete Lengths) for I 2 of 5
applications.

I 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length

I 2 of 5 - Two Discrete Lengths

* I 2 of 5 - Length Within Range

I 2 of 5 - Any Length

284
 Symbologies

I 2 of 5 Check Digit Verification

Parameter # 49 (SSI # 31h)

Enable this feature to check the integrity of all I 2 of 5 symbols to verify the data complies with either the
specified Uniform Symbology Specification (USS), or the Optical Product Code Council (OPCC) check
digit algorithm.

* Disable
(0)

USS Check Digit

(1)

OPCC Check Digit

(2)

Transmit I 2 of 5 Check Digit

Parameter # 44 (SSI # 2Ch)

Scan the appropriate barcode below to transmit I 2 of 5 data with or without the check digit.

Transmit I 2 of 5 Check Digit (Enable)

(1)

* Do Not Transmit I 2 of 5 Check Digit (Disable)

(0)

285
 Symbologies

Convert I 2 of 5 to EAN-13

Parameter # 82 (SSI # 52h)

Enable this parameter to convert 14-character I 2 of 5 codes to EAN-13, and transmit to the host as
EAN-13. To accomplish this, the I 2 of 5 code must be enabled, and the code must have a leading zero
and a valid EAN-13 check digit.

Convert I 2 of 5 to EAN-13 (Enable)

(1)

* Do Not Convert I 2 of 5 to EAN-13 (Disable)

(0)

Febraban

Parameter # 1750 (SSI # F8h 06h D6h)

Febraban is an I 2 of 5 barcode of length 44 that requires special check characters to be inserted in the
transmitted data stream. When enabled, the I 2 of 5 internal check digit calculation and transmission is
disabled. When disabled, all I 2 of 5 functionality works as usual.

Recommendations for Length Setting

I 2 of 5 Length 1: Larger of the fixed length and the FEBRABAN length (==44).
I 2 of 5 Length 2: Smaller of the fixed length and the FEBRABAN length (==44).

Enable Febraban
(1)

* Disable Febraban
(0)

286
 Symbologies

I 2 of 5 Security Level

Parameter # 1121 (SSI # F8h 04h 61h)

Interleaved 2 of 5 barcodes are vulnerable to misdecodes, particularly when I 2 of 5 Lengths is set to Any
Length. The digital scanner offers four levels of decode security for Interleaved 2 of 5 barcodes. There is
an inverse relationship between security and digital scanner aggressiveness. Increasing the level of
security can reduce scanning aggressiveness, so select only the level of security necessary.
• I 2 of 5 Security Level 0: This setting allows the digital scanner to operate in its most aggressive state,
while providing sufficient security in decoding most in-spec barcodes.
• I 2 of 5 Security Level 1: A barcode must be successfully read twice, and satisfy certain safety
requirements before being decoded. This default setting eliminates most misdecodes.
• I 2 of 5 Security Level 2: Select this option with greater barcode security requirements if Security
Level 1 fails to eliminate misdecodes.
• I 2 of 5 Security Level 3: If you selected Security Level 2, and misdecodes still occur, select this
security level. The highest safety requirements are applied. A barcode must be successfully read three
times before being decoded.

NOTE: Selecting this option is an extreme measure against mis-decoding severely out-of-spec barcodes.
Selecting this level of security significantly impairs the decoding ability of the digital scanner. If this level of
security is required, try to improve the quality of the barcodes.

I 2 of 5 Security Level 0
(00h)

* I 2 of 5 Security Level 1
(01h)

I 2 of 5 Security Level 2
(02h)

I 2 of 5 Security Level 3
(03h)

287
 Symbologies

I 2 of 5 Reduced Quiet Zone

Parameter # 1210 (SSI # F8h 04h BAh)

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable decoding I 2 of 5 barcodes with reduced quiet
zones. If you select Enable, select a 1D Quiet Zone Level on page 337.

Enable I 2 of 5 Reduced Quiet Zone

(1)

* Disable I 2 of 5 Reduced Quiet Zone

(0)

288
 Symbologies

Discrete 2 of 5 (DTF)
Enable/Disable Discrete 2 of 5

Parameter # 5 (SSI # 05h)

To enable or disable Discrete 2 of 5, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Enable Discrete 2 of 5
(1)

* Disable Discrete 2 of 5
(0)

Set Lengths for Discrete 2 of 5

Parameter # L1 = 20 (SSI # 14h), L2 = 21 (SSI # 15h)

The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check
digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for D 2 of 5 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths
within a specific range. The range for Discrete 2 of 5 lengths is 1 - 55.
• One Discrete Length - Select this option to decode only D 2 of 5 symbols containing a selected length.
Select the length using the numeric barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode only D 2 of
5 symbols with 14 characters, scan D 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length, then scan 1 followed by 4. To
correct an error or to change the selection, scan Cancel on page 450.
• Two Discrete Lengths - Select this option to decode only D 2 of 5 symbols containing either of
two selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example,
to decode only D 2 of 5 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select D 2 of 5 - Two Discrete
Lengths, then scan 0, 2, 1, and then 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan
Cancel on page 450.
• Length Within Range - Select this option to decode a D 2 of 5 symbol with a specific length
range. Select lengths using numeric barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode D 2 of
5 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan D 2 of 5 - Length Within Range. Then
scan 0, 4, 1, and 2 (enter a leading zero for single digit numbers). To correct an error or change the
selection, scan Cancel on page 450.
• Any Length - Scan this option to decode D 2 of 5 symbols containing any number of characters within
the digital scanner capability.

289
 Symbologies

NOTE: Due to the construction of the D 2 of 5 symbology, it is possible for a scan line covering only a
portion of the code to transmit as a complete scan, yielding less data than is encoded in the barcode. To
prevent this, select specific lengths (D 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length, Two Discrete Lengths) for D 2 of 5
applications.

D 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length

D 2 of 5 - Two Discrete Lengths

* D 2 of 5 - Length Within Range

D 2 of 5 - Any Length

290
 Symbologies

Codabar (NW - 7)
Enable/Disable Codabar

Parameter # 7 (SSI # 07h)

To enable or disable Codabar, scan the appropriate barcode below.

* Enable Codabar
(1)

Disable Codabar
(0)

Set Lengths for Codabar

Parameter # L1 = 24 (SSI # 18h), L2 = 25 (SSI # 19h)

The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check
digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for Codabar to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths
within a specific range. The default is 4 to 55.
• One Discrete Length - Select this option to decode only Codabar symbols containing a selected
length. Select the length using the numeric barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode
only Codabar symbols with 14 characters, scan Codabar - One Discrete Length, then scan 1 followed
by 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan Cancel on page 450.
• Two Discrete Lengths - Select this option to decode only Codabar symbols containing either of
two selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example,
to decode only Codabar symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select Codabar - Two Discrete
Lengths, then scan 0, 2, 1, and then 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan
Cancel on page 450.
• Length Within Range - Select this option to decode a Codabar symbol with a specific length
range. Select lengths using numeric barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode
Codabar symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan Codabar - Length Within
Range. Then scan 0, 4, 1, and 2 (enter a leading zero for single digit numbers). To correct an error or
change the selection, scan Cancel on page 450.
• Any Length - Scan this option to decode Codabar symbols containing any number of characters within
the digital scanner capability.

291
 Symbologies

Set Lengths for Codabar (continued)

Codabar - One Discrete Length

Codabar - Two Discrete Lengths

* Codabar - Length Within Range

Codabar - Any Length

292
 Symbologies

CLSI Editing

Parameter # 54 (SSI # 36h)

Enable this parameter to strip the start and stop characters and insert a space after the first, fifth, and tenth
characters of a 14-character Codabar symbol. Enable this feature if the host system requires this data
format.

NOTE: Symbol length does not include start and stop characters.

Enable CLSI Editing

(1)

* Disable CLSI Editing

(0)

NOTIS Editing

Parameter # 55 (SSI # 37h)

Enable this parameter to strip the start and stop characters from a decoded Codabar symbol. Enable this
feature if the host system requires this data format.

Enable NOTIS Editing

(1)

* Disable NOTIS Editing

(0)

293
 Symbologies

Codabar Security Level

Parameter # 1776 (SSI # F8h 06h F0h)

The scanner offers four levels of decode security for Codabar barcodes. There is an inverse relationship
between security and scanner aggressiveness. Increasing the level of security can reduce scanning
aggressiveness, so select only the level of security necessary.
• Codabar Security Level 0: This setting allows the scanner to operate in its most aggressive state,
while providing sufficient security in decoding most in-spec barcodes.
• Codabar Security Level 1: This default setting eliminates most misdecodes.
• Codabar Security Level 2: Select this option with greater barcode security requirements if Security
Level 1 fails to eliminate misdecodes.
• Codabar Security Level 3: If you selected Security Level 2, and misdecodes still occur, select this
security level to apply the highest safety requirements.

NOTE: Selecting this option is an extreme measure against mis-decoding severely out-of-spec barcodes,
and significantly impairs the decoding ability of the imaging scanner. If this level of security is required, try
to improve the quality of the barcodes.

Codabar Security Level 0

(0)

* Codabar Security Level 1

(1)

Codabar Security Level 2

(2)

Codabar Security Level 3

(3)

294
 Symbologies

Codabar Upper or Lower Case Start/Stop Characters Detection

Parameter # 855 (SSI # F2h 57h)

Select whether to detect upper case or lower case Codabar start/stop characters.

Lower Case
(1)

* Upper Case
(0)

Codabar Mod 16 Check Digit Verification

Parameter # 1784
SSI # F8h 06h F8h
Enable this feature to check the Codabar Mod 16 Check Digit to verify that the data complies with the
specified check digit algorithm.

Enable Codabar Mod 16 Check Digit

(1)

* Disable Codabar Mod 16 Check Digit

(0)

295
 Symbologies

Transmit Codabar Check Digit

Parameter # 704
SSI # F1h C0h
Scan one of the following barcodes to select whether or not to transmit the Codabar check digit(s).

note: Codabar Mod 16 Check Digit Verification must be enabled for this parameter to function.

Enable Codabar Check Digit Transmission

(1)

* Disable Codabar Check Digit Transmission

(0)

MSI
Enable/Disable MSI

Parameter # 11 (SSI # 0Bh)

To enable or disable MSI, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Enable MSI
(1)

* Disable MSI
(0)

296
 Symbologies

Set Lengths for MSI

Parameter # L1 = 30 (SSI # 1Eh), L2 = 31 (SSI # 1Fh)

The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check
digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for MSI to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths within
a specific range. The default is 4 to 55.
• One Discrete Length - Select this option to decode only MSI symbols containing a selected length.
Select the length using the numeric barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode only MSI
symbols with 14 characters, scan MSI - One Discrete Length, then scan 1 followed by 4. To correct
an error or to change the selection, scan Cancel on page 450.
• Two Discrete Lengths - Select this option to decode only MSI symbols containing either of two
selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to
decode only MSI symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select MSI - Two Discrete Lengths,
then scan 0, 2, 1, and then 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan Cancel on
page 450.
• Length Within Range - Select this option to decode a MSI symbol with a specific length range.
Select lengths using numeric barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode MSI symbols
containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan MSI - Length Within Range. Then scan 0, 4, 1,
and 2 (enter a leading zero for single digit numbers). To correct an error or change the selection,
scan Cancel on page 450.
• Any Length - Scan this option to decode MSI symbols containing any number of characters within the
digital scanner capability.

NOTE: Due to the construction of the MSI symbology, it is possible for a scan line covering only a portion
of the code to transmit as a complete scan, yielding less data than is encoded in the barcode. To prevent
this, select specific lengths (MSI - One Discrete Length, Two Discrete Lengths) for MSI applications.

MSI - One Discrete Length

MSI - Two Discrete Lengths

* MSI - Length Within Range

MSI - Any Length

297
 Symbologies

MSI Check Digits

Parameter # 50 (SSI # 32h)

With MSI symbols, one check digit is mandatory and always verified by the reader. The second check digit
is optional. If the MSI codes include two check digits, scan the Two MSI Check Digits barcode to enable
verification of the second check digit.
• 0 - Does not check the MSI check digit; decodes MSI with no check digit.
• 1 - This is for MSI barcodes with one check digit. This is the default.
• 2 - This is for MSI barcodes with two check digits.
See MSI Check Digit Algorithm on page 299 to select second digit algorithms.

No MSI Check Digit

(0)

* One MSI Check Digit

(1)

Two MSI Check Digits

(2)

298
 Symbologies

Transmit MSI Check Digit(s)

Parameter # 46 (SSI # 2Eh)

Scan a barcode below to transmit MSI data with or without the check digit.

Transmit MSI Check Digit(s) (Enable)

(1)

* Do Not Transmit MSI Check Digit(s) (Disable)

(0)

MSI Check Digit Algorithm

Parameter # 51 (SSI # 33h)

Two algorithms are possible for the verification of the second MSI check digit. Select the barcode below
corresponding to the algorithm used to encode the check digit.

MOD 11/MOD 10
(0)

* MOD 10/MOD 10
(1)

299
 Symbologies

MSI Reduced Quiet Zone

Parameter # 1392 (SSI # F8h 05h 70h)

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable decoding MSI barcodes with reduced quiet zones.
If enabled select a 1D Quiet Zone Level on page 337.

* Disable MSI Reduced Quiet Zone

(0)

Enable MSI Reduced Quiet Zone

(1)

Chinese 2 of 5
Enable/Disable Chinese 2 of 5

Parameter # 408 (SSI # F0h 98h)

To enable or disable Chinese 2 of 5, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Enable Chinese 2 of 5
(1)

* Disable Chinese 2 of 5
(0)

300
 Symbologies

Matrix 2 of 5
Enable/Disable Matrix 2 of 5

Parameter # 618 (SSI # F1h 6Ah)

To enable or disable Matrix 2 of 5, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Enable Matrix 2 of 5
(1)

* Disable Matrix 2 of 5
(0)

Set Lengths for Matrix 2 of 5

Parameter # L1 = 619 (SSI # F1h 6Bh), L2 = 620 (SSI # F1h 6Ch)

The length of a code refers to the number of characters (i.e., human readable characters), including check
digit(s) the code contains. Set lengths for Matrix 2 of 5 to any length, one or two discrete lengths, or lengths
within a specific range. The default is Length Within Range: 4 to 55.
• One Discrete Length - Select this option to decode only Matrix 2 of 5 symbols containing a selected
length. Select the length using the numeric barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode
only Matrix 2 of 5 symbols with 14 characters, scan Matrix 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length, then scan 1
followed by 4. To correct an error or to change the selection, scan Cancel on page 450.
• Two Discrete Lengths - Select this option to decode only Matrix 2 of 5 symbols containing either of
two selected lengths. Select lengths using the numeric barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example,
to decode only Matrix 2 of 5 symbols containing either 2 or 14 characters, select Matrix 2 of 5 - Two
Discrete Lengths, then scan 0, 2, 1, and then 4. To correct an error or to change the selection,
scan Cancel on page 450.
• Length Within Range - Select this option to decode a Matrix 2 of 5 symbol with a specific length
range. Select lengths using the numeric barcodes in Numeric Barcodes. For example, to decode
Matrix 2 of 5 symbols containing between 4 and 12 characters, first scan Matrix 2 of 5 - Length
Within Range. Then scan 0, 4, 1, and 2 (enter a leading zero for single digit numbers). To correct an
error or change the selection, scan Cancel on page 450.
• Any Length - Scan this option to decode Matrix 2 of 5 symbols containing any number of characters
within the digital scanner capability.

301
 Symbologies

Set Lengths for Matrix 2 of 5 (continued)

Matrix 2 of 5 - One Discrete Length

Matrix 2 of 5 - Two Discrete Lengths

* Matrix 2 of 5 - Length Within Range

Matrix 2 of 5 - Any Length

Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit

Parameter # 622 (SSI # F1h 6Eh)

The check digit is the last character of the symbol used to verify the integrity of the data. Scan the
appropriate barcode below to transmit the barcode data with or without the Matrix 2 of 5 check digit.

Enable Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit

(1)

* Disable Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit

(0)

302
 Symbologies

Transmit Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit

Parameter # 623 (SSI # F1h 6Fh)

Scan a barcode below to transmit Matrix 2 of 5 data with or without the check digit.

Transmit Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit

(1)

* Do Not Transmit Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit

(0)

Korean 3 of 5
Enable/Disable Korean 3 of 5

Parameter # 581 (SSI # F1h 45h)

To enable or disable Korean 3 of 5, scan the appropriate barcode below.

NOTE: The length for Korean 3 of 5 is fixed at 6.

Enable Korean 3 of 5
(1)

* Disable Korean 3 of 5
(0)

303
 Symbologies

Inverse 1D
Parameter # 586 (SSI # F1h 4Ah)
This parameter sets the 1D inverse decoder setting. Options are:
• Regular Only - the digital scanner decodes regular 1D barcodes only.
• Inverse Only - the digital scanner decodes inverse 1D barcodes only.
• Inverse Autodetect - the digital scanner decodes both regular and inverse 1D barcodes.

NOTE: The Inverse 1D setting may impact Composite or Inverse Composite decoding. See Composite
Inverse on page 310.

* Regular
(0)

Inverse Only
(1)

Inverse Autodetect
(2)

304
 Symbologies

GS1 DataBar
The variants of GS1 DataBar are GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional, GS1 DataBar Truncated, GS1 DataBar
Stacked, GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional, DataBar Expanded, GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked
and DataBar Limited. The limited and expanded versions have stacked variants. Scan the appropriate
barcodes to enable or disable each variant of GS1 DataBar.

GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional (formerly GS1 DataBar-14), GS1 DataBar

Truncated, GS1 DataBar Stacked, GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional
NOTE: When GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional is enabled the variants are also enabled.

Parameter # 338 (SSI # F0h 52h)

* Enable GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional

(1)

Disable GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional

(0)

GS1 DataBar Limited

Parameter # 339 (SSI # F0h 53h)

* Enable GS1 DataBar Limited

(1)

Disable GS1 DataBar Limited

(0)

305
 Symbologies

GS1 DataBar Expanded, GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked

NOTE: When GS1 DataBar Expanded is enabled GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked is also enabled.

Parameter # 340 (SSI # F0h 54h)

* Enable GS1 DataBar Expanded

(1)

Disable GS1 DataBar Expanded

(0)

Convert GS1 DataBar to UPC/EAN

Parameter # 397 (SSI # F0h, 8Dh)

This parameter only applies to GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional and GS1 DataBar Limited symbols not
decoded as part of a Composite symbol. Enable this to strip the leading '010' from DataBar-14 and
DataBar Limited symbols encoding a single zero as the first digit, and report the barcode as EAN-13.
For barcodes beginning with two or more zeros but not six zeros, this parameter strips the leading '0100'
and reports the barcode as UPC-A. The UPC-A Preamble parameter that transmits the system character
and country code applies to converted barcodes. Note that neither the system character nor the check digit
can be stripped.

Enable Convert GS1 DataBar to UPC/EAN

(1)

* Disable Convert GS1 DataBar to UPC/EAN

(0)

306
 Symbologies

GS1 DataBar Limited Margin Check

Parameter # 728 (SSI # F1h D8h)

The decoder offers four levels of margin check for GS1 DataBar Limited barcodes. There is an inverse
relationship between level of margin check and decoder aggressiveness. Increasing the level of margin
check may result in reduced aggressiveness in scanning, so only choose the level of margin check
necessary.
• Level 1: No clear margin required. This complies with the original GS1 standard, yet might result in
erroneous decoding of the DataBar Limited barcode when scanning some UPC symbols that start with
the digits 9 and 7.
• Level 2: Automatic risk detection. This level of security may result in erroneous decoding of DataBar
Limited barcodes when scanning some UPC symbols. If a misdecode is detected, the decoder
operates in Level 3 or Level 1.
• Level 3: Margin check level reflects newly proposed GS1 standard that requires a 5x trailing clear
margin.
• Level 4: Margin check level extends beyond the standard required by GS1. This level of security
requires a 5x leading and trailing clear margin.

GS1 DataBar Limited Margin Check Level 1

(1)

GS1 DataBar Limited Margin Check Level 2

(2)

* GS1 DataBar Limited Margin Check Level 3

(3)

GS1 DataBar Limited Margin Check Level 4

(4)

307
 Symbologies

GS1 DataBar Security Level

Parameter # 1706 (SSI # F8h 06h AAh)

The decoder offers four levels of decode security for GS1 DataBar (GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional, GS1
DataBar Limited, GS1 DataBar Expanded) barcodes.
• Security Level 0: This setting allows the digital scanner to operate in its most aggressive state, while
providing sufficient security in decoding most in-spec barcodes.
• Security Level 1: This setting eliminates most misdecodes while maintaining reasonable
aggressiveness (default).
• Security Level 2: This setting allows greater barcode security requirements if Security Level 1 fails to
eliminate misdecodes.
• Security Level 3: This setting applies the highest safety requirements. Select if Security Level 2 was
applied and misdecodes still occur.

Security Level 0
(0)

* Security Level 1
(1)

Security Level 2
(2)

Security Level 3
(3)

308
 Symbologies

Composite
Composite CC-C

Parameter # 341 (SSI # F0h 55h)

Scan a barcode below to enable or disable Composite barcodes of type CC-C.

Enable CC-C
(1)

* Disable CC-C
(0)

Composite CC-A/B

Parameter # 342 (SSI # F0h 56h)

Scan a barcode below to enable or disable Composite barcodes of type CC-A/B.

Enable CC-A/B
(1)

* Disable CC-A/B
(0)

309
 Symbologies

Composite TLC-39

Parameter # 371 (SSI # F0h 73h)

Scan a barcode below to enable or disable Composite barcodes of type TLC-39.

Enable TLC39
(1)

* Disable TLC39
(0)

Composite Inverse

Parameter # 1113 (SSI # F8h 04h 59h)

This parameter sets Composite for either regular decode or inverse decode.
• Regular Only: The digital scanner decodes regular Composite barcodes only (default).
• Inverse Only: The digital scanner decodes inverse Composite barcodes only. This mode only supports
Inverse Composite that has DataBar combined with CCAB. No other 1D/2D combinations. For this
parameter to work as expected, Composite CC-A/B on page 309 and corresponding 1D Inverse or 1D
Inverse Autodetect (on page 304) and DataBar must be enabled.

NOTE: To decode regular Composite, Inverse Composite must be set to Regular Only and Inverse 1D
must be set to Regular Only or Autodetect.

To decode inverse Composite, Inverse Composite must be set to Inverse Only and Inverse 1D
must be set to Inverse Only or Autodetect.

* Regular Only
(0)

Inverse Only
(1)

310
 Symbologies

UPC Composite Mode

Parameter # 344 (SSI # F0h 58h)

Select an option for linking UPC symbols with a 2D symbol during transmission as if they were one symbol:
• Select UPC Never Linked to transmit UPC barcodes regardless of whether a 2D symbol is detected.
• Select UPC Always Linked to transmit UPC barcodes and the 2D portion.
If 2D is not present, the UPC barcode does not transmit.
• If you select Autodiscriminate UPC Composites, the digital scanner determines if there is a 2D
portion, then transmits the UPC, as well as the 2D portion if present.

* UPC Never Linked

(0)

UPC Always Linked

(1)

Autodiscriminate UPC Composites

(2)

311
 Symbologies

Composite Beep Mode

Parameter # 398 (SSI # F0h, 8Eh)

To select the number of decode beeps when a composite barcode is decoded, scan the appropriate
barcode.

Single Beep after both are decoded

(0)

* Beep as each code type is decoded

(1)

Double Beep after both are decoded

(2)

GS1-128 Emulation Mode for UCC/EAN Composite Codes

Parameter # 427 (SSI # F0h, ABh)

Select whether to enable or disable this mode.

Enable GS1-128 Emulation Mode for

UCC/EAN Composite Codes
(1)

* Disable GS1-128 Emulation Mode for

UCC/EAN Composite Codes
(0)

312
 Symbologies

2D Symbologies
Enable/Disable PDF417

Parameter # 15 (SSI # 0Fh)

To enable or disable PDF417, scan the appropriate barcode below.

* Enable PDF417
(1)

Disable PDF417
(0)

Enable/Disable MicroPDF417

Parameter # 227 (SSI # E3h)

To enable or disable MicroPDF417, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Enable MicroPDF417
(1)

* Disable MicroPDF417
(0)

313
 Symbologies

Code 128 Emulation

Parameter # 123 (SSI # 7Bh)

Enable this parameter to transmit data from certain MicroPDF417 symbols as Code 128. AIM Code ID
Character on page 123 must be enabled for this parameter to work.
Enable Code 128 Emulation to transmit these MicroPDF417 symbols with one of the following prefixes:
]C1if the first codeword is 903-905
]C2if the first codeword is 908 or 909
]C0if the first codeword is 910 or 911
Disable Code 128 Emulation to transmit these MicroPDF417 symbols with one of the following prefixes:
]L3if the first codeword is 903-905
]L4if the first codeword is 908 or 909
]L5if the first codeword is 910 or 911
Scan a barcode below to enable or disable Code 128 Emulation.

NOTE: Linked MicroPDF codewords 906, 907, 912, 914, and 915 are not supported. Use GS1
Composites instead.

Enable Code 128 Emulation

(1)

* Disable Code 128 Emulation

(0)

314
 Symbologies

Data Matrix

Parameter # 292 (SSI # F0h, 24h)

To enable or disable Data Matrix, scan the appropriate barcode below.

* Enable Data Matrix

(1)

Disable Data Matrix

(0)

GS1 Data Matrix

Parameter # 1336 (SSI # F8h 05h 38h)

To enable or disable GS1 Data Matrix, scan the appropriate barcode below.

* Disable GS1 Data Matrix

(0)

Enable GS1 Data Matrix

(1)

315
 Symbologies

Data Matrix Inverse

Parameter # 588 (SSI # F1h 4Ch)

This parameter sets the Data Matrix inverse decoder setting. Options are:
• Regular Only - the digital scanner decodes regular Data Matrix barcode only.
• Inverse Only - the digital scanner decodes inverse Data Matrix barcode only.
• Inverse Autodetect - the digital scanner decodes both regular and inverse Data Matrix barcodes.

Regular
(0)

Inverse Only
(1)

* Inverse Autodetect
(2)

316
 Symbologies

Decode Mirror Images (Data Matrix Only)

Parameter # 537 (SSI # F1h 19h)

Select an option for decoding mirror image Data Matrix barcodes:
• Always - decode only Data Matrix barcodes that are mirror images
• Never - do not decode Data Matrix barcodes that are mirror images
• Auto - decode both mirrored and unmirrored Data Matrix barcodes.

Never
(0)

Always
(1)

* Auto
(2)

317
 Symbologies

Maxicode

Parameter # 294 (SSI # F0h, 26h)

To enable or disable Maxicode, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Enable Maxicode
(1)

* Disable Maxicode
(0)

QR Code

Parameter # 293 (SSI # F0h, 25h)

NOTE: Inverse QR barcodes decode if QR Code is enabled.

To enable or disable QR Code, scan the appropriate barcode below.

* Enable QR Code
(1)

Disable QR Code
(0)

318
 Symbologies

Weblink QR

Parameter # 1947 (SSI # F7 07 9B)

Scanner will decode QR codes with web link only if parameter is enabled. To enable or disable Weblink
QR, scan the appropriate barcode below.

* Enable Weblink QR Code

(1)

Disable Weblink QR Code

(0)

GS1 QR

Parameter # 1343 (SSI # F8h 05h 3Fh)

To enable or disable GS1 QR, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Disable GS1 QR
(0)

* Enable GS1 QR
(1)

319
 Symbologies

MicroQR

Parameter # 573 (SSI # F1h 3Dh)

To enable or disable MicroQR, scan the appropriate barcode below.

* Enable MicroQR
(1)

Disable MicroQR
(0)

Aztec

Parameter # 574 (SSI # F1h 3Eh)

To enable or disable Aztec, scan the appropriate barcode below.

* Enable Aztec
(1)

Disable Aztec
(0)

320
 Symbologies

Aztec Inverse

Parameter # 589 (SSI # F1h 4Dh)

This parameter sets the Aztec inverse decoder setting. Options are:
• Regular Only - the digital scanner decodes regular Aztec barcodes only.
• Inverse Only - the digital scanner decodes inverse Aztec barcodes only.
• Inverse Autodetect - the digital scanner decodes both regular and inverse Aztec barcodes.

Regular
(0)

Inverse Only
(1)

* Inverse Autodetect
(2)

321
 Symbologies

Han Xin

Parameter # 1167 (SSI # F8h 04h 8Fh)

To enable or disable Han Xin, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Enable Han Xin

(1)

* Disable Han Xin

(0)

Han Xin Inverse

Parameter # 1168 (SSI # F8h 04h 90h)

Select a Han Xin inverse decoder setting:
• Regular Only - the decoder decodes Han Xin barcodes with normal reflectance only.
• Inverse Only - the decoder decodes Han Xin barcodes with inverse reflectance only.
• Inverse Autodetect - the decoder decodes both regular and inverse Han Xin barcodes.

* Regular
(0)

Inverse Only
(1)

Inverse Autodetect
(2)

322
 Symbologies

Grid Matrix

Parameter # 1718 (SSI # F8h 06h B6h)

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable Grid Matrix.

Enable
(1)

* Disable
(0)

Grid Matrix Inverse

Parameter # 1719 (SSI # F8h 06h B7h)

Scan one of the following barcodes to select a Grid Matrix inverse decoder setting:
• Regular Only - The scanner decodes regular Grid Matrix barcode only.
• Inverse Only - The scanner decodes inverse Grid Matrix barcodes only.
• Autodiscriminate - The scanner decodes both regular and inverse Grid Matrix barcodes.

* Regular Only
(0)

Inverse Only
(1)

Autodiscriminate
(2)

323
 Symbologies

Grid Matrix Mirror

Parameter # 1736 (SSI # F8h 06h C8h)

Scan one of the following barcodes to select a Grid Matrix mirror decoder setting:
• Regular Only - The scanner decodes regular Grid Matrix barcodes only.
• Mirrored Only - The scanner decodes mirrored Grid Matrix barcodes only.
• Auto-discriminate - The scanner decodes both regular and mirrored Grid Matrix barcodes.

* Regular Only
(0)

Mirrored Only
(1)

Autodiscriminate
(2)

324
 Symbologies

DotCode

Parameter # 1906 (SSI # F8 07 72h)

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable DotCode.

* Disable DotCode
(0)

Enable DotCode
(1)

DotCode Inverse

Parameter # 1907 (SSI # F8 07 73h)

Scan one of the following barcodes to select a DotCode Inverse decoder setting. Setting options are:
• Regular Only - Decoder decodes DotCode barcodes with normal reflectance only.
• Inverse Only - Decoder decodes DotCode barcodes with inverse reflectance only.
• Inverse Autodetect - Decoder decodes both regular and inverse DotCode barcodes.

Regular Only
(0)

Inverse Only
(1)

* Inverse Autodetect
(2)

325
 Symbologies

DotCode Mirrored

Parameter # 1908 (SSI # F8 07 74h)

Scan one of the following barcodes to select a DotCode Mirror decoder setting:
• Non-Mirrored Only - Digital scanner decodes non-mirrored DotCode barcodes only.
• Mirrored Only - Digital scanner decodes mirrored DotCode barcodes only.
• Autodetect - Digital scanner decodes both mirrored and non-mirrored DotCode barcodes.

Never
(0)

Always
(1)

* Autodetect
(2)

DotCode Prioritize

Parameter # 1937 (SSI # F8 07 91h)

Enable DotCode Prioritize to give priority to DotCode decoding as compared to other symbologies.

* Disable

Enable

326
 Symbologies

Postal Codes
US Postnet

Parameter # 89 (SSI # 59h)

To enable or disable US Postnet, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Enable US Postnet
(1)

* Disable US Postnet
(0)

US Planet

Parameter # 90 (SSI # 5Ah)

To enable or disable US Planet, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Enable US Planet
(1)

* Disable US Planet
(0)

327
 Symbologies

Transmit US Postal Check Digit

Parameter # 95 (SSI # 5Fh)

Select whether to transmit US Postal data, which includes both US Postnet and US Planet, with or without
the check digit.

* Transmit US Postal Check Digit

(1)

Do Not Transmit US Postal Check Digit

(0)

UK Postal

Parameter # 91 (SSI # 5Bh)

To enable or disable UK Postal, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Enable UK Postal
(1)

* Disable UK Postal
(0)

328
 Symbologies

Transmit UK Postal Check Digit

Parameter # 96 (SSI # 60h)

Select whether to transmit UK Postal data with or without the check digit.

* Transmit UK Postal
Check Digit
(1)

Do Not Transmit UK Postal Check Digit

(0)

Japan Postal

Parameter # 290 (SSI # F0h, 22h)

To enable or disable Japan Postal, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Enable Japan Postal

(1)

* Disable Japan Postal

(0)

329
 Symbologies

Australia Post

Parameter # 291 (SSI # F0h, 23h)

To enable or disable Australia Post, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Enable Australia Post

(1)

* Disable Australia Post

(0)

330
 Symbologies

Australia Post Format

Parameter # 718 (SSI # F1h, CEh)

To select one of the following formats for Australia Post, scan the appropriate barcode below:
• Autodiscriminate (or Smart mode) - Attempt to decode the Customer Information Field using the N and
C Encoding Tables.

NOTE: This option increases the risk of misdecodes because the encoded data format does not specify
the Encoding Table used for encoding.

• Raw Format - Output raw bar patterns as a series of numbers 0 through 3.

• Alphanumeric Encoding - Decode the Customer Information Field using the C Encoding Table.
• Numeric Encoding - Decode the Customer Information Field using the N Encoding Table.
For more information on Australia Post Encoding Tables, refer to the Australia Post Customer Barcoding
Technical Specifications available at www.auspost.com.au.

* Autodiscriminate
(0)

Raw Format
(1)

Alphanumeric Encoding
(2)

Numeric Encoding
(3)

331
 Symbologies

Netherlands KIX Code

Parameter # 326 (SSI # F0h, 46h)

To enable or disable Netherlands KIX Code, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Enable Netherlands KIX Code

(1)

* Disable Netherlands KIX Code

(0)

USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail

Parameter # 592 (SSI # F1h 50h)

To enable or disable USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Enable USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail

(1)

* Disable USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail

(0)

332
 Symbologies

UPU FICS Postal

Parameter # 611 (SSI # F1h 63h)

To enable or disable UPU FICS Postal, scan the appropriate barcode below.

Enable UPU FICS Postal

(1)

* Disable UPU FICS Postal

(0)

Mailmark

Parameter # 1337 (SSI # F8h 05h 39h)

To enable or disable Mailmark, scan the appropriate barcode below.

* Disable Mailmark
(0)

Enable Mailmark
(1)

333
 Symbologies

Symbology-Specific Security Levels

Redundancy Level

Parameter # 78 (SSI # 4Eh)

The digital scanner offers four levels of decode redundancy. Select higher redundancy levels for
decreasing levels of barcode quality. As redundancy levels increase, the digital scanner aggressiveness
decreases.
Select the redundancy level appropriate for the barcode quality.

Redundancy Level 1
The following code types must be successfully read twice before being decoded:

Table 17 Redundancy Level 1 Codes

Code Type Code Length
Codabar 8 characters or less
MSI 4 characters or less
D 2 of 5 8 characters or less
I 2 of 5 8 characters or less

Redundancy Level 2
The following code types must be successfully read twice before being decoded:

Table 18 Redundancy Level 2 Codes

Code Type Code Length
All All

Redundancy Level 3
Code types other than the following must be successfully read twice before being decoded. The following
codes must be read three times:

Table 19 Redundancy Level 3 Codes

Code Type Code Length
MSI 4 characters or less
D 2 of 5 8 characters or less
I 2 of 5 8 characters or less
Codabar 8 characters or less

334
 Symbologies

Redundancy Level 4
The following code types must be successfully read three times before being decoded:

Table 20 Redundancy Level 4 Codes

Code Type Code Length
All All

* Redundancy Level 1
(1)

Redundancy Level 2
(2)

Redundancy Level 3
(3)

Redundancy Level 4
(4)

335
 Symbologies

Security Level

Parameter # 77 (SSI # 4Dh)

The digital scanner offers four levels of decode security for delta barcodes, which include the Code 128
family, UPC/EAN, and Code 93. Select increasing levels of security for decreasing levels of barcode
quality. There is an inverse relationship between security and digital scanner aggressiveness, so choose
only that level of security necessary for any given application.
• Security Level 0: This setting allows the digital scanner to operate in its most aggressive state, while
providing sufficient security in decoding most “in-spec” barcodes.
• Security Level 1: This default setting eliminates most misdecodes.
• Security Level 2: Select this option if Security level 1 fails to eliminate misdecodes.
• Security Level 3: If you selected Security Level 2 and misdecodes still occur, select this security level.
Be advised, selecting this option is an extreme measure against mis-decoding severely out of spec
barcodes. Selecting this level of security significantly impairs the decoding ability of the digital scanner.
If you need this level of security, try to improve the quality of the barcodes.

Security Level 0
(0)

* Security Level 1
(1)

Security Level 2
(2)

Security Level 3
(3)

336
 Symbologies

1D Quiet Zone Level

Parameter # 1288 (SSI # F8h 05h 08h)

This feature sets the level of aggressiveness in decoding barcodes with a reduced quiet zone (the area in
front of and at the end of a barcode), and applies to symbologies enabled by a Reduced Quiet Zone
parameter. Because higher levels increase the decoding time and risk of misdecodes, Zebra Technologies
strongly recommends enabling only the symbologies which require higher quiet zone levels, and leaving
Reduced Quiet Zone disabled for all other symbologies. Options are:
• 0 - The digital scanner performs normally in terms of quiet zone.
• 1 - The digital scanner performs more aggressively in terms of quiet zone.
• 2 - The digital scanner only requires one side EB (end of barcode) for decoding.
• 3 - The digital scanner decodes anything in terms of quiet zone or end of barcode.

1D Quiet Zone Level 0

(0)

* 1D Quiet Zone Level 1

(1)

1D Quiet Zone Level 2

(2)

1D Quiet Zone Level 3

(3)

337
 Symbologies

Intercharacter Gap Size

Parameter # 381 (SSI # F0h, 7Dh)

The Code 39 and Codabar symbologies have an intercharacter gap that is typically quite small. Due to
various barcode-printing technologies, this gap can grow larger than the maximum size allowed,
preventing the digital scanner from decoding the symbol. If this problem occurs, scan the Large
Intercharacter Gaps parameter to tolerate these out-of-specification barcodes.

* Normal Intercharacter Gaps

(06h)

Large Intercharacter Gaps

(0Ah)

Report Version
Scan the barcode below to report the version of software installed in the digital scanner.

Report Software Version

338
 Symbologies

Macro PDF Features

Macro PDF is a special feature for concatenating multiple PDF symbols into one file. The digital scanner
can decode symbols that are encoded with this feature, and can store more than 64 Kb of decoded data
stored in up to 50 MacroPDF symbols.

CAUTION: When printing, keep each Macro PDF sequence separate, as each sequence has unique
identifiers. Do not mix barcodes from several Macro PDF sequences, even if they encode the same data.
When scanning Macro PDF sequences, scan the entire Macro PDF sequence without interruption. If, when
scanning a mixed sequence, the digital scanner emits two long low beeps (Low/Low) this indicates an
inconsistent file ID or inconsistent symbology error.

Flush Macro Buffer

This flushes the buffer of all decoded Macro PDF data stored to that point, transmits it to the host device,
and aborts from Macro PDF mode.

Flush Macro PDF Buffer

Abort Macro PDF Entry

This clears all currently-stored Macro PDF data in the buffer without transmission and aborts from Macro
PDF mode.

Abort Macro PDF Entry

339
Data Formatting: ADF,
MDF, Preferred Symbol

Introduction
This chapter briefly describes the Zebra features available for customizing scanner operation.

Advanced Data Formatting (ADF)

Advanced Data Formatting (ADF) is a means of customizing data from before transmission to the host
device. Use ADF to edit scan data to suit your host's requirements. With ADF you scan one barcode per
trigger pull. ADF is programmed using 123Scan.
To watch a video on Creating an Advanced Data Formatting (ADF) Rule using 123Scan, go to:
http://www.zebra.com/ScannerHowToVideos
For additional information, refer to the Advanced Data Formatting Programmer Guide.

Multicode Data Formatting

Multicode Data Formatting (MDF) enables a 2D imaging scanner to scan all barcodes on a label with a
single trigger pull, and then modify and transmit the data to meet host application requirements. MDF
supports programming up to nine unique labels into one scanner. MDF also supports scanning multiple
barcodes on opposite sides of a box by holding the trigger.
Programming options include:
• Output all or specific barcodes
• Control the barcode output sequence
• Apply unique multicode data formatting (MDF) to each output barcode
• Discard scanned data if all required barcodes are not present
For more information, refer to the MDF and Preferred Symbol User Guide.
To watch a video on Creating an Multicode Data Formatting (MDF) Rule using 123Scan, go to:
http://www.zebra.com/ScannerHowToVideos

MDF in Hands-Free Mode

MDF in a hands-free scanning mode may yield multiple unexpected and undesired outputs when a label
(most likely on a complex label) passes through the scanner's field of view. This problem happens when
the complex label’s barcodes can be matched by more than one group (for example, Group 1 represents
all barcodes present and Group 2 represent some barcodes present).

340
 Data Formatting: ADF, MDF, Preferred Symbol

NOTE: A similar problem can also occur in the hand-held trigger mode. If multiple MDF rules/groups exist
and all the label is not in the field of view when pressing the trigger, the output may vary depending on
which MDF rules/groups match.
The problem is demonstrated in Figure 23 and as follows:
1. As the label is moving through the field of view, it is first partially read (some of the barcodes in the field
of view in Frame 2).
2. Then, the second decode occurs as it is fully read (all the barcodes in the field of view in Frame 3).
3. This yields two different outputs (instead of the expected single output) from the presentation of a label.
This problem is driven by a complex label inadvertently matching two different MDF rules/groups,
thereby yielding two outputs.

Figure 23 Scanning Label in a Horizontal Orientation

Field of View - Frame 1 Field of View - Frame 2 Field of View - Frame 3

2 Barcodes Visible 3 Barcodes Visible
No label in field of view
Partial label in field of view Full label in field of view
Match MDF Rule for Group 2 Match MDF Rule for Group 1
Output 2 barcodes Output 3 barcodes

NOTE: To minimize issues associated with MDF hands-free mode, see MDF Best Practices on page 342.

341
 Data Formatting: ADF, MDF, Preferred Symbol

MDF Best Practices

Suggestions to minimize the undesired multiple outputs during the MDF scanning in hands-free mode are
as follows:
• Scan barcodes in a vertical orientation (see Figure 24).

Figure 24 Scanning Label in a Vertical Orientation

• When creating the MDF programming with multiple groups, the Group 1's pattern match should be the
most complicated (hardest to match), which equals to the most number of barcodes and criteria. Then
Group 2, 3, and so on should be progressively matched more easily.
• When defining criteria, avoid enabling an output when the pattern is not matched. Set Output if NO
pattern match set as Discard bar code (see Figure 25).

Figure 25 Figure Match Setting for Output

f

Discard bar code

• Select Discard barcode(s) NOT within the pattern match in the 123Scan MDF setting. For more
details, select What is this? located next to this selection.

342
 Data Formatting: ADF, MDF, Preferred Symbol

• To prevent double decodes of the same symbol, increase the Timeout Between Same Symbols
setting. See Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol on page 111 for more details.
• Turn the scanner's aimer on to assist operators in scanning the barcode in a more consistent manner.
Other reasons a label/barcode may not be decoded while in the field of view are as follows:
The label out of focus (too close or too far away). See Decode Ranges on page 48 for correct working
range.
Specular reflection (reflection off a shiny surface).
The label is presented at extreme angle to scanner.

Preferred Symbol
Preferred Symbol is a barcode prioritization technique that enables favored decoding of high priority
barcode(s). The Preferred Symbol is the only barcode that is decoded and output within the preset
Preferred Symbol Timeout. During this time, the scanner attempts to decode the prioritized barcode and
reports only this barcode.
For more information, refer to the MDF and Preferred Symbol User Guide.
To program Preferred Symbol via 123Scan, select 123Scan > Configuration Wizard > Symbologies
screen, and then select Preferred Symbol from the drop-down menu. Preferred Symbol programming is
saved in the 123Scan configuration file.

Data Parsing (UDI Scan+, Label Parse+ and Blood Bag Parse+)
NOTE: When using UDI with ICCBBA for blood bag labels, disable ISBT Concatenation (see Scan a Blood
Bag Label using Blood Bag Parse+ on page 344).
Data Parsing allows a Zebra scanner to scan a UDI label, GS1 label, or Blood Bags with one or more
barcodes encoded with multiple data fields (for example: date of manufacture, expiration date, batch
number, GTIN, SSCC) and transmit select data fields and not others, in a specific order to a host
application.
Wave the scanner over all the barcodes while holding the trigger and the scanner finds and transmits only
the required data fields, even if they are spread across multiple barcodes and on different sides of the
container. In addition, the scanner can insert field separators (for example: tab, enter, slash) to automate
data entry into a host application.
Programming your scanner is easy using 123Scan’s intuitive drag and drop interface. For more information
on writing a Data Parsing Rule, see the Data Parsing User Guide.
To watch a video on creating a Data Parsing Rule using 123Scan, go to:
www.zebra.com/ScannerHowToVideos.

Scan a UDI Label using UDI Scan+

Government regulatory agencies* have established Unique Device Identification (UDI) standards to
identify and monitor the distribution and use of medical devices within healthcare environments. These
UDI standards identify medical devices from manufacturing through distribution to patient use - enabling
complete traceability of the millions of individual medical devices utilized for patient care. To enable UDI
compliance, all medical devices must carry a UDI label to enable Track and Trace from the point of
production, during shipment, through the product’s use, and disposal.

343
 Data Formatting: ADF, MDF, Preferred Symbol

* United States Food and Drug Administration (FDA), European Commission, International Medical Device Regulatory Forum

Scan a GS1 Label using Label Parse+

The GS1 Organization, an international standards body, has released specifications used worldwide for
generating shipping labels. These labels are used when shipping packages (logistics), raw materials, and
produce.

Scan a Blood Bag Label using Blood Bag Parse+

The ICCBBA Organization, an international standards body, has released a specification used worldwide
for generating blood bag labels. These labels are used when shipping, storing and using blood bags. For
more information, go to:
https://www.iccbba.org/tech-library/iccbba-documents/standards-documents/standard-labeling-blood2.

344
OCR Programming

Introduction
This chapter describes how to set up the scanner for OCR programming. The scanner can read 6 to 60
point OCR typeface. It supports font types OCR-A, OCR-B, MICR E13B, and US Currency Serial Number.
OCR is not as secure as a barcode. To decrease OCR misdecodes and speed OCR reading, set an
accurate OCR template and character subset, and use a check digit.
All OCR fonts are disabled by default. Enabling OCR could slow barcode decoding. You can enable
OCR-A and OCR-B at the same time, but not other combined font types.

Setting Parameters
To set feature values, scan a single barcode or a short barcode sequence. The settings are stored in
non-volatile memory and are preserved even when the imager powers down.

NOTE: Most computer monitors allow scanning barcodes directly on the screen. When scanning from the
screen, be sure to set the document magnification to a level where you can see the barcode clearly, and
bars and/or spaces do not merge.
To return all features to default values, scan the * Restore Defaults on page 66. Throughout the
programming barcode menus, asterisks (*) indicate default values.

* Indicates default * Enable Parameter

(1) Feature/option

Option value

345
 OCR Programming

Scanning Sequence Examples

In most cases scanning one barcode sets the parameter value. For example, to enable OCR-B, scan the
Enable OCR-B barcode under OCR-B on page 349. The scanner issues a fast warble beep and the LED
turns green, signifying a successful parameter entry.
Other parameters require scanning several barcodes. See the parameter descriptions for this procedure.

Errors While Scanning

Unless otherwise specified, to correct an error during a scanning sequence, just re-scan the correct
parameter.

OCR Parameter Defaults

Table 21 lists the defaults for OCR parameters. Change these values in one of two ways:
• Scan the appropriate barcodes in this chapter. The new value replaces the standard default value in
memory. To recall default parameter values, see User Preferences Parameter Defaults on page 63.

• Configure the scanner using the 123Scan configuration program. See 123Scan and Software Tools.

NOTE: See User Preferences for all user preference, host, symbology, and miscellaneous default
parameters.

Table 21 OCR Programming Default Table

Parameter
Parameter SSI Number Default Page Number
Number
OCR Programming Parameters
OCR-A 680 F1h A8h Disable 347
OCR-A Variant 684 F1h ACh OCR-A Full 348
ASCII
OCR-B 681 F1h A9h Disable 349
OCR-B Variant 685 F1h ADh OCR-B Full 350
ASCII
MICR E13B 682 F1h AAh Disable 354
US Currency 683 F1h ABh Disable 355
OCR Orientation 687 F1h AFh 0o 355
OCR Lines 691 F1h B3h 1 357
OCR Minimum Characters 689 F1h B1h 3 357
OCR Maximum Characters 690 F1h B2h 100 358
OCR Subset 686 F1h AEh Selected font 358
variant
OCR Quiet Zone 695 F1h B7h 50 359
OCR Template 547 F1h 23h 99999999 359
OCR Check Digit Modulus 688 F1h B0h 1 369
OCR Check Digit Multiplier 700 F1h BCh 121212121212 369

346
 OCR Programming

Table 21 OCR Programming Default Table (Continued)

Parameter
Parameter SSI Number Default Page Number
Number
OCR Check Digit Validation 694 F1h B6h None 371
Inverse OCR 856 F2h 58h Regular 376
OCR Redundancy 1770 F8h 06h EAh Level 1 377

OCR Programming Parameters

OCR-A

Parameter # 680 (SSI # F1h A8h)

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable OCR-A.

NOTE: OCR is not as secure as a barcode. To decrease OCR misdecodes and speed OCR reading, set
an accurate OCR template and character subset, and use a check digit. See OCR Subset on page 358
and OCR Template on page 359.

Enable OCR-A
(1)

* Disable OCR-A
(0)

347
 OCR Programming

OCR-A Variant

Parameter # 684 (SSI # F1 ACh)

The font variant sets a processing algorithm and default character subset for the given font. To choose a
variant, scan one of the following barcodes. Select the most appropriate font variant to optimize
performance and accuracy.
OCR-A supports the following variants:
• OCR-A Full ASCII
!"#$()*+,-./0123456789<>ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ\^
• OCR-A Reserved 1
$*+-./0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
• OCR-A Reserved 2
$*+-./0123456789<>ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
• OCR-A Banking

-0123456789<>
Special banking characters output as the following representative characters:

outputs as f

outputs as c

outputs as h

NOTE: Enable OCR-A before setting this parameter. If disabling OCR-A, set the variant to its default
(OCR-A Full ASCII).

* OCR-A Full ASCII

(0)

OCR-A Reserved 1
(1)

348
 OCR Programming

OCR-A Variant (continued)

OCR-A Reserved 2
(2)

OCR-A Banking
(3)

OCR-B

Parameter # 681 9SSI # F1h A9h)

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable OCR-B.

NOTE: OCR is not as secure as a barcode. To decrease OCR misdecodes and speed OCR reading, set
an accurate OCR template and character subset, and use a check digit. See OCR Subset on page 358
and OCR Template on page 359.

Enable OCR-B
(1)

* Disable OCR-B
(0)

349
 OCR Programming

OCR-B Variant

Parameter # 685 (SSI # F1h ADh)

OCR-B has the following variants. Select the most appropriate font variant to optimize performance and
accuracy.
• OCR-B Full ASCII
!#$%()*+,-./0123456789<>ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ^|Ñ
• OCR-B Banking
#+-0123456789<>JNP|
• OCR-B Limited
+,-./0123456789<>ACENPSTVX
• OCR-B ISBN 10-Digit Book Numbers
-0123456789>BCEINPSXz
• OCR-B ISBN 10 or 13-Digit Book Numbers
-0123456789>BCEINPSXz
• OCR-B Travel Document Version 1 (TD1) 3-Line ID Cards
-0123456789<ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
• OCR-B Travel Document Version 2 (TD2) 2-Line ID Cards
-0123456789<ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
• OCR-B Travel Document 2 or 3-Line ID Cards Auto-Detect
!#$%()*+,-./0123456789<>ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ^|Ñ
• OCR-B Passport
-0123456789<ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZÑ
• OCR-B Visa Type A
-0123456789<ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
• OCR-B Visa Type B
-0123456789<ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZÑ
• OCR-B ICAO Travel Documents
This allows reading either TD1, TD2, Passport, Visa Type A, or Visa Type B without switching
between these options. It automatically recognizes the travel document read.
Scanning any ISBN Book Number automatically applies the appropriate ISBN checksum.

350
 OCR Programming

To choose a variant, scan one of the barcodes below. Selecting the following OCR-B variants
automatically sets the appropriate OCR Lines on page 357. These five variants invoke extensive special
algorithms and checking for that particular document type:
VariantOCR Lines Setting
Passport2
TD1 ID Cards3
TD2 ID Cards2
Visa Type A2
Visa Type B2

NOTE: When setting one of the variants above with both OCR-A and OCR-B enabled, the scanner reads
the specified travel document but does not read OCR-A. When the OCR-B variant is set back to the default
(OCR-B Full ASCII), the scanner reads OCR-A.

Enable OCR-B before setting this parameter. If disabling OCR-B, set the variant to its default
(OCR-B Full ASCII).

* OCR-B Full ASCII

(0)

OCR-B Banking
(1)

OCR-B Limited
(2)

OCR-B ISBN 10-Digit Book Numbers

(6)

351
 OCR Programming

OCR-B Variant (continued)

OCR-B ISBN 10 or 13-Digit Book Numbers

(7)

OCR-B Travel Document Version 1 (TD1)

3 Line ID Cards
(3)

OCR-B Travel Document Version 2 (TD2)

2-Line ID Cards
(8)

Travel Document 2 or 3-Line ID Cards Auto-Detect

(20)

OCR-B Passport
(4)

352
 OCR Programming

OCR-B Variant (continued)

OCR-B Visa Type A

(9)

OCR-B Visa Type B

(10)

OCR-B ICAO Travel Documents

(11)

353
 OCR Programming

MICR E13B

Parameter # 682 (SSI # F1h AAh)

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable MICR E13B.
MICR E 13B uses the following characters:

TOAD characters (Transit, On Us, Amount, and Dash) output as the following representative characters:

outputs as t

outputs as a

outputs as o

outputs as d

NOTE: OCR is not as secure as a barcode. To decrease OCR misdecodes and speed OCR reading, set
an accurate OCR template and character subset, and use a check digit. See OCR Subset on page 358
and OCR Template on page 359.

Enable MICR E13B

(1)

* Disable MICR E13B

(0)

354
 OCR Programming

US Currency Serial Number

Parameter # 683 (SSI # F1h ABh)

Scan one of the following barcodes to enable or disable US Currency Serial Number.

NOTE: OCR is not as secure as a barcode. To decrease OCR misdecodes and speed OCR reading, set
an accurate OCR template and character subset, and use a check digit. See OCR Subset on page 358
and OCR Template on page 359.

Enable US Currency
(1)

* Disable US Currency
(0)

OCR Orientation

Parameter # 687 (SSI # F1h AFh)

Select one of five options to specify the orientation of the OCR to read:

• 0o to the imaging engine (default)

• 270o clockwise (or 90o counterclockwise) to the imaging engine

• 180o (upside down) to the imaging engine

• 90o clockwise to the imaging engine

• Omnidirectional
Setting an incorrect orientation can cause misdecodes.

355
 OCR Programming

OCR Orientation (continued)

* OCR Orientation 0o
(0)

OCR Orientation 270o Clockwise

(1)

OCR Orientation 180o Clockwise

(2)

OCR Orientation 90o Clockwise

(3)

OCR Orientation Omnidirectional

(4)

356
 OCR Programming

OCR Lines

Parameter # 691 (SSI # F1h B3h)

To select the number of OCR lines to decode, scan one of the following barcodes. Selecting Visas, TD1, or
TD2 ID cards automatically sets the appropriate OCR Lines. Also see OCR-B Variant on page 350.

* OCR 1 Line
(1)

OCR 2 Lines
(2)

OCR 3 Lines
(3)

OCR Minimum Characters

Parameter # 689 (SSI # F1h B1h)

To select the minimum number of OCR characters (not including spaces) per line to decode, scan the
following barcode, then scan a three-digit number between 003 and 100 using the barcodes in Numeric
Barcodes representing the number of OCR characters to decode. Strings of OCR characters less than the
minimum are ignored. The default is 003.

OCR Minimum Characters

357
 OCR Programming

OCR Maximum Characters

Parameter # 690 (SSI # F1h B2h)

To select the maximum number of OCR characters (including spaces) per line to decode, scan the
following barcode, then scan a three-digit number between 003 and 100 using the barcodes in Numeric
Barcodes representing the number of OCR characters to decode. Strings of OCR characters greater than
the maximum are ignored. The default is 100.

OCR Maximum Characters

OCR Subset

Parameter # 686 (SSI # F1h AEh)

Create an OCR subset to define a custom group of characters in place of a preset font variant. For
example, if scanning only numbers and the letters A, B, and C, create a subset of just these characters to
speed decoding. This applies a designated OCR Subset across all enabled OCR fonts.
To set or modify the OCR font subset:
1. Enable the appropriate OCR font(s).

2. Scan the OCR Subset barcode.

3. Scan numbers and letters to form the OCR Subset from Alphanumeric Barcodes.
4. Scan End of Message on page 458.

OCR Subset

To cancel an OCR subset, for OCR-A or OCR-B, scan OCR-A variant Full ASCII, or OCR-B variant Full
ASCII.

For MICR E13B or US Currency Serial Number, create a subset which includes all allowed characters in
that character set, or scan an option from the Default Parameters on page 66 and re-program the scanner.

358
 OCR Programming

OCR Quiet Zone

Parameter # 695 (SSI # F1h B7h)

This option sets the OCR quiet zone. The scanner stops scanning a field when it detects a sufficiently wide
blank space. The width of this space is defined by the End of Field option. Used with parsers that tolerate
slanted characters, the End of Field count is approximately a count of 8 for a character width. For example,
if set to 15, then two character widths are an end of line indicator for the parser. Larger end of field
numbers require bigger quiet zones at each end of text line.
To set a quiet zone, scan the following barcode, then scan a two-digit number using the numeric keypad in
Numeric Barcodes. The range of the quiet zone is 20 - 99 and the default is 50, indicating a six character
width quiet zone.

OCR Quiet Zone

OCR Template

Parameter # 547 (SSI # F1h 23h)

This option creates a template for precisely matching scanned OCR characters to a desired input format.
Appropriate OCR template needs to be set before using OCR features.
To set or modify the OCR decode template, scan the OCR Template barcode, and then scan barcodes on
the following pages that correspond to numbers and letters to form the template expression. Then scan
End of Message. The default is 99999999 which accepts OCR strings only containing eight digits.

OCR Template

End of Message

359
 OCR Programming

Required Digit (9)

Only a numeric character is accepted in this position.
Template Valid data Valid data Invalid data
99999 12987 30517 123AB

Required Alpha (A)

Only an alpha character is accepted in this position.
Template Valid data Valid data Invalid data
AAAAA ABCDE UVWXY 12FGH

Optional Alphanumeric (1)

An alphanumeric character is accepted in this position if present. Optional characters are not allowed as
the first character(s) in a field of like characters.
Template Valid data Valid data Invalid data
99991 1234A 12345 1234<

360
 OCR Programming

Optional Alpha (2)

An alpha character is accepted in this position if present. Optional characters are not allowed as the first
character(s) in a field of like characters.
Template Valid data Valid data Invalid data
AAAA2 ABCDE WXYZ ABCD6

Alpha or Digit (3)

An alphanumeric character is required in this position to validate the incoming data.
Template Valid data Valid data Invalid data
33333 12ABC WXY34 12AB<

Any Including Space & Reject (4)

Any character is accepted in this position, including space and reject. It cannot be the first place in a
template. An underscore (_) represents rejects in the output. This is a good selection for troubleshooting.
Template Valid data Valid data
99499 12$34 34 98

361
 OCR Programming

Any except Space & Reject (5)

Any character is accepted in this position, except a space or reject.
Template Valid data Valid data Invalid data
55999 A.123 *Z456 A BCD

Optional Digit (7)

A numeric character is accepted if present. Optional characters are not allowed as the first character(s) in
a field of like characters.
Template Valid data Valid data Invalid data
99977 12345 789 789AB

Digit or Fill (8)

Any numeric or fill character is accepted in this position.
Template Valid data Valid data Valid data
88899 12345 >>789 <<789

362
 OCR Programming

Alpha or Fill (F)

Any alpha or fill character is accepted in this position.
Template Valid data Valid data Valid data
AAAFF ABCXY LMN>> ABC<5

Optional Space ( )
A space is accepted if present. Optional characters are not allowed as the first character(s) in a field of like
characters.
Template Valid data Valid data Invalid data
99 99 12 34 1234 67891

Space

Optional Small Special (.)

A special character is accepted if present. Optional characters are not allowed as the first character(s) in a
field of like characters. Small special characters are - , and .
Template Valid data Valid data Invalid data
AA.99 MN.35 XY98 XYZ12

Other Template Operators

These template operators assist in capturing, delimiting, and formatting scanned OCR data.

363
 OCR Programming

Literal String (" and +)

Use either of these delimiting characters surrounding characters from the alphanumeric keyboard in
Alphanumeric Barcodes to define a literal string within a template that must be present in scanned OCR
data. There are two characters used to delimit required literal strings; if one of the delimiter characters is
present in the desired literal string, use the other delimiter.
Template Valid data Invalid data
"35+BC" 35+BC AB+22

New Line (E)

To create a template of multiple lines, add E between the template of each single line.
Template Valid data Valid data Invalid data
999EAAAA 321 987 XYZW
BCAD ZXYW 12

String Extract (C)

This operator combined with others defines a string of characters to extract from the scanned data. The
string extract is structured as follows:
CbPe
Where:
• C is the string extract operator
• b is the string begin delimiter
• P is the category (one or more numeric or alpha characters) describing the string representation
• e is the string end delimiter

364
 OCR Programming

Values for b and e can be any scannable character. They are included in the output stream.
Template Incoming data Output
C>A> XQ3>ABCDE> >ABCDE>
->ATHRUZ>123 >ATHRUZ>
1ABCZXYZ No Output

Ignore to End of Field (D)

This operator causes all characters after a template to be ignored. Use this as the last character in a
template expression. Examples for the template 999D:
Template Incoming data Output
999D 123-PED 123
357298 357
193 193

Skip Until (P1)

This operator skips over characters until a specific character type or a literal string is detected. It can be
used in two ways:
P1ct
Where:
• P1 is the Skip Until operator
• c is the type of character that triggers the start of output
• t is one or more template characters
P1"s"t
Where:
• P1 is the Skip Until operator
• "s" is one or more literal string characters (see Literal String (" and +) on page 364) that trigger the
start of output
• t is one or more template characters

365
 OCR Programming

The trigger character or literal string is included in output from a Skip Until operator, and the first character
in the template should accommodate this trigger.
Template Incoming data Output
P1"PN"AA9999 123PN9876 PN9876
PN1234 PN1234
X-PN3592 PN3592

Skip Until Not (P0)

This operator skips over characters until a specific character type or a literal string is not matched in the
output stream. It can be used in two ways:
P0ct
Where:
• P0 is the Skip Until Not operator
• c is the type of character that triggers the start of output
• t is one or more template characters
P0"s"t
Where:
• P0 is the Skip Until Not operator
• "s" is one or more literal string characters (see Literal String (" and +) on page 364) that trigger the
start of output
• t is one or more template characters

366
 OCR Programming

The trigger character or literal string is not included in output from a Skip Until Not operator.
Template Incoming data Output
P0A9999 BPN3456 3456
PN1234 1234
5341 No output

Template Incoming data Output

P0"PN"9999 PN3456 3456
5341 No output
PNPN7654 7654

Repeat Previous (R)

This operator allows a template character to repeat one or more times, allowing the capture of
variable-length scanned data. The following examples capture two required alpha characters followed by
one or more required digits:
Template Incoming data Output
AA9R AB3 AB3
PN12345 PN12345
32RM52700 No output

367
 OCR Programming

Scroll Until Match (S)

This operator steps through scanned data one character at a time until the data matches the template.
Template Incoming data Output
S99999 AB3 No Output
PN12345 12345
32RM52700 52700

Multiple Templates
This feature sets up multiple templates for OCR decoding. To do this, follow the procedure described in
OCR Template on page 359 (scan the OCR Template barcode, and then barcodes corresponding to
numbers and letters to form the template expression, and then End of Message) for each template in the
multiple template string, using a capital letter X as a separator between templates.
For example, set the OCR Template as 99999XAAAAA to decode OCR strings of either 12345 or
ABCDE.

Template Examples
Following are sample templates with descriptions of valid data for each definition.
Field Definition Description
"M"99977 M followed by three digits and two optional digits.
"X"997777"X" X followed by two digits, four optional digits, and an X.
9959775599 Two digits followed by any character, a digit, two optional digits, any two characters,
and two digits.
A55"-"999"-"99 A letter followed by two characters, a dash, three digits, a dash, and two digits.
33A"."99 Two alphanumeric characters followed by a letter, a period, and two digits.
999992991Five digits followed by an optional alpha, two digits, and an optional alphanumeric.
"PN98" Literal field - PN98

368
 OCR Programming

OCR Check Digit Modulus

Parameter # 688 (SSI # F1h B0h)

The check digit is the last digit (in the right-most position) in an OCR string and improves the accuracy of
the collected data. This option sets OCR module check digit calculation. The calculation is performed on
incoming data to determine this check digit, based on the numeric weight of the alpha and numeric
characters. See OCR Check Digit Multiplier on page 369. If the incoming data does not match the check
digit, the data is considered corrupt.
The selected check digit option does not take effect until you set OCR Check Digit Validation on page 371.
To choose the Check Digit Modulus, such as 10 for Modulus 10, scan the following barcode, and then scan
a three-digit number from 001 to 099 representing the check digit using the numeric keypad in Numeric
Barcodes. The default is 1.

OCR Check Digit

OCR Check Digit Multiplier

Parameter # 700 (SSI # F1h BCh)

This option sets OCR check digit multipliers for character positions. For check digit validation, each
character in scanned data has an assigned weight to use in calculating the check digit. The scanner OCR
ships with the following weight equivalents:
0=0 A = 10 K = 20 U = 30
1=1 B = 11 L = 21 V = 31
2=2 C = 12 M = 22 W = 32
3=3 D = 13 N = 23 X = 33
4=4 E = 14 O = 24 Y = 34
5=5 F = 15 P = 25 Z = 35
6=6 G = 16 Q = 26 Space = 0
7=7 H = 17 R = 27
8=8 I = 18 S = 28
9=9 J = 19 T = 29
All other characters are equivalent to one (1).
You can define the multiplier string if it is different from the default.
121212121212 (default)
123456789A (for ISBN, Product Add Right to Left. See OCR Check Digit Validation on page 371)

369
 OCR Programming

For example:
ISBN 0 2 0 1 1 8 3 9 9 4
Multiplier 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Product 0 18 0 7 6 40 12 27 18 4
Product add 0+ 18+ 0+ 7+ 6+ 40+ 12+ 27+ 18+ 4= 132
ISBN uses Modulus 11 for the check digit. In this case, 132 is divisible by 11, so it passes the check digit.
To set the check digit multiplier, scan the following barcode, and then scan numbers and letters to form the
multiplier string from Alphanumeric Barcodes. Then scan End of Message on page 458.

OCR Check Digit Multiplier

370
 OCR Programming

OCR Check Digit Validation

Parameter # 694 (SSI # F1h B6h)

Use the following options to protect against scanning errors by applying a check digit validation scheme.

None
No check digit validation, indicating no check digit is applied. This is the default.

* No Check Digit
(0)

Product Add Left to Right

Each character in the scanned data is assigned a numeric value (see OCR Check Digit Multiplier on
page 369). Each digit representing a character in the scanned data is multiplied by its corresponding digit
in the multiplier, and the sum of these products is computed. The check digit passes if this sum modulo
Check Digit Modulus is zero.
Example:
Scanned data numeric value is 132456 (check digit is 6)
Check digit multiplier string is 123456
Digit 1 3 2 4 5 6

Multiplier 1 2 3 4 5 6

Product 1 6 6 16 25 36

Product add 1+ 6+ 6+ 16+ 25+ 36= 90

The Check Digit Modulus is 10. It passes because 90 is divisible by 10 (the remainder is zero).

Product Add Left to Right

(3)

371
 OCR Programming

Product Add Right to Left

Each character in the scanned data is assigned a numeric value (see OCR Check Digit Multiplier on
page 369). The check digit multiplier is reversed in order. Each value representing a character in the
scanned data is multiplied by its corresponding digit in the reversed multiplier, resulting in a product for
each character in the scanned data. The sum of these products is computed. The check digit passes if this
sum modulo Check Digit Modulus is zero.
Example:
Scanned data numeric value is 132459 (check digit is 9)
Check digit multiplier string is 123456
Digit 1 3 2 4 5 9

Multiplier 6 5 4 3 2 1

Product 6 15 8 12 10 9

Product add 6+ 15+ 8+ 12+ 10+ 9= 60

The Check Digit Modulus is 10. It passes because 60 is divisible by 10 (the remainder is 0).

Product Add Right to Left

(1)

Digit Add Left to Right

Each character in the scanned data is assigned a numeric value (see OCR Check Digit Multiplier on
page 369). Each value representing a character in the scanned data is multiplied by its corresponding digit
in the multiplier, resulting in a product for each character in the scanned data. The sum of each individual
digit in all of the products is then calculated. The check digit passes if this sum modulo Check Digit
Modulus is zero.
Example:
Scanned data numeric value is 132456 (check digit is 6)
Check digit multiplier string is 123456
Digit 1 3 2 4 5 6
Multiplier 1 2 3 4 5 6

Product 1 6 6 16 25 36
Digit add 1+ 6+ 6+ 1+6+ 2+5+ 3+6= 36

372
 OCR Programming

The Check Digit Modulus is 12. It passes because 36 is divisible by 12 (the remainder is 0).

Digit Add Left to Right

(4)

Digit Add Right to Left

Each character in the scanned data is assigned a numeric value (see OCR Check Digit Multiplier on
page 369). The check digit multiplier is reversed in order. Each value representing a character in the
scanned data is multiplied by its corresponding digit in the reversed multiplier, resulting in a product for
each character in the scanned data. The sum of each individual digit in all of the products is then
calculated. The check digit passes if this sum modulo Check Digit Modulus is zero.
Example:
Scanned data numeric value is 132456 (check digit is 6)
Check digit multiplier string is 123456
Digit 1 3 2 4 5 6
Multiplier 6 5 4 3 2 1
Product 6 15 8 12 10 6
Digit add 6+ 1+5+ 8+ 1+2+ 1+0+ 6= 30
The Check Digit Modulus is 10. It passes because 30 is divisible by 10 (the remainder is 0).

Digit Add Right to Left

(2)

Product Add Right to Left Simple Remainder

Each character in the scanned data is assigned a numeric value (see OCR Check Digit Multiplier on
page 369). The check digit multiplier is reversed in order. Each value representing a character in the
scanned data is multiplied by its corresponding digit in the reversed multiplier, resulting in a product for
each character in the scanned data. The sum of these products except for the check digit's product is
computed. The check digit passes if this sum modulo Check Digit Modulus is equal to the check digit's
product.
Example:
Scanned data numeric value is 122456 (check digit is 6)
Check digit multiplier string is 123456
Digit 1 2 2 4 5 6
Multiplier 6 5 4 3 2 1

373
 OCR Programming

Product 6 10 8 12 10 6
Product add 6+ 10+ 8+ 12+ 10= 46 6
The Check Digit Modulus is 10. It passes because 46 divided by 10 leaves a remainder of 6.

Product Add Right to Left Simple Remainder

(5)

Digit Add Right To Left Simple Remainder

Each character in the scanned data is assigned a numeric value (see OCR Check Digit Multiplier on
page 369). The check digit multiplier is reversed in order. Each value representing a character in the
scanned data is multiplied by its corresponding digit in the reversed multiplier, resulting in a product for
each character in the scanned data. The sum of each individual digit in all of the products except for the
check digit's product is then calculated. The check digit passes if this sum modulo Check Digit Modulus is
equal to the check digit's product.
Example:
Scanned data numeric value is 122459 (check digit is 6)
Check digit multiplier string is 123456
Digit 1 2 2 4 5 9

Multiplier 6 5 4 3 2 1

Product 6 10 8 12 10 9

Digit add 6+ 1+0+ 8+ 1+2+ 1+0= 19 9

The Check Digit Modulus is 10. It passes because 19 divided by 10 leaves a remainder of 9.

Digit Add Right to Left Simple Remainder

(6)

Health Industry - HIBCC43

This is the health industry module 43 check digit standard. The check digit is the modulus 43 sum of all the
character values in a given message, and is printed as the last character in a given message.

374
 OCR Programming

Example:
Supplier Labeling Data Structure: + A 1 2 3 B J C 5 D 6 E 7 1
Sum of values: 41+10+1+2+3+11+19+12+5+13+6+14+7+1 = 145
Divide 145 by 43. The quotient is 3 with a remainder of 16. The check digit is the character corresponding
to the value of the remainder (see Table 22), which in this example is 16, or G. The complete Supplier
Labeling Data Structure, including the check digit, therefore is:
A123BJC5D6E71G

Table 22 Table of Numeric Value Assignments for Computing HIBC LIC Data Format Check Digit
0=0 9=9 I = 18 R = 27 - = 36
1=1 A = 10 J = 19 S = 28 . = 37
2=2 B = 11 K = 20 T = 29 Space = 38
3=3 C = 12 L = 21 U =30 $ = 39
4=4 D = 13 M = 22 V = 31 / = 40
5=5 E = 14 N = 23 W = 32 + = 41
6=6 F = 15 O = 24 X = 33 % = 42
7=7 G = 16 P = 25 Y = 34
8=8 H = 17 Q = 26 Z = 35

Health Industry - HIBCC43

(9)

375
 OCR Programming

Inverse OCR

Parameter # 856 (SSI # F2h 58h)

Inverse OCR is white or light words on a black or dark background. Select an option for decoding inverse
OCR:
• Regular Only - Decode regular OCR (black on white) strings only.
• Inverse Only - Decode inverse OCR (white on black) strings only.
• Autodiscriminate - Decode both regular and inverse OCR strings.

* Regular Only
(0)

Inverse Only
(1)

Autodiscriminate
(2)

376
 OCR Programming

OCR Redundancy

Parameter # 1770 (SSI # F8h 06h EAh)

This option adjusts the number of times to decode an OCR text string before transmission. There are three
levels of OCR decode redundancy. There is an inverse relationship between the redundancy level and
OCR decoding aggressiveness. Increasing the level of the redundancy can reduce OCR scanning
aggressiveness, so select only the level of redundancy necessary.
• OCR Redundancy Level 1: This default setting allows the digital scanner to operate in its most
aggressive state while providing sufficient accuracy in decoding most in-spec OCR text strings.
• OCR Redundancy Level 2: This setting eliminates most misdecodes while maintaining reasonable
aggressiveness.
• OCR Redundancy Level 3: Select this option with greater redundancy requirements if OCR
Redundancy Level 2 fails to eliminate misdecodes.

* OCR Redundancy Level 1

(1)

OCR Redundancy Level 2

(2)

OCR Redundancy Level 3

(3)

377
Standard Parameter Defaults

Table 23 Standard Parameter Defaults

Parameter Page
Parameter SSI Number Default
Number Number
Dump Scanner Parameters N/A N/A N/A 55
Report Software Version N/A N/A N/A 55
Serial Number N/A N/A N/A 56
Manufacturing Information N/A N/A N/A 56
User Preferences
Set Default Parameter N/A N/A Restore Defaults 66
Parameter Barcode Scanning 236 ECh Enable 67
Beep After Good Decode 56 38h Enable 67
Direct Decode Indicator 859 F2h 5Bh Disable 68
Beeper Volume 140 8Ch High 69
Beeper Tone 145 91h Medium 70
Beeper Duration 628 F1h 74h Medium 71
Suppress Power Up Beeps 721 F1h D1h Do Not Suppress 71
Decode Pager Motor 613 F1h 65h Enable 72
Decode Pager Motor Duration 626 F1h 72h 150 msec 72
Night Mode Trigger 1215 F8h 04h BFh Disable 74
Night Mode Toggle N/A N/A N/A 75
Night Mode Silence Beeper Radio Indications 2262 F8h 08h D6 Enable Always 76
Night Mode Silence Beeper Low Battery Indication 2263 F8h 08h D7 Enable Always 77
Night Mode Silence Beeper Parameter 2264 F8h 08h D8 Enable Always 77
Programming Indications
Scan Button Sensitivity 2133 F8 08 55 Normal Touch 80
Programmable Buttton Sesitivity 2134 F8 08 56 Normal Touch 80
Haptic Feedback (Vibrate) on Button Touch 1251 F8h 04h E3h Enable 81
Click on Button Touch 1252 F8h 04h E4h Enable 82
Scan Button ADF Rule Selection 2070 F8h 08h 16h No Action 85
Programmable Button ADF Rule Selection 2071 F8h 08h 17h No Action 86

378
 Standard Parameter Defaults

Table 23 Standard Parameter Defaults

Parameter Page
Parameter SSI Number Default
Number Number
Hands-Free ADF Rule Selection 2072 F8h 08h 18h No Action 87
Lamp Mode Control 1711 F8h 06h AFh Disable - for SR Models 88

Enable Lamp Mode

without Scanning - for
HC models
Lamp Mode Timeout 1712 F8h 06h B0h 5 Minutes 89
Low Power Mode 128 80h Enable 89
Time Delay to Low Power Mode 146 92h 1 sec 90
Timeout to Low Power Mode from Auto Aim 729 F1h D9h 15 sec 92
(Applies to cordless configurations only)
Battery Preservation Mode 1765 F8h 06h E5h Enable 93
(Applies to cordless configurations only)
Hand-Held Trigger Mode 138 8Ah Level 94
Hands-Free Mode 630 F1h 76h Enable 96
Hand-Held Decode Aiming Pattern 306 F0h 32h Enable 96
Hands-Free (Presentation) Decode Aiming 590 F1h 4Eh Disable Hands-Free 97
Pattern Decode Aiming Pattern
Picklist Mode 402 F0h 92h Disabled Always 99
Virtual Tether Alarm Configuration 2053 F8h 08h 05h Disable 100
Delay Before Virtual Tether Alarm Activates 2054 F8h 08h 06h 30 Seconds 104
Virtual Tether Alarm Duration 2055 F8h 08h 07h 5 Minutes 104
Defeat Virtual Tether Alarm 2119 F8h 08h 47h Pause Alarm on Scan 105
Button
Pause Virtual Tether Alarm Duration 2120 F8h 08h 48h 30 Seconds 106
Continuous Barcode Read 649 F1h 89h Disable 108
Unique Barcode Reporting 723 F1h D3h Enable 108
Decode Session Timeout 136 88h 9.9 sec 109
Hands-Free Decode Session Timeout 400 F0h 90h 15 110
Timeout Between Decodes, Same Symbol 137 89h 0.5 sec 111
Timeout Between Decodes, Different Symbols 144 90h 0.1 sec 111
Triggered Timeout, Same Symbol 724 F1 D4 Disable 112
Mobile Phone/Display Mode 716 F1h CCh Normal 113
PDF Prioritization 719 F1h CFh Disable 114
PDF Prioritization Timeout 720 F1h D0h 200 ms 115
Decoding Illumination 298 F0h 2Ah Enable 115
Illumination Brightness Hand-Held 669 F1h 9Dh High 116
Illumination Brightness Hands-Free 2118 F8h 08h 46h Medium 117

379
 Standard Parameter Defaults

Table 23 Standard Parameter Defaults

Parameter Page
Parameter SSI Number Default
Number Number
Low Light Scene Detection 810 F2h 2Ah No Low Light Assist 118
Scene Detection
Scene Detect Sensitivity 1943 F8h 97h Low 119
Motion Tolerance (Hand-Held Trigger Mode Only) 858 F2h 5Ah Less Motion Tolerance 120
Product ID (PID) Type 1281 F8h 05h 01h Host Type Unique 121
Product ID (PID) Value 1725 F8h 06h 0 121
BDh
ECLevel 1710 F8h 06h 0 122
AEh
Add an Enter Key N/A N/A N/A 122
Transmit Code ID Character 45 2Dh None 122
Prefix Value 99, 105 63h, 69h 7013 <CR><LF> 123
Suffix 1 Value 98, 104 62h, 68h 7013 <CR><LF> 123
Suffix 2 Value 100, 106 64h, 6Ah
Scan Data Transmission Format 235 EBh Data as is 124
FN1 Substitution Values 103, 109 67h, 6Dh 7013 <CR><LF> 126
Transmit “No Read” Message 94 5Eh Disable 127
Unsolicited Heartbeat Interval 1118 F8h 04h 5Eh Disable 128
securPharm 1752 F8h 06h D8h Disable 129
securPharm Output Formatting 1753 F8h 06h D9h No Formatting 130
Programmable Button for Single Press 2060 F8h 08h 0Ch Apple Show/Hide 133
Keypad
Programmable Button for Double Press 2103 F8h 08h 37h No Action 134
Radio Communications
Radio Communications Host Types N/A N/A Cradle Host 137
Bluetooth Friendly Name 607 F1h 5Fh n/a 142
Discoverable Mode 610 F1h 62h General 143
Wi-Fi Friendly Mode 1299 F8h 05h 77h Disable 143
Wi-Fi Friendly Channel Exclusion N/A N/A Use All Channels 144
Radio Output Power 1324 F8h 05h 2Ch High 146
Link Supervision Timeout 1698 F8h 06h A2h 5 sec 147
Bluetooth Radio State 1354 F8h 05h 4Ah On 148
HID Features for Apple iOS 1114 F8h 04h 5Ah Disable 149
HID Keyboard Keystroke Delay N/A N/A No Delay (0 msec) 150
HID CAPS Lock Override N/A N/A Do Not Override 150
(Disable)
HID Ignore Unknown Characters N/A N/A Send Barcodes with 151
Unknown Characters

380
 Standard Parameter Defaults

Table 23 Standard Parameter Defaults

Parameter Page
Parameter SSI Number Default
Number Number
Emulate Keypad N/A N/A Enable 151
Fast HID Keyboard 1361 F8h 05h 51h Enable 152
Quick Keypad Emulation 1362 F8h 05h 52h Enable 152
HID Keyboard FN1 Substitution N/A N/A Disable 153
HID Function Key Mapping N/A N/A Disable 153
Simulated Caps Lock N/A N/A Disable 154
Convert Case N/A N/A No Case Conversion 154
Auto-Reconnect Option 604 F1h 5Ch Auto-Reconnect 155
Immediately
Reconnect Attempt Beep Feedback 559 F1h 2Fh Disable 157
Reconnect Attempt Interval 558 F1h 2Eh 30 sec 157
Sleep Between Attempts 1778 F8h 06h F2h Sleep for 1 Minute 159
Number of Retry Attempts 1779 F8h 06h F3h Do Not Retry 160
Beep on Insertion 288 20h Enable 161
Beep on <BEL> 150 96 Enable 162
Pairing Modes 542 F1h 1Eh Unlocked 163
Pairing on Contacts 545 F1h 21h Enable 164
Toggle Pairing 1322 F8h 05h 2Ah Disable 165
Connection Maintenance Interval N/A N/A 15 Minutes 166
AutoConfig (Scanner Cloning Through Cradle) 2139 F8 08 5B Disable 168
Batch Mode 544 F1h 20h Normal (Do Not Batch 168
Data)
Persistent Batch Storage 1399 F8h 05h 77h Disable 172
Page Button 746 F1h EAh Enable 173
Page Mode 1364 F8h 05h 54h Page Simple 174
Page Stage Timeout 1365 F8h 05h 55h 30 Seconds 174
Cradle Bluetooth Operation Mode 1355 F8h 05h 4Bh Bluetooth Classic Only 175
Bluetooth Security Levels 1393 F8h 05h 71h Low 176
Save Bluetooth Connection Information 1743 F8h 06h Enable 177
CFh
FIPS Mode 736 F1h E0h Disable 178
Imaging Preferences
Operational Modes N/A N/A N/A 182
Image Capture Illumination 361 F0h 69h Enable 184
Image Capture Autoexposure 360 F0h 68h Enable 184
Fixed Exposure 567 F4h F1h 37h 100 185
Fixed Gain 568 F1h 38h 50 185

381
 Standard Parameter Defaults

Table 23 Standard Parameter Defaults

Parameter Page
Parameter SSI Number Default
Number Number
Gain / Exposure Priority for Snapshot Mode 562 F1h 32h Autodetect 186
Snapshot Mode Timeout 323 F0h 43h 0 (30 seconds) 187
Snapshot Aiming Pattern 300 F0h 2Ch Enable 188
Silence Operational Mode Changes 1293 F8h 05h 0Dh Disable (do not silence) 188
Image Cropping 301 F0h 2Dh Disable 189
Crop to Pixel Addresses 315 F4h F0h 3Bh 0 top 189
316 F4h F0h 0 left
317 3Ch 959 bottom
318 F4h F0h 1279 right
3Dh
F4h F0h 3Eh
Image Size (Number of Pixels) 302 F0h 2Eh Full 190
Image Brightness (Target White) 390 F0h 86h 180 191
JPEG Image Options 299 F0h 2Bh Quality 192
JPEG Target File Size 561 F1h 31h 160 kB 192
JPEG Quality and Size Value 305 F0h 31h 65 193
Image Enhancement 564 F1h 34h Low (1) 193
Image File Format Selector 304 F0h 30h JPEG 194
Image Rotation 665 F1h 99h 0 195
Bits per Pixel (BPP) 303 F0h 2Fh 8 BPP 195
Signature Capture 93 5Dh Disable 196
Signature Capture Image File Format Selector 313 F0h 39h JPEG 197
Signature Capture Bits per Pixel (BPP) 314 F0h 3Ah 8 BPP 198
Signature Capture Width 366 F4h F0h 6Eh 400 199
Signature Capture Height 367 F4h F0h 6Fh 100 199
Signature Capture JPEG Quality 421 F0h A5h 65 199
Video Mode Format Selector 916 F2h 94h JPEG 200
Video View Finder 324 F0h 44h Disable 200
Video View Finder Image Size 329 F0h 49h 1700 Bytes 201
Video Subsampling 667 F1h 9Bh 1/4 Resolution 202
USB Host Parameters
USB Device Type N/A N/A HID Keyboard 206
Emulation
Symbol Native API (SNAPI) Status Handshaking N/A N/A Enable 207
USB Keystroke Delay N/A N/A No Delay 208
USB CAPS Lock Override N/A N/A Disable 208
USB Ignore Unknown Characters N/A N/A Send 209
USB Convert Unknown to Code 39 N/A N/A Disable 209

382
 Standard Parameter Defaults

Table 23 Standard Parameter Defaults

Parameter Page
Parameter SSI Number Default
Number Number
USB Polling Interval N/A N/A 3 msec 210
USB Fast HID N/A N/A Enable 212
Emulate Keypad N/A N/A Enable 212
Emulate Keypad with Leading Zero N/A N/A Enable 213
Quick Keypad Emulation N/A N/A Enable 213
USB FN1 Substitution N/A N/A Disable 214
Function Key Mapping N/A N/A Disable 214
Simulated Caps Lock N/A N/A Disable 215
Convert Case N/A N/A No Case Conversion 215
USB Static CDC N/A N/A Enable 216
TGCS (IBM) USB Direct I/O Beep 1360 550h Honor 217
TGCS (IBM) USB Beep Directive N/A N/A Ignore Beep Directive 217
TGCS (IBM) USB Barcode Configuration Directive N/A N/A Ignore Barcode 218
Configuration Directive
IBM Specification Version N/A N/A Version 2.2 218
SSI
Select SSI Host N/A N/A N/A 229
Software Handshaking 159 9Fh ACK/NAK 229
Decode Data Packet Format 238 EEh Send Raw Decode 230
Data
Host Serial Response Time-out 155 9Bh 2 sec 231
Host Character Time-out 239 EFh 200 msec 232
Multipacket Option 334 F0h 4Eh Option 1 233
Interpacket Delay 335 F0h 4Fh 0 ms 234
Event Reporting
Decode Event 256 F0h 00h Disable 235
Boot Up Event 258 F0h 02h Disable 236
Parameter Event 259 F0h 03h Disable 236
Symbologies
Enable/Disable All Code Types 243
UPC/EAN
UPC-A 1 01h Enable 243
UPC-E 2 02h Enable 244
UPC-E1 12 0Ch Disable 244
EAN-8/JAN 8 4 04h Enable 245
EAN-13/JAN 13 3 03h Enable 245
Bookland EAN 83 53h Disable 246

383
 Standard Parameter Defaults

Table 23 Standard Parameter Defaults

Parameter Page
Parameter SSI Number Default
Number Number
Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplementals 16 10h Ignore 246
(2 and 5 digits)
User-Programmable Supplementals 000 250
Supplemental 1: 579 F1h 43h
Supplemental 2: 580 F1h 44h
UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental Redundancy 80 50h 10 250
Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental AIM ID 672 F1h A0h Combined 251
Transmit UPC-A Check Digit 40 28h Enable 252
Transmit UPC-E Check Digit 41 29h Enable 252
Transmit UPC-E1 Check Digit 42 2Ah Enable 253
Transmit EAN-8 Check Digit 1881 F8 07 59 Transmit 253
Transmit EAN-13 Check Digit 1882 F8 07 5A Transmit 254
Transmit Code 39 Start/Stop Characters 1900 F8 07 6C Do Not Transmit 254
UPC-A Preamble 34 22h System Character 255
UPC-E Preamble 35 23h System Character 256
UPC-E1 Preamble 36 24h System Character 257
Convert UPC-E to A 37 25h Disable 258
Convert UPC-E1 to A 38 26h Disable 258
EAN-8/JAN-8 Extend 39 27h Disable 259
Bookland ISBN Format 576 F1h 40h ISBN-10 259
UCC Coupon Extended Code 85 55h Disable 260
Coupon Report 730 F1h DAh New Coupon Format 261
ISSN EAN 617 F1h 69h Disable 261
UPC Reduced Quiet Zone 1289 F8h 05h 09h Disable 262
Code 128
Code 128 8 08h Enable 262
Set Length(s) for Code 128 209, 210 D1h, D2h Any Length 263
GS1-128 (formerly UCC/EAN-128) 14 0Eh Enable 265
ISBT 128 84 54h Enable 265
ISBT Concatenation 577 F1h 41h Disable for SR models 266
Enable for HC models
Check ISBT Table 578 F1h 42h Enable 267
ISBT Concatenation Redundancy 223 DFh 10 267
Code 128 Security Level 751 F1h EFh Security Level 1 269
Code 128 Reduced Quiet Zone 1208 F8h 04h B8h Disable 270
Code 128 <FNC4> 1254 F8h 04h E6h Ignore 270
Code 39

384
 Standard Parameter Defaults

Table 23 Standard Parameter Defaults

Parameter Page
Parameter SSI Number Default
Number Number
Code 39 0 00h Enable 271
Trioptic Code 39 13 0Dh Disable 271
Convert Code 39 to Code 32 (Italian Pharmacy 86 56h Disable 272
Code)
Code 32 Prefix 231 E7h Disable 272
Set Length(s) for Code 39 18, 19 12h, 13h 1 to 55 273
Code 39 Check Digit Verification 48 30h Disable 274
Transmit Code 39 Check Digit 43 2Bh Disable 274
Code 39 Full ASCII Conversion 17 11h Disable 275
Code 39 Security Level 750 F1h EEh Security Level 1 276
Code 39 Reduced Quiet Zone 1209 F8h 04h B9h Disable 277
Code 93
Code 93 9 09h Enable 277
Set Length(s) for Code 93 26, 27 1Ah, 1Bh 1 to 55 278
Code 11
Code 11 10 0Ah Disable 279
Set Lengths for Code 11 28, 29 1Ch, 1Dh 4 to 55 279
Code 11 Check Digit Verification 52 34h Disable 281
Transmit Code 11 Check Digit(s) 47 2Fh Disable 282
Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF)
Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF) 6 06h Enable 283
Set Lengths for I 2 of 5 22, 23 16h, 17h 6 to 55 283
I 2 of 5 Check Digit Verification 49 31h Disable 285
Transmit I 2 of 5 Check Digit 44 2Ch Disable 285
Convert I 2 of 5 to EAN 13 82 52h Disable 286
Febraban 1750 F8h 06h D6h Disable 286
I 2 of 5 Security Level 1121 F8h 04h 61h Security Level 1 287
I 2 of 5 Reduced Quiet Zone 1210 F8h 04h Disable 288
BAh
Discrete 2 of 5 (DTF)
Discrete 2 of 5 5 05h Disable 289
Set Length(s) for D 2 of 5 20, 21 14h 15h 1 to 55 289
Codabar (NW - 7)
Codabar 7 07h Enable 291
Set Lengths for Codabar 24, 25 18h, 19h 4 to 55 291
CLSI Editing 54 36h Disable 293
NOTIS Editing 55 37h Disable 293

385
 Standard Parameter Defaults

Table 23 Standard Parameter Defaults

Parameter Page
Parameter SSI Number Default
Number Number
Codabar Security Level 1776 F8h 06h F0h Security Level 1 294
Codabar Upper or Lower Case Start/Stop 855 F2h 57h Upper Case 295
Characters Detection
Codabar Mod 16 Check Digit Verification 1784 F8h 06h F8h Disable 295
Transmit Codabar Check Digit 704 F1h C0h Disable 296
MSI
MSI 11 0Bh Disable 296
Set Length(s) for MSI 30, 31 1Eh, 1Fh 4 to 55 297
MSI Check Digits 50 32h One 298
Transmit MSI Check Digit 46 2Eh Disable 299
MSI Check Digit Algorithm 51 33h Mod 10/Mod 10 299
MSI Reduced Quiet Zone 1392 F8h 05h 70h Disable 300
Chinese 2 of 5
Chinese 2 of 5 408 F0h 98h Disable 300
Matrix 2 of 5
Matrix 2 of 5 618 F1h 6Ah Disable 301
Matrix 2 of 5 Lengths 619 F1h 6Bh 4-55 301
620 F1h 6Ch
Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit 622 F1h 6Eh Disable 302
Transmit Matrix 2 of 5 Check Digit 623 F1h 6Fh Disable 303
Korean 3 of 5
Korean 3 of 5 581 F1h 45h Disable 303
Inverse 1D 586 F1h 4Ah Regular 304
GS1 DataBar
GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional (formerly GS1 338 F0h 52h Enable 305
DataBar-14), GS1 DataBar Truncated, GS1
DataBar Stacked, GS1 DataBar Stacked
Omnidirectional
GS1 DataBar Limited 339 F0h 53h Enable 305
GS1 DataBar Expanded, GS1 DataBar Expanded 340 F0h 54h Enable 306
Stacked
Convert GS1 DataBar to UPC/EAN 397 F0h 8Dh Disable 306
GS1 DataBar Limited Margin Check 728 F1h D8h Level 3 307
GS1 DataBar Security Level 1706 F8h 06h Level 1 308
AAh
Composite
Composite CC-C 341 F0h 55h Disable 309
Composite CC-A/B 342 F0h 56h Disable 309

386
 Standard Parameter Defaults

Table 23 Standard Parameter Defaults

Parameter Page
Parameter SSI Number Default
Number Number
Composite TLC-39 371 F0h 73h Disable 310
Composite Inverse 1113 F8h 04h 59h Regular 310
UPC Composite Mode 344 F0h 58h UPC Never Linked 311
Composite Beep Mode 398 F0h 8Eh Beep As Each Code 312
Type is Decoded
GS1-128 Emulation Mode for UCC/EAN 427 F0h ABh Disable 312
Composite Codes
2D Symbologies
PDF417 15 0Fh Enable 313
MicroPDF417 227 E3h Disable 313
Code 128 Emulation 123 7Bh Disable 314
Data Matrix 292 F0h 24h Enable 315
GS1 Data Matrix 1336 F8h 05h 38h Disable 315
Data Matrix Inverse 588 F1h 4Ch Inverse Autodetect 316
Decode Mirror Images (Data Matrix Only) 537 F1h 19h Auto 317
Maxicode 294 F0h 26h Disable 318
QR Code 293 F0h 25h Enable 318
Weblink QR 1947 F7 07 9B Enable 319
GS1 QR 1343 F8h 05h 3Fh Enable 319
MicroQR 573 F1h 3Dh Enable 320
Aztec 574 F1h 3Eh Enable 320
Aztec Inverse 589 F1h 4Dh Inverse Autodetect 321
Han Xin 1167 F8h 04h 8Fh Disable 322
Han Xin Inverse 1168 F8h 04h 90h Regular 322
Grid Matrix 1718 F8h 06h B6h Disable 323
Grid Matrix Inverse 1719 F8h 06h B7h Regular Only 323
Grid Matrix Mirror 1736 F8h 06h C8h Regular Only 324
DotCode 1906 F8 07 72h Disable 325
DotCode Inverse 1907 F8 07 73h Inverse Autodetect 325
DotCode Mirrored 1908 F8 07 74h Autodetect 326
DotCode Prioritize 1937 F8 07 91h Disable 326
Postal Codes
US Postnet 89 59h Disable 327
US Planet 90 5Ah Disable 327
Transmit US Postal Check Digit 95 5Fh Enable 328
UK Postal 91 5Bh Disable 328
Transmit UK Postal Check Digit 96 60h Enable 329

387
 Standard Parameter Defaults

Table 23 Standard Parameter Defaults

Parameter Page
Parameter SSI Number Default
Number Number
Japan Postal 290 F0h 22h Disable 329
Australia Post 291 F0h 23h Disable 330
Australia Post Format 718 F1h CEh Autodiscriminate 331
Netherlands KIX Code 326 F0h 46h Disable 332
USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail 592 F1h 50h Disable 332
UPU FICS Postal 611 F1h 63h Disable 333
Mailmark 1337 F8h 05h 08h Disable 333
Symbology-Specific Security Levels
Redundancy Level 78 4Eh 1 334
Security Level 77 4Dh 1 336
1D Quiet Zone Level 1288 F8h 05h 08h 1 337
Intercharacter Gap Size 381 F0h 7Dh Normal 338
Report Version 338
Macro PDF
Flush Macro PDF Buffer N/A N/A N/A 339
Abort Macro PDF Entry N/A N/A N/A 339
OCR Programming Parameters
OCR-A 680 F1h A8h Disable 347
OCR-A Variant 684 F1h ACh OCR-A Full ASCII 348
OCR-B 681 F1h A9h Disable 349
OCR-B Variant 685 F1h ADh OCR-B Full ASCII 350
MICR E13B 682 F1h AAh Disable 354
US Currency 683 F1h ABh Disable 355
OCR Orientation 687 F1h AFh 0o 355
OCR Lines 691 F1h B3h 1 357
OCR Minimum Characters 689 F1h B1h 3 357
OCR Maximum Characters 690 F1h B2h 100 358
OCR Subset 686 F1h AEh Selected font variant 358
OCR Quiet Zone 695 F1h B7h 50 359
OCR Template 547 F1h 23h 99999999 359
OCR Check Digit Modulus 688 F1h B0h 1 369
OCR Check Digit Multiplier 700 F1h BCh 121212121212 369
OCR Check Digit Validation 694 F1h B6h None 371
Inverse OCR 856 F2h 58h Regular 376
OCR Redundancy 1770 F8h 06h Level 1 377
EAh

388
Country Codes

Introduction
This chapter provides instructions for programming the keyboard to interface with a USB or BT HID. The
host powers the scanner. For host setup information, see USB Interface.

NOTE: Mobile device keyboards are English only.

To select a code page for the country keyboard type, see Country Code Page Barcodes.

Throughout the programming barcode menus, default values are indicated with asterisks (*).

* Indicates Default * US English (North American) Feature/Option

389
 Country Codes

USB, BT HID Country Keyboard Types (Country Codes)

Scan the barcode corresponding to the keyboard type. For a USB host, this setting applies only to the USB
Keyboard (HID) device. If the keyboard type is not listed, see Emulate Keypad on page 212 for the USB
HID host.

NOTE: When changing USB country keyboard types the digital scanner automatically resets and issues
the standard startup beep sequences.

NOTE: For best results when using international keyboards, enable Quick Keypad Emulation on page 213.

IMPORTANT: 1.Some country keyboard barcode types are specific to certain Windows Operating
Systems (i.e., XP, and Win 7 or higher). Barcodes requiring a specific Windows OS are
noted so in their barcode captions.

2.Use the French International barcode for Belgian French keyboards.

* US English (North American)

US English (Mac)

Albanian

Arabic (101)

Arabic (102)

390
 Country Codes

Country Codes (Continued)

Arabic (102) AZERTY

Azeri (Latin)

Azeri (Cyrillic)

Belarusian

Bosnian (Latin)

Bosnian (Cyrillic)

Bulgarian (Latin)

391
 Country Codes

Country Codes (Continued)

Bulgarian Cyrillic (Typewriter)

(Bulgarian -Windows XP
Typewriter - Win 7 or higher)

Canadian French Win7

Canadian French (Legacy)

Canadian Multilingual Standard

Chinese (ASCII)

Chinese (Simplified)*

392
 Country Codes

Country Codes (Continued)

Chinese (Traditional)*
*For CJK keyboard types, see CKJ Decode Control on
page 419.

Croatian

Czech

Czech (Programmer)

Czech (QWERTY)

Danish

Dutch (Netherlands)

393
 Country Codes

Country Codes (Continued)

Estonian

Faeroese

Finnish

French (France)

French International
(Belgian French)

French (Canada) 95/98

394
 Country Codes

Country Codes (Continued)

French (Canada) 2000/XP*

*Note that there is also a country code barcode for
Canadian Multilingual Standard on page 392. Be sure to
select the appropriate barcode for your host system.

Galician

German

Greek Latin

Greek (220) Latin

Greek (319) Latin

Greek

395
 Country Codes

Country Codes (Continued)

Greek (220)

Greek (319)

Greek Polytonic

Hebrew Israel

Hungarian

Hungarian_101KEY

Icelandic

396
 Country Codes

Country Codes (Continued)

Irish

Italian

Italian (142)

Japanese (ASCII)

Japanese (SHIFT-JIS)*
*For CJK keyboard types, see CKJ Decode Control on
page 419.

Kazakh

Korean (ASCII)

397
 Country Codes

Country Codes (Continued)

Korean (Hangul)*
*For CJK keyboard types, see CKJ Decode Control on
page 419.

Kyrgyz

Latin American

Latvian

Latvian (QWERTY)

Lithuanian

Lithuanian (IBM)

398
 Country Codes

Country Codes (Continued)

Macedonian (FYROM)

Maltese_47KEY

Mongolian

Norwegian

Polish (214)

Polish (Programmer)

Portuguese (Brazil)
(Windows XP)

399
 Country Codes

Country Codes (Continued)

Portuguese (Brazilian ABNT)

Portuguese (Brazilian ABNT2)

Portuguese (Portugal)

Romanian
(Windows XP)

Romanian (Legacy)
(Win 7 or higher)

Romanian (Standard)
(Win 7 or higher)

400
 Country Codes

Country Codes (Continued)

Romanian (Programmer)
(Win 7 or higher)

Russian

Russian (Typewriter)

Serbian (Latin)

Serbian (Cyrillic)

Slovak

401
 Country Codes

Country Codes (Continued)

Slovak (QWERTY)

Slovenian

Spanish

Spanish (Variation)

Swedish

Swiss French

Swiss German

402
 Country Codes

Country Codes (Continued)

Tatar

Thai (Kedmanee)

Turkish F

Turkish Q

UK English

Ukrainian

US Dvorak

403
 Country Codes

Country Codes (Continued)

US Dvorak Left

US Dvorak Right

US International

Uzbek

Vietnamese

404
Country Code Pages

Introduction
This chapter provides barcodes for selecting code pages for the country keyboard type selected in Country
Codes. If the default code page in Table 24 is appropriate for your selected country keyboard type, you do
not need to scan a country code page barcode.

NOTE: ADF rules can also specify a code page based on the symbology and other ADF criteria. Refer to
the Advanced Data Formatting Programmer Guide.

Country Code Page Defaults

Table 24 lists the code page default for each country keyboard.

Table 24 Country Code Page Defaults

Country Keyboard Code Page Default
US English (North American) Windows 1252
US English (Mac) Mac CP10000
Albanian Windows 1250
Arabic 101 Windows 1256
Arabic 102 Windows 1256
Arabic 102 AZERTY Windows 1256
Azeri Latin Windows 1254
Azeri Cyrillic Windows 1251
Belarusian Windows 1251
Bosnian Latin Windows 1250
Bosnian Cyrillic Windows 1251
Bulgarian Latin Windows 1250
Bulgarian Cyrillic Windows 1251
Canadian French Win7 Windows 1252
Canadian French (Legacy) Windows 1252
Canadian Multilingual Windows 1252
Croatian Windows 1250

405
 Country Code Pages

Table 24 Country Code Page Defaults

Country Keyboard Code Page Default
Chinese ASCII Windows 1252
Chinese (Simplified) Windows 936, GBK
Chinese (Traditional) Windows 950, Big5
Czech Windows 1250
Czech Programmers Windows 1250
Czech QWERTY Windows 1250
Danish Windows 1252
Dutch Netherland Windows 1252
Estonian Windows 1257
Faeroese Windows 1252
Finnish Windows 1252
French (France) Windows 1252
French (Canada) 95/98 Windows 1252
French (Canada) 2000/XP Windows 1252
French International (Belgian French) Windows 1252
Galician Windows 1252
German Windows 1252
Greek Latin Windows 1252
Greek220 Latin Windows 1253
Greek319 Latin Windows 1252
Greek Windows 1253
Greek220 Windows 1253
Greek319 Windows 1253
Greek Polytonic Windows 1253
Hebrew Israel Windows 1255
Hungarian Windows 1250
Hungarian_101KEY Windows 1250
Icelandic Windows 1252
Irish Windows 1252
Italian Windows 1252
Italian_142 Windows 1252
Japanese ASCII Windows 1252
Japanese (Shift-JIS) Windows 932, Shift-JIS
Kazakh Windows 1251
Korean ASCII Windows 1252
Korean (Hangul) Windows 949, Hangul
Kyrgyz Cyrillic Windows 1251

406
 Country Code Pages

Table 24 Country Code Page Defaults

Country Keyboard Code Page Default
Latin America Windows 1252
Latvian Windows 1257
Latvian QWERTY Windows 1257
Lithuanian Windows 1257
Lithuanian_IBM Windows 1257
Macedonian -FYROM Windows 1251
Maltese_47KEY Windows 1252
Mongolian-Cyrillic Windows 1251
Norwegian Windows 1252
Polish_214 Windows 1250
Polish Programmer Windows 1250
Portuguese Brazil Windows 1252
Portuguese Brazilian ABNT Windows 1252
Portuguese Brazilian ABNT2 Windows 1252
Portuguese Portugal Windows 1252
Romanian Windows 1250
Romanian Legacy Windows 1250
Romanian Standard Windows 1250
Romanian Programmer Windows 1250
Russian Windows 1251
Russian Typewriter Windows 1251
Serbian Latin Windows 1250
Serbian Cyrillic Windows 1251
Slovak Windows 1250
Slovak QWERTY Windows 1250
Slovenian Windows 1250
Spanish Windows 1252
Spanish Variation Windows 1252
Swedish Windows 1252
Swiss French Windows 1252
Swiss German Windows 1252
Tatar Windows 1251
Thai-Kedmanee Windows 874
Turkish F Windows 1254
Turkish Q Windows 1254
Ukrainian Windows 1251
United Kingdom Windows 1252

407
 Country Code Pages

Table 24 Country Code Page Defaults

Country Keyboard Code Page Default
United States Windows 1252
US Dvorak Windows 1252
US Dvorak Left Hand Windows 1252
US Dvorak Right Hand Windows 1252
US International Windows 1252
Uzbek Cyrillic Windows 1251
Vietnamese Windows 1258

408
 Country Code Pages

Country Code Page Barcodes

Scan the barcode corresponding to the country keyboard code page.

Windows 1250
Latin 2, Central European

Windows 1251
Cyrillic, Slavic

Windows 1252
Latin 1, Western European

Windows 1253
Greek

Windows 1254
Latin 5, Turkish

409
 Country Code Pages

Country Code Page Barcodes (Continued)

Windows 1255
Hebrew

Windows 1256
Arabic

Windows 1257
Baltic

Windows 1258
Vietnamese

Windows 874
Thai

410
 Country Code Pages

Country Code Page Barcodes (Continued)

Windows 20866
Cyrillic KOI8-R

Windows 932
Japanese Shift-JIS

Windows 936
Simplified Chinese GBK

Windows 54936
Simplified Chinese GB18030

Windows 949
Korean Hangul

Windows 950
Traditional Chinese Big5

411
 Country Code Pages

Country Code Page Barcodes (Continued)

MS-DOS 437
Latin US

MS-DOS 737
Greek

MS-DOS 775
Baltic

MS-DOS 850
Latin 1

MS-DOS 852
Latin 2

412
 Country Code Pages

Country Code Page Barcodes (Continued)

MS-DOS 855
Cyrillic

MS-DOS 857
Turkish

MS-DOS 860
Portuguese

MS-DOS 861
Icelandic

MS-DOS 862
Hebrew

413
 Country Code Pages

Country Code Page Barcodes (Continued)

MS-DOS 863
French Canada

MS-DOS 865
Nordic

MS-DOS 866
Cyrillic

MS-DOS 869
Greek 2

414
 Country Code Pages

Country Code Page Barcodes (Continued)

ISO 8859-1
Latin 1, Western European

ISO 8859-2
Latin 2, Central European

ISO 8859-3
Latin 3, South European

ISO 8859-4
Latin 4, North European

ISO 8859-5
Cyrillic

415
 Country Code Pages

Country Code Page Barcodes (Continued)

ISO 8859-6
Arabic

ISO 8859-7
Greek

ISO 8859-8
Hebrew

ISO 8859-9
Latin 5, Turkish

ISO 8859-10
Latin 6, Nordic

416
 Country Code Pages

Country Code Page Barcodes (Continued)

ISO 8859-11
Thai

ISO 8859-13
Latin 7, Baltic

ISO 8859-14
Latin 8, Celtic

ISO 8859-15
Latin 9

ISO 8859-16
Latin 10, South-Eastern European

417
 Country Code Pages

Country Code Page Barcodes (Continued)

UTF-8

UTF-16LE
UTF-16 Little Endian

UTF-16BE
UTF-16 Big Endian

Mac CP10000
Roman

418
CKJ Decode Control

Introduction
This appendix describes control parameters for CJK (Chinese, Japanese, Korean) barcode decode
through USB HID Keyboard Emulation mode.

NOTE: Because ADF does not support CJK character processing, there is no format
manipulation for CJK output.

419
 CKJ Decode Control

CJK Control Parameters

Unicode Output Control

Parameter # 973
For a Unicode encoded CJK barcode, select one of the following options for unicode output:
• Universal Output to Unicode and MBCS Application - This default method applies to Unicode and
MBCS expected applications, such as MS Word and Notepad on a Windows host.

NOTE: To support Unicode universal output, set up the registry table for the Windows host. See
Unicode/CJK Decode Setup with Windows Host on page 426.
• Output to Unicode Application Only - This method applies only to Unicode expected applications,
such as MS Word and WordPad, but not Notepad.

* Universal Output
(0)

Unicode Application Only

(1)

420
 CKJ Decode Control

CJK Output Method to Windows Host

Parameter # 972
For a national standard encoded CJK barcode, select one of the following options for CJK output to a
Windows host:
• Universal CJK Output - This is the default universal CJK output method for US English IME or
Chinese/Japanese/Korean ASCII IME on a Windows host. This method converts CJK characters to
Unicode and emulates the characters when transmitting to the host. Use the Unicode Output Control
parameter to control Unicode output.

NOTE: To support universal CJK output, set up the registry table for the Windows host. See Unicode/CJK
Decode Setup with Windows Host on page 426.
• Other options for CJK output - With the following methods, the scanner sends the CJK character
hexadecimal internal code (Nei Ma) value to host, or converts the CJK character to Unicode and sends
the hexadecimal Unicode value to host. When using these methods, the Windows host must select the
corresponding IME to accept the CJK character. See Unicode/CJK Decode Setup with Windows Host
on page 426.
• Japanese Unicode Output
• Simplified Chinese GBK Code Output
• Simplified Chinese Unicode Output
• Korean Unicode Code Output
• Traditional Chinese Big5 Code Output (Windows XP)
• Traditional Chinese Big5 Code Output (Windows 7)
• Traditional Chinese Unicode Code Output (Windows XP)
• Traditional Chinese Unicode Code Output (Windows 7)

NOTE: The Unicode emulate output method depends on the host system (Windows XP or
Windows 7).

* Universal CJK Output

(0)

Japanese Unicode Output

(34)
(for Japanese Unicode Output, select Simplified Chinese
Unicode IME on the Windows host)

421
 CKJ Decode Control

CJK Output Method to Windows Host (continued

Chinese (Simplified) GBK Output

(1)

Chinese (Simplified) Unicode Output

(2)

Korean Unicode Output

(50)
(for Korean Unicode Output, select Simplified Chinese Unicode
IME on the Windows host)

Chinese (Traditional) Big5 Output (Windows XP)

(17)

422
 CKJ Decode Control

Chinese (Traditional) Big5 Output (Windows 7)

(19)

Chinese (Traditional) Unicode Output (Windows XP)

(18)

Chinese (Traditional) Unicode Output (Windows 7)

(20)

423
 CKJ Decode Control

Non-CJK UTF Barcode Output

Parameter # 960
Some country keyboard type layouts contain characters that do not exist in the default code page (see
Country Keyboard Type Missing Characters on page 424). Although the default code page can not encode
these characters in a barcode, they can be encoded in the UTF-8 barcode. Scan this parameter barcode to
output the Unicode values by emulation mode.

NOTE: Use this special country keyboard type to decode the non-CJK UTF-8 barcode. After decoding,
re-configure the scanner to use the original country keyboard type.
Use US English IME on Windows. See Unicode Output Control on page 420.

Non-CJK UTF-8 Emulation Output

Country Keyboard Type Missing Characters

Country keyboard type: Tatar, Uzbek, Mongolian, Kyrgyz, Kazakh and Azeri
Default code page: CP1251
Missing characters:

Table 25 Country keyboard type: Tatar, Uzbek, Mongolian, Kyrgyz, Kazakh and Azeri
ғ Ғ
ҳ Ҳ
қ Қ
һ Һ
ө Ө
ә Ә
ү Ү
ң Ң
җ Җ
?
ң Ң
ұ Ұ
қ Қ
ҹ Ҹ
ҝ Ҝ

424
 CKJ Decode Control

Country keyboard type: Romanian (Standard)

Default code page: CP1250
Missing characters:

Table 26 Country Keyboard Type: Romanian (Standard)

ș Ș
ț Ț

Country keyboard type: Portuguese-Brazilian (ABNT), Portuguese-Brazilian (ABNT2)

Default code page: CP1252

Missing character: ₢

Country keyboard type: Azeri-Latin

Default code page: CP1254
Missing characters: ə, Ə

425
 CKJ Decode Control

Unicode/CJK Decode Setup with Windows Host

This section describes how to set up CJK decode with a Windows host.

Setting Up the Windows Registry Table for Unicode Universal Output

To support the Unicode universal output method, set up the Windows host registry table as follows:
1. Select Start > Run > regedt32 to start the registry editor.

2. Under HKEY_Current_User\Control Panel\Input Method, set EnableHexNumpad to 1 as follows:

[HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Control Panel\Input Method]
"EnableHexNumpad"="1"
If this key does not exist, add it as type REG_SZ (string value).
3. Reboot the computer to implement the registry change.

Adding CJK IME on Windows

To add the desired CJK input language:
1. Click Start > Control Panel.

2. If the Control Panel opens in category view, select Switch to Classic View in the top left corner.

3. Select Regional and Language Options.

4. Click the Language tab.

5. Under Supplemental Language Support, select the Install Files for East Asian Languages check
box if not already selected, and click Apply. This may require a Windows installation CD to install the
required files. This step ensures that the East Asian Languages (CJK) are available.
6. Under Text Services and Input Language, click Details.

7. Under Installed Services, click Add.

8. In the Add Input Language dialog box, choose the CJK input language and keyboard layout or Input
Method Editor (IME) to add.
9. Click OK twice. The language indicator appears in the system tray (at bottom right corner of the
desktop by default). To switch between input languages (keyboard languages) select the language
indicator in the system tray.
10. Select the language indicator in the system tray to select the desired country keyboard type.

11. Verify that the characters displayed on each country's keyboard appear.

426
 CKJ Decode Control

Selecting the Simplified Chinese Input Method on the Host

To select the Simplified Chinese input method:
• Select Unicode/GBK input on Windows XP: Chinese (Simplified) - NeiMa, then click the input bar to
select Unicode or GBK NeiMa input.

Or

• Select Unicode/GBK input on Windows7: Chinese (Simplified) - Microsoft Pinyin New Experience
Input Style, then select Tool Menu > Secondary Inputs > Unicode Input or GB Code Input.

Selecting the Traditional Chinese Input Method on the Host

To select the Traditional Chinese input method:
• Select Unicode input on Windows XP: Chinese (Traditional) - Unicode

427
 CKJ Decode Control

• Select Big5 input on Windows XP: Chinese (Traditional) - Big5 Code

• Select Unicode/Big5 input on Windows 7: Chinese (Traditional) - New Quick. This option support
both Unicode and Big5 input.

428
Programming Reference

Symbol Code Identifiers

Table 27 Symbol Code Characters

Code Character Code Type
A UPC-A, UPC-E, UPC-E1, EAN-8, EAN-13
B Code 39, Code 32
C Codabar
D Code 128, ISBT 128, ISBT 128 Concatenated
E Code 93
F Interleaved 2 of 5
G Discrete 2 of 5, or Discrete 2 of 5 IATA
H Code 11
J MSI
K GS1-128
L Bookland EAN
M Trioptic Code 39
N Coupon Code
R GS1 DataBar Family
S Matrix 2 of 5
T UCC Composite, TLC 39
U Chinese 2 of 5
V Korean 3 of 5
X ISSN EAN, PDF417, Macro PDF417, Micro PDF417
z Aztec, Aztec Rune
P00 Data Matrix
P01 QR Code, MicroQR
P02 Maxicode
P03 US Postnet

429
 Programming Reference

Table 27 Symbol Code Characters (Continued)

Code Character Code Type
P04 US Planet
P05 Japan Postal
P06 UK Postal
P08 Netherlands KIX Code
P09 Australia Post
P0A USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail
P0B UPU FICS Postal
P0C Mailmark
P0D Grid Matrix, Grid Matrix Inverse, Grid Matrix Mirror
P0G GS1 DM
P0H Han Xin
P0Q GS1 QR
P0X Signature Capture

AIM Code Identifiers

Each AIM Code Identifier contains the three-character string ]cm where:
]=Flag Character (ASCII 93)
c=Code Character (see Table 28)
m=Modifier Character (see Table 29)

Table 28 Aim Code Characters

Code Character Code Type
A Code 39, Code 39 Full ASCII, Code 32
C Code 128, ISBT 128, ISBT 128 Concatenated, GS1-128,
Coupon (Code 128 portion)
d Data Matrix
d2 GS1 Data Matrix
E UPC/EAN, Coupon (UPC portion)
e GS1 DataBar Family
F Codabar
G Code 93
H Code 11
h Han Xin
I Interleaved 2 of 5
L PDF417, Macro PDF417, Micro PDF417
L2 TLC 39
M MSI
Q QR Code, MicroQR

430
 Programming Reference

Table 28 Aim Code Characters (Continued)

Code Character Code Type
Q3 GS1 QR
S Discrete 2 of 5, IATA 2 of 5
U Maxicode
z Aztec, Aztec Rune
X Bookland EAN, ISSN EAN, Trioptic Code 39, Chinese 2 of 5,
Matrix 2 of 5, Korean 3 of 5, US Postnet, US Planet, UK Postal, Japan Postal,
Australia Post, Netherlands KIX Code, USPS 4CB/One Code/ Intelligent Mail,
UPU FICS Postal, Signature Capture
X0 Mailmark
]g Grid Matrix, Grid Matrix Inverse, Grid Matrix Mirror

The modifier character is the sum of the applicable option values based on Table 29.

Table 29 Modifier Characters

Code Type Option Value Option
Code 39 0 No check character or Full ASCII processing.
1 Reader has checked one check character.
3 Reader has checked and stripped check character.
4 Reader has performed Full ASCII character conversion.
5 Reader has performed Full ASCII character conversion and checked one check
character.
7 Reader has performed Full ASCII character conversion and checked and
stripped check character.
Example: A Full ASCII barcode with check character W, A+I+MI+DW, is transmitted as ]A7AIMID
where 7 = (3+4).
Trioptic Code 39 0 No option specified at this time. Always transmit 0.
Example: A Trioptic barcode 412356 is transmitted as ]X0412356
Code 128 0 Standard data packet, no Function code 1 in first symbol position.
1 Function code 1 in first symbol character position.
2 Function code 1 in second symbol character position.

Example: A Code (EAN) 128 barcode with Function 1 character FNC1 in the first position, AIMID is
transmitted as ]C1AIMID
I 2 of 5 0 No check digit processing.
1 Reader has validated check digit.
3 Reader has validated and stripped check digit.
Example: An I 2 of 5 barcode without check digit, 4123, is transmitted as ]I04123
Codabar 0 No check digit processing.
1 Reader has checked check digit.
3 Reader has stripped check digit before transmission.
Example: A Codabar barcode without check digit, 4123, is transmitted as ]F04123

431
 Programming Reference

Table 29 Modifier Characters (Continued)

Code Type Option Value Option
Code 93 0 No options specified at this time. Always transmit 0.
Example: A Code 93 barcode 012345678905 is transmitted as ]G0012345678905
MSI 0 Check digits are sent.
1 No check digit is sent.
Example: An MSI barcode 4123, with a single check digit checked, is transmitted as ]M14123
D 2 of 5 0 No options specified at this time. Always transmit 0.
Example: A D 2 of 5 barcode 4123, is transmitted as ]S04123
UPC/EAN 0 Standard data packet in full EAN format, i.e. 13 digits for UPC-A, UPC-E, and
EAN-13 (not including supplemental data).
1 Two digit supplemental data only.
2 Five digit supplemental data only.
3 Combined data packet comprising 13 digits from EAN-13, UPC-A or UPC-E
symbol and 2 or 5 digits from supplemental symbol.
4 EAN-8 data packet.
Example: A UPC-A barcode 012345678905 is transmitted as ]E00012345678905
Bookland EAN 0 No options specified at this time. Always transmit 0.
Example: A Bookland EAN barcode 123456789X is transmitted as ]X0123456789X
ISSN EAN 0 No options specified at this time. Always transmit 0.
Example: An ISSN EAN barcode 123456789X is transmitted as ]X0123456789X
Code 11 0 Single check digit
1 Two check digits
3 Check characters validated but not transmitted.
GS1 DataBar No option specified at this time. Always transmit 0. GS1 DataBar
Family Omnidirectional and GS1 DataBar Limited transmit with an Application
Identifier “01”.
Note: In GS1-128 emulation mode, GS1 DataBar is transmitted using Code
128 rules (i.e., ]C1).
Example: A GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional barcode 0110012345678902 is transmitted as
]e00110012345678902.

432
 Programming Reference

Table 29 Modifier Characters (Continued)

Code Type Option Value Option
EAN.UCC Native mode transmission.
Composites Note: UPC portion of composite is transmitted using UPC rules.
(GS1 DataBar,
GS1-128, 0 Standard data packet.
2D portion of 1 Data packet containing the data following an encoded symbol separator
UPC composite) character.
2 Data packet containing the data following an escape mechanism character.
The data packet does not support the ECI protocol.
3 Data packet containing the data following an escape mechanism character.
The data packet supports the ECI protocol.
GS1-128 emulation
Note: UPC portion of composite is transmitted using UPC rules.
1 Data packet is a GS1-128 symbol (i.e., data is preceded with ]JC1).
PDF417, 0 Reader set to conform to protocol defined in 1994 PDF417 symbology
Micro PDF417 specifications. Note: When this option is transmitted, the receiver cannot
reliably determine whether ECIs have been invoked or whether data byte
92DEC has been doubled in transmission.
1 Reader set to follow the ECI protocol (Extended Channel Interpretation). All
data characters 92DEC are doubled.
2 Reader set for Basic Channel operation (no escape character transmission
protocol). Data characters 92DEC are not doubled. Note: When decoders are set
to this mode, unbuffered Macro symbols and symbols requiring the decoder to
convey ECI escape sequences cannot be transmitted.
3 The barcode contains a GS1-128 symbol, and the first codeword is 903-907,
912, 914, 915.
4 The barcode contains a GS1-128 symbol, and the first codeword is in the range
908-909.
5 The barcode contains a GS1-128 symbol, and the first codeword is in the range
910-911.
Example: A PDF417 barcode ABCD, with no transmission protocol enabled, is transmitted as
]L2ABCD.
Data Matrix 0 ECC 000-140, not supported.
1 ECC 200.
2 ECC 200, FNC1 in first or fifth position.
3 ECC 200, FNC1 in second or sixth position.
4 ECC 200, ECI protocol implemented.
5 ECC 200, FNC1 in first or fifth position, ECI protocol implemented.
6 ECC 200, FNC1 in second or sixth position, ECI protocol implemented.
GS1 Data Matrix 2 ECC 200, FNC1 in first or fifth position.

433
 Programming Reference

Table 29 Modifier Characters (Continued)

Code Type Option Value Option
MaxiCode 0 Symbol in Mode 4 or 5.
1 Symbol in Mode 2 or 3.
2 Symbol in Mode 4 or 5, ECI protocol implemented.
3 Symbol in Mode 2 or 3, ECI protocol implemented in secondary message.
QR Code 0 Model 1 symbol.
1 Model 2 / MicroQR symbol, ECI protocol not implemented.
2 Model 2 symbol, ECI protocol implemented.
3 Model 2 symbol, ECI protocol not implemented, FNC1 implied in first position.
4 Model 2 symbol, ECI protocol implemented, FNC1 implied in first position.
5 Model 2 symbol, ECI protocol not implemented, FNC1 implied in second
position.
6 Model 2 symbol, ECI protocol implemented, FNC1 implied in second position.
GS1 QR 3 Model 2 symbol, ECI protocol not implemented, FNC1 implied in first position.
Aztec 0 Aztec symbol.
C Aztec Rune symbol.
Han Xin 0 Generic data, no special features are set. The transmitted data does not follow
the AIM ECI protocol.
1 ECI protocol enabled. There is at least one ECI mode encoded. Transmitted
data must follow the AIM ECI protocol.
Grid Matrix, Grid 0 No options specified at this time. Always transmit 0.
Matrix Inverse,
Grid Matrix
Mirror
Mailmark 0 No option specified at this time. Always transmit 0.

434
Sample Barcodes

UPC/EAN
UPC-A, 100%

0 12345 67890 5

UPC-A with 2-digit Add-on

34

0 12345 67890

UPC-A with 5-digit Add-on

98765

0 12345 67890

435
 Sample Barcodes

UPC-E

0 425261 4

UPC-E with 2-digit Add-on

98

0 425261

436
 Sample Barcodes

UPC/EAN (continued)
UPC-E with 5-digit Add-on

87654

0 425261

EAN-8

EAN-13, 100%

3 456789 012340

EAN-13 with 2-digit Add-on

12

3 456789 012340

437
 Sample Barcodes

EAN-13 with 5-digit Add-on

54321

3 456789 012340

Code 128

1234567890

GS1-128

(01)94019097685457(13)170119(30)17

Code 39

123ABC

438
 Sample Barcodes

Code 93

Code 11 with 2 Check Digits

2468101275

Interleaved 2 of 5

12345678901231

MSI with 2 Check Digits

NOTE: MSI must be enabled to read the following barcode (see MSI on page 296).

123455834

439
 Sample Barcodes

Chinese 2 of 5
NOTE: Chinese 2 of 5 must be enabled to read the following barcode (see MSI on page 296).

45454545454

Matrix 2 of 5
NOTE: Matrix 2 of 5 must be enabled to read the following barcode (see Matrix 2 of 5 on page 301).

223344

Korean 3 of 5
NOTE: Korean 3 of 5 must be enabled to read the following barcode (see Korean 3 of 5 on page 440).

1400230

440
 Sample Barcodes

GS1 DataBar
GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional (formerly GS1 DataBar-14)

7612341562341

GS1 DataBar Truncated

(01)00614141999996

GS1 DataBar Stacked

441
 Sample Barcodes

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional

GS1 DataBar Limited

442
 Sample Barcodes

GS1 DataBar (continued)

GS1 DataBar Expanded

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked

2D Symbologies
PDF417

443
 Sample Barcodes

Data Matrix

444
 Sample Barcodes

2D Symbologies (continued)
GS1 Data Matrix
NOTE: GS1 Data Matrix must be enabled to read the following barcode (see GS1 Data Matrix on page 445).

Maxicode
NOTE: Maxicode must be enabled to read the following barcode (see Maxicode on page 445).

QR Code

445
 Sample Barcodes

2D Symbologies (continued)
GS1 QR
NOTE: GS1 QR must be enabled to read the following barcode (see GS1 QR on page 446).

MicroQR

Aztec

0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
01234567890123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQR
STUVWXYZ0123456789

446
 Sample Barcodes

2D Symbologies (continued)
Grid Matrix
NOTE: Grid Matrix must be enabled to read the following barcode (see Grid Matrix on page 447).

Han Xin
NOTE: Han Xin must be enabled to read the following barcode (see Han Xin on page 447).

Postal Codes
US Postnet
NOTE: US Postnet must be enabled to read the following barcode (see US Postnet on page 447).

UK Postal
NOTE: UK Postal must be enabled to read the following barcode (see UK Postal on page 447).

447
 Sample Barcodes

Postal Codes (continued)

Japan Postal
NOTE: Japan Postal must be enabled to read the following barcode (see Japan Postal on page 448).

5008861

Australian Post
NOTE: Australia must be enabled to read the following barcode (see Australian Post on page 448).

39549554

448
 Sample Barcodes

OCR
NOTE: OCR must be enabled to read the following barcodes (see OCR Programming Parameters on
page 347).

OCR-A

OCR-B

MICR E13B

US Currency

449
Numeric Barcodes

Cancel
To correct an error or change a selection, scan the barcode below.

Cancel

Numeric Barcodes
For parameters requiring specific numeric values, scan the appropriately numbered barcode(s).

450
 Numeric Barcodes

451
Alphanumeric Barcodes

Cancel
To correct an error or change a selection, scan the barcode below.

Cancel

Alphanumeric Barcodes

Space

452
 Alphanumeric Barcodes

Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued)

453
 Alphanumeric Barcodes

Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued)

&

454
 Alphanumeric Barcodes

Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued)

<

>

455
 Alphanumeric Barcodes

Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued)

456
 Alphanumeric Barcodes

Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued

NOTE: The barcodes that follow should not be confused with those on the numeric keypad.

457
 Alphanumeric Barcodes

Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued)

End of Message

Cancel

458
 Alphanumeric Barcodes

Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued)

459
 Alphanumeric Barcodes

Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued)

460
 Alphanumeric Barcodes

Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued)

461
 Alphanumeric Barcodes

Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued)

462
 Alphanumeric Barcodes

Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued)

463
 Alphanumeric Barcodes

Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued)

464
 Alphanumeric Barcodes

Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued)

465
 Alphanumeric Barcodes

Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued)

466
 Alphanumeric Barcodes

Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued)

467
 Alphanumeric Barcodes

Alphanumeric Barcodes (continued)

468
ASCII Character Sets

Table 30 ASCII Character Set

ASCII Value Full ASCII Code 39
(Prefix/Suffix Encode Char Keystroke

1000 %U CTRL 2
1001 $A CTRL A
1002 $B CTRL B
1003 $C CTRL C
1004 $D CTRL D
1005 $E CTRL E
1006 $F CTRL F
1007 $G CTRL G
1008 $H CTRL
H/BACKSPACE1
1009 $I CTRL I/HORIZONTAL
TAB1
1010 $J CTRL J
1011 $K CTRL K
1012 $L CTRL L
1013 $M CTRL M/ENTER1
1014 $N CTRL N
1015 $O CTRL O
1016 $P CTRL P
1017 $Q CTRL Q
1018 $R CTRL R
1019 $S CTRL S
1020 $T CTRL T
1021 $U CTRL U
1022 $V CTRL V
The keystroke in bold transmits only if you enabled Function Key Mapping.
Otherwise, the unbold keystroke transmits.

469
 ASCII Character Sets

Table 30 ASCII Character Set (Continued)

ASCII Value Full ASCII Code 39
Keystroke
(Prefix/Suffix Encode Char
1023 $W CTRL W
1024 $X CTRL X
1025 $Y CTRL Y
1026 $Z CTRL Z
1027 %A CTRL [
1028 %B CTRL \
1029 %C CTRL ]
1030 %D CTRL 6
1031 %E CTRL -
1032 Space Space
1033 /A !
1034 /B “
1035 /C #
1036 /D $
1037 /E %
1038 /F &
1039 /G ‘
1040 /H (
1041 /I )
1042 /J *
1043 /K +
1044 /L ,
1045 - -
1046 . .
1047 /o /
1048 0 0
1049 1 1
1050 2 2
1051 3 3
1052 4 4
1053 5 5
1054 6 6
1055 7 7
1056 8 8
1057 9 9
The keystroke in bold transmits only if you enabled Function Key Mapping.
Otherwise, the unbold keystroke transmits.

470
 ASCII Character Sets

Table 30 ASCII Character Set (Continued)

ASCII Value Full ASCII Code 39
Keystroke
(Prefix/Suffix Encode Char
1058 /Z :
1059 %F ;
1060 %G <
1061 %H =
1062 %I >
1063 %J ?
1064 %V @
1065 A A
1066 B B
1067 C C
1068 D D
1069 E E
1070 F F
1071 G G
1072 H H
1073 I I
1074 J J
1075 K K
1076 L L
1077 M M
1078 N N
1079 O O
1080 P P
1081 Q Q
1082 R R
1083 S S
1084 T T
1085 U U
1086 V V
1087 W W
1088 X X
1089 Y Y
1090 Z Z
1091 %K [
1092 %L \
The keystroke in bold transmits only if you enabled Function Key Mapping.
Otherwise, the unbold keystroke transmits.

471
 ASCII Character Sets

Table 30 ASCII Character Set (Continued)

ASCII Value Full ASCII Code 39
Keystroke
(Prefix/Suffix Encode Char
1093 %M ]
1094 %N ^
1095 %O _
1096 %W ‘
1097 +A a
1098 +B b
1099 +C c
1100 +D d
1101 +E e
1102 +F f
1103 +G g
1104 +H h
1105 +I i
1106 +J j
1107 +K k
1108 +L l
1109 +M m
1110 +N n
1111 +O o
1112 +P p
1113 +Q q
1114 +R r
1115 +S s
1116 +T t
1117 +U u
1118 +V v
1119 +W w
1120 +X x
1121 +Y y
1122 +Z z
1123 %P {
1124 %Q I
1125 %R }
1126 %S ~
1127 Undefined
The keystroke in bold transmits only if you enabled Function Key Mapping.
Otherwise, the unbold keystroke transmits.

472
 ASCII Character Sets

Table 31 ALT Key Character Set

ALT Keys Keystroke
2064 ALT 2
2065 ALT A
2066 ALT B
2067 ALT C
2068 ALT D
2069 ALT E
2070 ALT F
2071 ALT G
2072 ALT H
2073 ALT I
2074 ALT J
2075 ALT K
2076 ALT L
2077 ALT M
2078 ALT N
2079 ALT O
2080 ALT P
2081 ALT Q
2082 ALT R
2083 ALT S
2084 ALT T
2085 ALT U
2086 ALT V
2087 ALT W
2088 ALT X
2089 ALT Y
2090 ALT Z

Table 32 GUI Key Character Set

GUI Key Keystroke
3000 Right Control Key
3048 GUI 0
3049 GUI 1
3050 GUI 2
Note: GUI Shift Keys - The Apple ™ iMac keyboard has an apple key on either side of the
space bar. Windows-based systems have a GUI key to the left of the left ALT key, and to
the right of the right ALT key.

473
 ASCII Character Sets

Table 32 GUI Key Character Set (Continued)

GUI Key Keystroke
3051 GUI 3
3052 GUI 4
3053 GUI 5
3054 GUI 6
3055 GUI 7
3056 GUI 8
3057 GUI 9
3065 GUI A
3066 GUI B
3067 GUI C
3068 GUI D
3069 GUI E
3070 GUI F
3071 GUI G
3072 GUI H
3073 GUI I
3074 GUI J
3075 GUI K
3076 GUI L
3077 GUI M
3078 GUI N
3079 GUI O
3080 GUI P
3081 GUI Q
3082 GUI R
3083 GUI S
3084 GUI T
3085 GUI U
3086 GUI V
3087 GUI W
3088 GUI X
3089 GUI Y
3090 GUI Z
Note: GUI Shift Keys - The Apple ™ iMac keyboard has an apple key on either side of the
space bar. Windows-based systems have a GUI key to the left of the left ALT key, and to
the right of the right ALT key.

474
 ASCII Character Sets

Table 33 PF Key Character Set

PF Keys Keystroke
4001 PF 1
4002 PF 2
4003 PF 3
4004 PF 4
4005 PF 5
4006 PF 6
4007 PF 7
4008 PF 8
4009 PF 9
4010 PF 10
4011 PF 11
4012 PF 12
4013 PF 13
4014 PF 14
4015 PF 15
4016 PF 16

475
 ASCII Character Sets

Table 34 F key Character Set

F Keys Keystroke
5001 F1
5002 F2
5003 F3
5004 F4
5005 F5
5006 F6
5007 F7
5008 F8
5009 F9
5010 F 10
5011 F 11
5012 F 12
5013 F 13
5014 F 14
5015 F 15
5016 F 16
5017 F 17
5018 F 18
5019 F 19
5020 F 20
5021 F 21
5022 F 22
5023 F 23
5024 F 24

476
 ASCII Character Sets

Table 35 Numeric Key Character Set

Numeric Keypad Keystroke
6042 *
6043 +
6044 Undefined
6045 -
6046 .
6047 /
6048 0
6049 1
6050 2
6051 3
6052 4
6053 5
6054 6
6055 7
6056 8
6057 9
6058 Enter
6059 Num Lock

Table 36 Extended Key Character Set

Extended Keypad Keystroke
7001 Break
7002 Delete
7003 Pg Up
7004 End
7005 Pg Dn
7006 Pause
7007 Scroll Lock
7008 Backspace
7009 Tab
7010 Print Screen
7011 Insert
7012 Home
7013 Enter
7014 Escape

477
 ASCII Character Sets

Table 36 Extended Key Character Set (Continued)

Extended Keypad Keystroke
7015 Up Arrow
7016 Dn Arrow
7017 Left Arrow
7018 Right Arrow

478
Communication Protocol
Functionality

Functionality Supported via Communication (Cable) Interface

Table 37 lists supported scanner functionality by communication protocol.

Table 37 Communication Interface Functionality

Functionality
Communication Interfaces Data Remote Image and Video
Transmission Management Transmission
USB
HID Keyboard Emulation Supported Not Available Not Available
CDC COM Port Emulation Supported Not Available Not Available
SSI over CDC COM Port Emulation Supported Supported Supported
IBM Table-Top USB Supported Supported Not Available
IBM Hand-Held USB Supported Supported Not Available
USB OPOS Hand-Held Supported Supported Not Available
Symbol Native API (SNAPI) without Imaging Supported Supported Not Available
Interface
Symbol Native API (SNAPI) with Imaging Supported Supported Supported
Interface

479
 Communication Protocol Functionality

Functionality Supported via Radio Communication

Table 38 Communication Interface Functionality

Communication Interfaces Scanner Functionality
Simple Serial Interface (SSI) SSI BT Classic (Non-discoverable)
SSI BT Classic (Discoverable)
SSI BT Low Energy
SSI BT with MFi (iOS Support)
HID (Keyboard Emulation) HID BT Classic
HID BT LE (Discoverable)
Serial Port Profile (SPP) SPP BT Classic (Non-discoverable)
SPP BT Classic (Discoverable)

480
Signature Capture Code

Introduction
CapCode, a signature capture code, is a special pattern that encloses a signature area on a document and
allows a scanner to capture a signature.
There are several accepted patterns that allow automatic identification of different signatures on the same
form. For example, on the federal tax return 1040 form there are three signature areas, one each for two
joint filers, and one for a professional preparer. By using different patterns, a program can correctly identify
all three, so they can be captured in any sequence and still be identified correctly.

Code Structure
Signature Capture Area
A CapCode is printed as two identical patterns on either side of a signature capture box, as shown in
Figure 26 on page 481. Each pattern extends the full height of the signature capture box.
The box is optional, so you can omit it, replace it with a single baseline, or print a baseline with an "X" on
top of it towards the left, as is customarily done in the US to indicate a request for signature. However, if an
"X" or other markings are added in the signature box area, these are captured with the signature.

Figure 26 CapCode

] tÇx WÉ
x

481
 Signature Capture Code

CapCode Pattern Structure

A CapCode pattern structure consists of a start pattern followed by a separator space, a signature capture
box, a second separator space, and then a stop pattern. Assuming that X is the dimension of the thinnest
element, the start and stop patterns each contains 9X total width in 4 bars and 3 spaces. A 7X quiet zone
is required to the left and to the right of the CapCode pattern.

Figure 27 CapCode Structure

Capture Box
Quiet Start Stop Quiet
Zone Separator Spaces Zone

The separator spaces on either side of the signature capture box can be between 1X and 3X wide.

Start / Stop Patterns

Table 39 lists the accepted start / stop patterns. The bar and space widths are expressed as multiples of X.
You must use the same pattern on either side of a signature capture box. The type value is reported with
the captured signature to indicate the purpose of the signature captured.

Table 39 Start/Stop Pattern Definitions

Bar/Space Patterns
Type
B S B S B S B
1 1 2 2 1 1 1 2
1 2 2 1 1 1 1 5
2 1 1 2 1 1 1 7
2 2 1 1 1 1 1 8
3 1 1 1 1 1 1 9

Table 40 lists selectable parameters used to generate the image of the captured signature.

Table 40 User Defined CapCode Parameters

Parameter Defined
Width Number of pixels
Height Number of pixels
Format JPEG, BMP, TIFF
JPEG quality 1 (most compression) to 100 (best quality)
Bits Per Pixel 1 (2 levels)
(not applicable to JPEG format) 4 (16 levels)
8 (256 levels)

BMP format does not use compression, JPEG and TIFF formats do.

482
 Signature Capture Code

Dimensions
The size of the signature capture box is determined by the height and separation of the start and stop
patterns. The line width of the signature capture box is insignificant.
The thinnest element width, referred to here as X, is nominally 10 mils (1 mil = 0.0254 mm). Select this as
an exact multiple of the pixel pitch of the printer used. For example, when using a 203 DPI (dots-per-inch)
printer and printing 2 dots per module, the resulting X dimension is 9.85 mils.

Data Format
The decoder output is formatted according to Table 41. Zebra decoders allow different user options to
output or inhibit barcode type. Selecting "Symbol ID" as the barcode type for output identifies the CapCode
with letter "i".

Table 41 Data Format

File Format Image Size
(1 byte) Type (1 byte) (4 bytes, BIG Endian) Image Data

JPEG - 1 See Table 39 on (Same bytes as in a

BMP - 3 page 482, last column data file)
TIFF - 4

483
 Signature Capture Code

Additional Capabilities
Regardless of how the signature is captured, the output signature image is de-skewed and right-side up.
A scanner that captures signatures automatically determines whether it is scanning a signature or a
barcode. You can disable the signature capturing capability in a decoder.

Signature Boxes
Figure 28 illustrates the five acceptable signature boxes:

Figure 28 Acceptable Signature Boxes

Type 2:

Type 5:

Type 7:

Type 8:

Type 9:

484
Non-Parameter Attributes

Introduction
This appendix defines non-parameter attributes.

Attributes
Model Number

Attribute #533
Model number of the scanner. This electronic output matches the printout on the physical device label, for
example CS6080-SR0F007ZZWW.
Type S
Size (Bytes) 18
User Mode Access R
Values Variable

Serial Number

Attribute #534
Unique serial number assigned in the manufacturing facility. This electronic output matches the printout on
the physical device label, for example M1J26F45V.
Type S
Size (Bytes) 16
User Mode Access R
Values Variable

Date of Manufacture

Attribute #535
Date of device manufacture assigned in the manufacturing facility. This electronic output matches the
printout on the physical device label, for example 30APR14 (which reads the 30th of April 2014).

485
 Non-Parameter Attributes

Type S
Size (Bytes) 7
User Mode Access R
Values Variable

Date of First Programming

Attribute #614
Date of first electronic programming represents the first time settings where electronically loaded to the
scanner either by 123Scan or via SMS, for example 18MAY14 (which reads the 18th of May 2014).
Type S
Size (Bytes) 7
User Mode Access R
Values Variable

Configuration Filename

Attribute #616
The name assigned to the configuration settings loaded electronically to the device either by 123Scan or
via SMS.

NOTE: Scanning the Set Defaults barcode automatically changes the configuration filename to factory
defaults.
To indicate the configuration settings loaded to the device were changed, the configuration filename
changes to Modified upon scanning any parameter barcode.
Type S
Size (Bytes) 17
User Mode Access RW
Values Variable

486
 Non-Parameter Attributes

Beeper/LED
Attribute #6000
Activates the beeper and/or LED.
Type X
Size (Bytes) N/A
User Mode Access W
Values:
Beep / LED Action Value
1 high short beep 0
2 high short beeps 1
3 high short beeps 2
4 high short beeps 3
5 high short beeps 4
1 low short beep 5
2 low short beeps 6
3 low short beeps 7
4 low short beeps 8
5 low short beeps 9
1 high long beep 10
2 high long beeps 11
3 high long beeps 12
4 high long beeps 13
5 high long beeps 14
1 low long beep 15
2 low long beeps 16
3 low long beeps 17
4 low long beeps 18
5 low long beeps 19
Fast warble beep 20
Slow warble beep 21
High-low beep 22
Low-high beep 23
High-low-high beep 24
Low-high-low beep 25
High-high-low-low beep 26
Green LED off 42

487
 Non-Parameter Attributes

Green LED on 43
Red LED on 47
Red LED off 48

Parameter Defaults

Attribute #6001
This attribute restores all parameters to their factory defaults.
Type X
Size (Bytes) N/A
User Mode Access W
Values 0 = Restore Defaults
1 = Restore Factory Defaults
2 = Write Custom Defaults

Beep on Next Bootup

Attribute #6003
This attribute configures (enables or disables) beep on next boot up of scanner.
Type X
Size (Bytes) N/A
User Mode Access W
Values 0 = Disable beep on next bootup
1 = Enable beep on next bootup

Reboot

Attribute #6004
This attribute initiates a device reboot.
Type X
Size (Bytes) N/A
User Mode Access W
Values N/A

Host Trigger Session

Attribute #6005
This attribute triggers a decode session similar to manually depressing the scanner trigger button.

Type X
Size (Bytes) N/A

488
 Non-Parameter Attributes

User Mode Access W

Values 1 = Start Host Trigger Session
0 = Stop Host Trigger Session

Firmware Version

Attribute #20004
The scanner's operating system version. For example, NBRFMAAC or PAAAABS00-007-R03D0.
Type S
Size (Bytes) Variable
User Mode Access R
Values Variable

Scankit Version

Attribute #20008
Identifies the 1D decode algorithms resident on the device, for example SKIT4.33T02.
Type S
Size (Bytes) Variable
User Mode Access R
Values Variable

ScanSpeed Analytics
Identifies problematic barcodes to speed up scanning processes.
Zebra ScanSpeed Analytics software allows you to visually identify barcodes that slow down processing
and impact efficiency. Over time, the software collects data that you can use to eliminate poor performing
barcodes from inventory. For more information go to www.zebra.com/scanspeedanalytics.

489
ScanSpeed Analytics

Introduction
This appendix describes the Zebra ScanSpeed Analytics software that allows the identification of barcodes
that slow down processes. Over time, the collected data can be used to eliminate poor performing
barcodes from inventory. When scanners capture and read data faster, processes run faster.
For more information go to www.zebra.com/scanspeedanalytics.

Histogram Decode Information

Within the scanner, each barcode symbology has a series of RSM attributes (Table 42 on page 491) to
access its statistic information: Decode Count; Minimum Decode Time; Slowest Decode Time; Average
Decode Time; Slowest Decode Data; and, ScanSpeed Histogram.
ScanSpeed Histogram is an array of eight items of double WORD (4 bytes). Each bin holds the count of
decoded barcodes per range of decode time. For example, the range of Bin1 decode times is from 0 ms to
75 ms. All the Bin time ranges are show below:
Bin1<=75ms
Bin2<=110ms
Bin3<=170ms
Bin4<=300ms
Bin5<=600ms
Bin6<=1000ms
Bin7<=1500ms
Bin8>1500ms
123Scan displays this histogram data in its Statistics tab shown in Figure 29.

490
 ScanSpeed Analytics

Figure 29 123Scan Statistics Tab - Histogram Data

Table 42 Attributes Numbers of Barcode Symbology Statistic Information

Decode Count Slowest
Hex Value Decode
Minimum Average Slowest
Barcode Name (Shown in Decode
Time
Decode Decode ScanSpeed
Decimal Little (Max Histogram
Value Time Time Data
Endian Decode
Format) Time)

UPC 15421 0x3D, 15424 15425 15426 15707 15706

0x3C
EAN/JAN 15428 0x44, 15431 15432 15433 15709 15708
0x3C
2 of 5 15449 0x59, 15452 15453 15454 15715 15714
0x3C
Codabar 15456 0x60, 15459 15460 15461 15717 15716
0x3C
Code 11 15477 0x75, 15480 15481 15482 15723 15722
0x3C
Code 128 15442 0x52, 15445 15446 15447 15713 15712
0x3C
Code 39 15435 0x4B, 15438 15439 15440 15711 15710
0x3C
Code 93 15463 0x67, 15466 15467 15468 15719 15718
0x3C

491
 ScanSpeed Analytics

Table 42 Attributes Numbers of Barcode Symbology Statistic Information (Continued)

Decode Count Slowest
Hex Value Decode
Minimum Average Slowest
Barcode Name (Shown in Time ScanSpeed
Decimal Decode Decode Decode
Little (Max Histogram
Value Time Decode Time Data
Endian
Format) Time)

Composite 15519 0x9F, 15522 15523 15524 15735 15734

0x3C
GS1 DataBar 15512 0x98, 15515 15516 15517 15733 15732
0x3C
MSI 15470 0x6E, 15473 15474 15475 15721 15720
0x3C
Datamatrix 15491 0x83, 15494 15495 15496 15727 15726
0x3C
PDF 15484 0x7C, 15487 15488 15489 15725 15724
0x3C
Postal Codes 15505 0x91, 15508 15509 15510 15731 15730
0x3C
QR 15498 0x8A, 15501 15502 15503 15729 15728
0x3C
Aztec 15533 0xAD, 15536 15537 15538 15739 15738
0x3C
OCR 15526 0xA6, 15529 15530 15531 15737 15736
0x3C
Maxicode 15659 0x2B, 15662 15663 15664 15755 15754
0x3D
GS1-Datamatrix 15673 0x39, 15676 15677 15678 15747 15746
0x3D
GS1-QR Code 15680 0x40, 15683 15684 15685 15749 15748
0x3D
Coupon 15666 0x32, 15669 15670 15671 15757 15756
0x3D
Other 1D 15540 0xB4, 15543 15544 15545 15741 15740
0x3C
Other 2D 15547 0xBB, 15550 15551 15552 15743 15742
0x3C
Other 15554 0xC2, 15557 15558 15559 15745 15744
0x3C
Unused Statistic ID 19999 0x1F, 19999 19999 19999 19999 19999
0x4E

Example
The UPC data below is taken from the first row of <em_Emphasis><bl_blue>Table 42 above.

492
 ScanSpeed Analytics

UPC DECODE COUNT

Attribute #:15421
Type:DWORD (4 bytes)
Description:Returns the UPC barcode decode count, including all variants (UPC-A, UPC-E, UPC-E1, etc.).

UPC MINIMUM DECODE TIME

Attribute #:15424
Type:DWORD (4 bytes)
Description:Returns the Minimum Decode Time in milliseconds of all UPC barcode decodes.

UPC SLOWEST DECODE TIME

Attribute #:15425
Type:DWORD (4 bytes)
Description:Returns the Slowest Decode Time in milliseconds of all UPC barcode decodes.

UPC AVERAGE DECODE TIME

Attribute #:15426
Type:DWORD (4 bytes)
Description:Returns the Average Decode Time in milliseconds of all UPC barcodebarcode decodes.

UPC SLOWEST DECODE DATA

Attribute #:15707
Type:Array of BYTE (25 bytes)
Description:Returns the UPC barcode data with the Slowest Decode Time.

UPC SCAN SPEED HISTOGRAM

Attribute #:15706
Type:Array of DWORD (32 bytes)
Description:Returns the UPC barcode ScanSpeed Histogram.

493
 ScanSpeed Analytics

Image of Slowest Decoded Barcode

The user can configure the scanner to store the image(s) of the slowest decoded barcode.

494
 ScanSpeed Analytics

Table 43 RSM Attributes to Store/Retrieve Image of Slowest Decoded Barcode

Attribute # Type Property Default Value Description
1755 Array of RW Default format = Attribute 1755 is named List of Stored Images.
WORD {0x1F, 0x4E} This attribute defines which image, by symbology,
of the slowest decoded barcode will be stored in
the scanner.
0x1F, 0x4E
One symbology image can be stored in the
No image retained scanner.
Barcode name = Note:
Unused Statistic ID
{0x1F, 0x4E} = a 1 WORD value which is in
Decimal value = 19999 little-endian format.
see last row in Table 42
on page 491)

0x3D, 0x3C
Image retained for UPC
Decimal value = 15421

Sample image retained

for UPC only = {0x3D,
0x3C}
1756 WORD RW 0 Attribute 1756 is named Threshold To Store
Slowest Decode Barcode Image.
This attribute defines the threshold above which
the scanner stores the image of the slowest
decoded barcode.
Specify a Histogram Bin value (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or
7).
The purpose of setting up this threshold is to
reduce the barcode image storage frequency.
0 - No threshold check (default value)
1 - Specifies the decode time threshold as
Histogram Bin 1 value of 75 ms
Similarly, the other Histogram Bins specify the
corresponding threshold time as follows:
Bin 1 <= 75ms
Bin 2 <= 110ms
Bin 3 <= 170ms
Bin 4 <= 300ms
Bin 5 <= 600ms
Bin 6 <= 1000ms
Bin 7 <= 1500ms

495
 ScanSpeed Analytics

Table 43 RSM Attributes to Store/Retrieve Image of Slowest Decoded Barcode (Continued)

Attribute # Type Property Default Value Description
6036 WORD WO N/A Attribute 6036 is named Retrieve Slowest
Decoded Barcode Image.
The image must be retrieved using the SNAPI
communication protocol.
This attribute allows you to retrieve from the
scanner a single image, by symbology, of the
slowest decoded data.
For example, to retrieve the slowest decoded
barcode image for a UPC symbology, enter its
hex value, 0x3D, 0x3C (decimal value 15421),
using a SET command.
See Table 42 on page 491 for symbology hex and
decimal values.

496
Upgrading Over Bluetooth
Without A Cradle

Introduction
This appendix provides information about performing upgrades on the scanner without a cradle, using
123Scan.

Upgrading Without a Cradle

NOTE: To accomplish this your PC must support Bluetooth communication.

To upgrade a CS6080 scanner using 123Scan without a cradle:

1. From the 123Scan Start screen, select Update Scanner Firmware.

2. From the No scanner was found! dialog box, select click here to pair over Bluetooth.

Figure 30 Pair Over Bluetooth Dialog

3. Scan the pairing barcode that displays to enable Bluetooth communication between the scanner and
the host PC. Once paired (can take 15 seconds), 123Scan guides the user through the remaining
steps.

NOTE: The pairing barcode in Figure is a sample and not for scanning. Scan the actual pairing barcode
that displays in 123Scan.

497
 Upgrading Over Bluetooth Without A Cradle

Figure 31 Pairing Barcode

Troubleshooting

Table 44 Troubleshooting
Problem Possible Causes Possible Solutions
The Pair over Bluetooth dialog Scanner and/or cradle with a USB Remove the USB cable connected to the
box Figure 30 on page 497 does cable is connected to the PC. PC from the scanner and/or cradle.
not display. Re-select Update Scanner Firmware from
the 123Scan Start screen.
Pairing barcode does not work Scanner was already paired directly Select the Bluetooth icon in the PC tray
correctly. to the PC using the Windows and remove the scanner from the Bluetooth
pairing process. connection.
Windows displays the Add a N/A This is a Windows display message that
device pop up window (see Figure cannot be suppressed.
32 on page 498). Do not tap the Add a device window and
continue to follow the 123Scan prompts to
complete the process.

Figure 32 Add a device Window

498
 Index

Numerics parameter defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488

reboot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
123Scan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 scankit version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 scanspeed analytics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
2D bar codes serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
aztec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 autoexposure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
aztec inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 auto-reconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163, 166
code 128 emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 aztec bar codes
data matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
data matrix inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
grid matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
grid matrix inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 B
grid matrix mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324 bar code defaults
han xin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 imaging preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
han xin inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 radio communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
maxicode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
microPDF417 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 user preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
microQR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 bar codes
PDF417 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 Australia post . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
QR code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318, 319 Australia post format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
autoexposure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
A aztec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
aztec inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
ADF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 batch mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169, 171
invalid rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 battery preservation mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
programming indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 beep after good decode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
transmit error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 beep on insertion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
advanced data formatting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39, 54, 340 beeper duration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
aiming options beeper tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
enabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 beeper volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
hand-held decode aiming pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 bits per pixel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195, 198
orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Bluetooth friendly name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
snapshot aiming pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Bluetooth technology support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
snapshot mode timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 bookland EAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
attributes, non-parameter bookland ISBN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
beep on next bootup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488 cancel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
configuration filename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486 Chinese 2 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
date of first programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486 codabar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
date of manufacture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485 codabar CLSI editing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
firmware version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489 codabar lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
host trigger session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488 codabar NOTIS editing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
model number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485 codabar security level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

499
 Table of Contents

codabar start and stop characters . . . . . . . . . . . 295 fixed gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185

code 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 flush macro buffer/abort macro PDF entry . . . . .339
code 11 check digit verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 FN1 substitution values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126
code 11 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 gain and exposure priority for snapshot mode . .186
code 128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 grid matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .323
code 128 emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 grid matrix inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .323
code 128 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 grid matrix mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .324
code 128 reduced quiet zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 GS1 databar bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .305
code 128 security level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 GS1 databar expanded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .306
code 32 prefix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 GS1 databar limited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .305
code 39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 GS1 databar limited margin check . . . . . . . . . . .307
code 39 check digit verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 GS1 databar security level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308
code 39 full ASCII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 GS1 databar-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .305
code 39 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 GS1-128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .265
code 39 reduced quiet zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 GS1-128 emulation mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312
code 39 security level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 han xin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .322
code 39 transmit check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 han xin inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .322
code 93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 hand-held decode aiming pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
code 93 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 hands-free mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
composite beep mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312 I 2 of 5 check digit verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .285
composite CC-A/B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 I 2 of 5 convert to EAN-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .286
composite CC-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 I 2 of 5 reduced quiet zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .288
composite inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 I 2 of 5 security level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287
composite TLC-39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 I 2 of 5 transmit check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .285
continuous bar code read . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
convert code 39 to code 32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 illumination brightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116, 117
convert GS1 databar to UPC/EAN . . . . . . . . . . . 306 image brightness (target white) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191
convert UPC-E to UPC-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 image cropping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189
convert UPC-E1 to UPC-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 image enhancement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193
country code page defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405 image file format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194, 197
country code pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409 image resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190
country codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 image rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195
crop to address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 intercharacter gap size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .338
data matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 interleaved 2 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .283
data matrix inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 convert to EAN-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .286, 287
decode mirror images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 interleaved 2 of 5 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .283
decode pager motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 inverse 1D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .304
decode pager motor duration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 ISBT 128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .265
decode session timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109, 110 ISBT concatenation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266, 267
disable all code types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 ISBT concatenation redundancy . . . . . . . . . . . . .267
discrete 2 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 ISSN EAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261
discrete 2 of 5 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Japan postal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .329
dump scanner parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 JPEG image options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192
EAN zero extend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 JPEG quality and size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193
EAN-13/JAN-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 JPEG target file size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192
EAN-8/JAN-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Korean 3 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .303
eclevel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 lamp mode
enable all code types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 lamp mode control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88
enter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 lamp mode timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
event reporting lock override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164
boot up event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 low light scene detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
decode event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 low power mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
parameter event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 manufacturing information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
febraban . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 matrix 2 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .301
fixed exposure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 matrix 2 of 5 check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .302

500
 Table of Contents

matrix 2 of 5 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 classic bluetooth and low energy . . . . . . . . .175

maxicode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 connection maintenance interval . . . . . . . . .166
microPDF417 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 convert case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
microQR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 cradle bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138
mobile phone/display mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 discoverable mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143
motion tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 emulate keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
MSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296 fast HID keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152
MSI check digit algorithm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 HID bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139
MSI lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 HID caps lock override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150
MSI reduced quiet zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 HID function key mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
MSI transmit check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 HID ignore unknown characters . . . . . . . . . .151
Netherlands KIX code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 HID keyboard FN1 sub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
night mode trigger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 HID keyboard keystroke delay . . . . . . . . . . .150
number of retry attempts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 link supervision timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147
numeric bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452 lock override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164
OCR output power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146
check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369 page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173
check digit multiplier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369 page mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174
check digit validation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371 page state timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174
default table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 pairing methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164
inverse OCR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 persistent batch storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172
lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 quick keypad emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152
maximum characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 SSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140
MICR E13B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354 SSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141
minimum character . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 toggle pairing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
OCR-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 unpairing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
OCR-A variant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 wi-fi friendly channel exclusion . . . . . . . . . . .144
OCR-B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 wi-fi friendly mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143
OCR-B variant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 reconnect attempt interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 redundancy level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .334
parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 report version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .338
quiet zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 scan data options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
redundancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377 securePharm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129
subset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 securePharm output formatting . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130
template . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 security level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .336
US currency serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 send versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
pager motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
parameter scanning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 set defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
PDF prioritization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 signature capture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196
PDF prioritization timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 signature capture height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
PDF417 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 signature capture JPEG quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
picklist mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 signature capture width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
pid type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 silence operational mode changes . . . . . . . . . . .188
pid value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 sleep between reconnect attempts . . . . . . . . . . .159
postal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327 snapshot aiming pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188
prefix/suffix values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 snapshot mode timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187
QR code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318, 319 software version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
quiet zone level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 SSI
radio baud rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229
batch mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 data packet format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230
beep on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 host character timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .232
beep on insertion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 host RTS line state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230
bluetooth friendly name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 host serial response time-out . . . . . . . . . . . .231
bluetooth radio state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 interpacket delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234
bluetooth security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 multipacket option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233

501
 Table of Contents

software handshaking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 optional parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217

suppress power up beeps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 polling interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210, 211
symbologies quick emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213
default table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 simulated caps lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215
time delay to low power mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 SNAPI handshaking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207
timeout between decodes, different symbols . . . 111 static CDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216
timeout between decodes, same symbol . . . . . . 111 TGCS USB bar code config directive . . . . . .218
transmit code 11 check digits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 TGCS USB beep directive . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217
transmit code ID character . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 unknown characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209
transmit matrix 2 of 5 check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail . . . . . . . . .332
transmit no read message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 video image size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201
transmit UK postal check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 video subsampling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202
transmit US postal check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 wi-fi friendly channel exclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144
trigger mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 wi-fi friendly mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143
trigger modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 barcodes
triggered timeout, same symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 auto-reconnect in Bluetooth keyboard
trioptic code 39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 emulation (HID follower) mode . . . . . . . .156
UCC coupon extended code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 code 128 fnc4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .270
UK postal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 MSI
unicode output control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420 check digits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .298
unique bar code reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 radio
unpair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Apple iOS virtual keyboard toggle . . . . . . . . .149
unsolicited heartbeat interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 reconnect attempt beep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
UPC composite mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 tone on trigger touch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
UPC reduced quiet zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 vibrate on trigger touch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
UPC/EAN batch mode stored data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169
coupon code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 battery
UPC/EAN supplemental AIM ID format . . . . . . . 251 charging
UPC/EAN supplemental redundancy . . . . . . . . . 250 spare battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
UPC/EAN supplementals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 lithium-ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
UPC-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 preservation mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93
UPC-A check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 beeper definitions
UPC-A preamble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 pairing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
UPC-E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
UPC-E check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 beeper indicators
UPC-E preamble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 ADF
UPC-E1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
UPC-E1 check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 parameter programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
UPC-E1 preamble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
UPU FICS postal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 scanning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
US planet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327 standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
US postnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327 wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
USB Bluetooth
caps lock override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 encryption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176
convert case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 HID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142, 149, 156
country keyboard types (country codes) . . . . 390 profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
device type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 secure simple pairing IO capability . . . . . . . . . . .176
direct I/O beep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 serial port profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
emulate keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 set friendly name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
emulate keypad with leading zero . . . . . . . . 213 SPP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
fast HID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
function key mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
IBM specification version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
C
keyboard FN 1 sub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 central . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
keystroke delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 central serial port profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155, 163

502
 Table of Contents

Chinese 2 of 5 bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 composite bar codes

sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440 beep mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312
CJK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419 composite CC-A/B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .309
cleaning the devices composite CC-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .309
approved disinfectant cleaners for composite inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310
healthcare devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 composite TLC-39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310
approved for standard devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 GS1-128 emulation mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312
how to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 UPC composite mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311
known harmful ingredients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 country code page defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .405
codabar bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 country code pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .409
CLSI editing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 country codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .390
lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 cradle indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
NOTIS editing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 cradle indicators (host controlled) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
security level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 cropping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189
start and stop characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
code 11 bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
check digit verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
D
lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 data matrix bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315
sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439 sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .445, 446, 447, 448, 449
transmit check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 decode ranges
code 128 bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 CS6080-hc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
GS1-128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 CS6080-sr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
ISBT 128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 default parameters
ISBT concatenation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266, 267 imaging preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181
ISBT concatenation redundancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 OCR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .346
lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 radio communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136
reduced quiet zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 restoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438 SSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228
security level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 symbologies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238
code 128 barcodes USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .205
fnc4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 user preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
code 128 emulation bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 discrete 2 of 5 bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .289
code 39 bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .289
check digit verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
code 32 prefix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
code 39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 E
code 39 security Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 eclevel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122
convert code 39 to code 32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 encryption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176
full ASCII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 error indications
lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 ADF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
reduced quiet zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438 input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
transmit check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 miscellaneous scanner options . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136
trioptic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 unknown characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209
code 93 bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 exposure options
lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 autoexposure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184
sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439 fixed exposure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185
code ID character . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 fixed gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185
code identifiers gain and exposure priority for snapshot mode . .186
AIM code IDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
modifier characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
communication protocol F
cable interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479 firmware
radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480 flash update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121, 122

503
 Table of Contents

fixed exposure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 febraban . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .286

fixed gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .283
reduced quiet zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .288
sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .439
G security level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287
gain and exposure priority for snapshot mode . . . . . 186 transmit check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .285
grid matrix bar codes
sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
J
gs1 data matrix bar codes
sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445 JPEG image options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192
GS1 databar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 size/quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193
GS1 databar bar codes JPEG target file size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192
convert GS1 databar to UPC/EAN . . . . . . . . . . . 306
GS1 databar expanded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
GS1 databar limited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
K
GS1 databar limited margin check . . . . . . . . . . . 307 keyboard types (country codes)
GS1 databar security level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 Albanian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .390
GS1 databar-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 Arabic (101) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .390
sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441 Arabic (102) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .390
GS1 QR bar codes Arabic (102) Azerty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .391
sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446 Azeri (Cyrillic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .391
Azeri (Latin) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .391
Belarusian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .391
H
Bosnian (Cyrillic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .391
han xin bar codes Bosnian (Latin) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .391
sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447 Bulgarian (Latin) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .391
HID Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Bulgarian Cyrillic (Typewriter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .392
host types Canadian French (Legacy) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .392
USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Canadian French Win7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .392
Canadian Multilingual Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . .392
Chinese (ASCII) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .392
I Croatian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .393
illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Czech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .393
brightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116, 117 Czech (Programmer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .393
low light scene detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Czech (QWERTY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .393
image brightness (target white) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Danish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .393
image cropping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Dutch (Netherlands) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .393
image enhancement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Estonian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .394
image options Faeroese . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .394
bits per pixel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Finnish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .394
cropping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 French (Canada) 2000/XP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395
file formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194, 197 French (Canada) 95/98 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .394
image brightness (target white) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 French (France) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .394
image enhancement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 French International . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .394
image resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Galician . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395
image rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395
JPEG image options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395
JPEG size/quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Greek (220) Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395
JPEG target file size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Greek (319) Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395
image resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Greek 220 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .396
imaging preferences Greek 319 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .396
defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Greek Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395
interleaved 2 of 5 bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283 Greek Polytonic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .396
check digit verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Hebrew Israel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .396
convert to EAN-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Hungarian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .396

504
 Table of Contents

Hungarian_101KEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396 L
Irish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Islandic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396 LED indicators
Italian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397 ADF programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
Italian (142) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397 cradle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
Japanese (ASCII) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397 cradle, host controlled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
Kazakh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397 parameter programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
Korean (ASCII) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397, 398 radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
Kyrgyz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 scanning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
Latin American . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
Latvian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
Latvian (QWERTY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 lithium-ion battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Lithuanian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 lock override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164
Lithuanian (IBM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 locked pairing mode
Macedonian (FYROM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399 barcodes
Maltese_47KEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399 radio pairing modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
Mongolian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399 connection maintenance interval . . . . . . . . . . . . .166
Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399 low power mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
Polish (214) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Polish (Programmer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399 M
Portuguese (Brazil) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Portuguese (Brazilian ABNT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 macro PDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .339
Portuguese (Brazilian ABNT2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 flush buffer/abort PDF entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .339
Portuguese (Portugal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 maintenance
Romanian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 approved cleaners for standard devices . . . . . . . .50
Romanian (Legacy) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 approved disinfectant cleaners for
Romanian (Programmer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 healthcare devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
Romanian (Standard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 how to clean the devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
Russian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 known harmful ingredients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
Russian (Typewriter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 matrix 2 of 5 bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .301
Serbian (Cyrillic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .302
Serbian (Latin) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .301
Slovak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .440
Slovak (QWERTY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402 transmit check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .303
Slovenian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402 maxicode bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402 sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .445
Spanish (Variation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402 MDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .340
Swedish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402 microPDF417 bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .313
Swiss French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402 microQR code bar codes
Swiss German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402 sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .446
Tatar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403 MSI bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .296
Thai (Kedmanee) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403 check digit algorithm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .299
Turkish F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403 lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .297
Turkish Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403 reduced quiet zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .300
UK English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403 sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .439
Ukranian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403 transmit check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .299
US Dvorak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403 MSI barcodes
US Dvorak Left . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404 check digits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .298
US Dvorak Right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404 multicode data formatting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .340
US English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
US International . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404 N
Uzbek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
Vietnamese . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404 non-parameter attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .485, 490
Korean 3 of 5 bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 beep on next bootup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .488
sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440 configuration filename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .486

505
 Table of Contents

date of first programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486 sleep between reconnect attempts . . . . . . . . . . .159

date of manufacture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485 unpair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
firmware version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489 USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206
host trigger session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488 PDF417 bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .313
model number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485 PDF prioritization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
parameter defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488 sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .443
reboot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488 peripheral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
scankit version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489 postal code bar codes
scanspeed analytics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489 sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .447
serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485 postal codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .327
number of retry attempts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Australia post . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330
Australia post format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .331
Japan postal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .329
O Netherlands KIX code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .332
OCR transmit UK postal check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .329
bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 transmit US postal check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .328
default parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 UK postal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .328
out of range indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 UPU FICS postal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .333
US planet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .327
US postnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .327
P USPS 4CB/One Code/Intelligent Mail . . . . . . . . .332
pairing preferred symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .343
address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 product id (pid) value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
bar code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 product id type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
bar code format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
connection maintenance interval . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Q
controller/follower setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
lock override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 QR code bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318, 319
methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .446, 447, 448, 449
modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137, 163, 381
on contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137, 381
R
reconnecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
unpair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 radio communication
pairing beeper definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 number of retry attempts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160
parameter defaults parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
imaging preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 reconnect attempt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
radio communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 reconnect attempt beep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 sleep between reconnect attempts . . . . . . . . . . .159
user preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 radio communications
parameter programming indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136
parameters radio indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
batch mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169, 171 range indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161
beep on insertion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 reconnect attempt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
Bluetooth technology support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 reconnect attempt beep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
night mode trigger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 reconnect pairing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164
number of retry attempts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 RSM
persistent batch storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 commands and responses over SSI . . . . . . . . . .225
radio communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
batch mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169, 171
connection maintenance interval . . . . . . . . . 166
S
host types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 sample bar codes
pairing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 aztec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .446
persistent batch storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Chinese 2 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .440
reconnect attempt beep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 code 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .439
reconnect attempt interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 code 128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .438

506
 Table of Contents

code 39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438 default parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228

code 93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439 handshaking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221, 224
data matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445, 446, 447, 448, 449 RSM commands and responses . . . . . . . . . . . . .225
grid matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447 transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221
gs1 data matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445 sleep between reconnect attempts . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159
GS1 databar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441 snapshot mode timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187
GS1 QR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446 software tools
han xin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447 123Scan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
interleaved 2 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439 ADF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .340
Korean 3 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440 MDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .340
matrix 2 of 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440 preferred symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .343
maxicode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445 scan-to-connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
microQR code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446 spare batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
MSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439 specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
PDF417 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443 SPP
QR code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446, 447, 448, 449 central . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155, 163
UK postal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447 support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
UPC/EAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435 SSI
US postnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447 baud rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229
scanner to cradle support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221
scanner(s) to cradle support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220
scanning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 default parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228
aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 handshaking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221, 224
errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 181, 209, 237 RSM commands and responses . . . . . . . . . . . . .225
hand-held mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221
presentation mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 stored data
radio communications sequence example . . . . . 135 batch mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169
sequence example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 181, 237 symbology default parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238
setting parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
scanning indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
scanspeed analytics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
T
scan-to-connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 technical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
secure simple pairing IO capability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 trigger mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94
security troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
intercharacter gap size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
quiet zone level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
redundancy level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 U
security level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 unicode
Serial Port Profile output control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .420
central . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155, 163 unlocked pairing mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 unpacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
setting defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 unpairing
setup bar code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
connecting a USB interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 UPC/EAN bar codes
unpacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 bookland EAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246
signature capture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 bookland ISBN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .259
bits per pixel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 check digit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .252, 253
file format selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 convert UPC-E to UPC-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .258
height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 convert UPC-E1 to UPC-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .258
JPEG quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 EAN zero extend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .259
width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 EAN-13/JAN-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245
simple serial interface EAN-8/JAN-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245
baud rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 ISSN EAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261
commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 reduced quiet zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .262
communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 supplemental AIM ID format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .251

507
 Table of Contents

supplemental redundancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

supplementals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
UCC coupon extended code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
UPC-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
UPC-A preamble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
UPC-E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
UPC-E preamble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
UPC-E1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
UPC-E1 preamble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
UPC/EAN/JAN bar codes
samples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
USB connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
USB defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
USB parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
user preferences
defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
user preferences bar codes
batch mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169, 171
beep on insertion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
night mode trigger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
persistent batch storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

V
version
bar codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
video
image size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
subsampling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

W
wi-fi friendly mode
channel exclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
wireless indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

508